Date Issued: | 1st September, 2015 |
Latest version: | http://www.imsglobal.org/question/ |
IPR and Distribution Notices
Recipients of this document are requested to submit, with their comments, notification of any relevant patent claims or other intellectual property rights of which they may be aware that might be infringed by any implementation of the specification set forth in this document, and to provide supporting documentation.
IMS takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any intellectual property or other rights that might be claimed to pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in this document or the extent to which any license under such rights might or might not be available; neither does it represent that it has made any effort to identify any such rights. Information on IMS's procedures with respect to rights in IMS specifications can be found at the IMS Intellectual Property Rights web page: http://www.imsglobal.org/ipr/imsipr_policyFinal.pdf.
Copyright © 2015 IMS Global Learning Consortium. All Rights Reserved.
Use of this specification to develop products or services is governed by the license with IMS found on the IMS website: http://www.imsglobal.org/speclicense.html.
Permission is granted to all parties to use excerpts from this document as needed in producing requests for proposals.
The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be revoked by IMS or its successors or assigns.
THIS SPECIFICATION IS BEING OFFERED WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, AND IN PARTICULAR, ANY WARRANTY OF NONINFRINGEMENT IS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. ANY USE OF THIS SPECIFICATION SHALL BE MADE ENTIRELY AT THE IMPLEMENTER'S OWN RISK, AND NEITHER THE CONSORTIUM, NOR ANY OF ITS MEMBERS OR SUBMITTERS, SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY WHATSOEVER TO ANY IMPLEMENTER OR THIRD PARTY FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ARISING FROM THE USE OF THIS SPECIFICATION.
Public contributions, comments and questions can be posted here: www.imsglobal.org/forums/ims-glc-public-forums-and-resources.
© 2015 IMS Global Learning Consortium, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
Trademark information: http://www.imsglobal.org/copyright.html
Document Name: IMS Question and Test Interoperability (QTI): Assessment, Section and Item Information Model v2.2
Revision: 1st September, 2015
1. Introduction
1.1. Overview of the Data Model
1.2. Scope and Context
1.3. Structure of this Document
1.4. Nomenclature and Definitions
1.5. References
2.1. The Structure of the Data Model
2.1.1. Assessments, Sections and Tests
2.1.2. Metadata
2.1.3. Usage Data
2.1.4. Results Reporting
2.2. Items
2.2.1. The Item Session Lifecycle
2.2.2. Item Variables
2.2.2.1. Response Variable
2.2.2.2. Outcomes Variable
2.3. The Content Model
2.3.1. Basic Classes
2.3.2. XHTML Elements
2.3.2.1. Text Elements
2.3.2.2. List Elements
2.3.2.3. Object Elements
2.3.2.4. Presentation Elements
2.3.2.5. Table Elements
2.3.2.6. Image Elements
2.3.2.7. Hypertext Element
2.3.2.8. HTML5 Elements
2.3.3. MathML
2.3.4. Variable Content
2.3.5. Formatting Items with Stylesheets
2.3.6. Accessibility
2.3.7. Internationalization
2.4. Interactions
2.4.1. Simple Interactions
2.4.1.1. Choice Interaction
2.4.1.2. Order Interaction
2.4.1.3. Associate Interaction
2.4.1.4. Match Interaction
2.4.1.5. Gap Match Interaction
2.4.2. Text-based Interactions
2.4.2.1. Inline Choice Interaction
2.4.2.2. Text Interaction
2.4.2.3. Extended Text Interaction
2.4.2.4. Hot Text Interaction
2.4.3. Graphical Interactions
2.4.3.1. Hotspot Interaction
2.4.3.2. Graphic Order Interaction
2.4.3.3. Graphic Associate Interaction
2.4.3.4. Graphic Gap Match Interaction
2.4.3.5. Select Point Interaction
2.4.3.6. Position Object Interaction
2.4.4. Miscellaneous Interactions
2.4.4.1. Slider Interaction
2.4.4.2. Media Interaction
2.4.4.3. Drawing Interaction
2.4.4.4. Upload Interaction
2.4.4.5. Custom Interaction
2.4.5. Alternative Ways to End an Attempt
2.4.6. Alternative Ways to Provide Hints and Other Supplementary Material
2.5. Response Processing
2.5.1. Response Processing Templates
2.5.2. Generalized Response Resprocessing
2.6. Modal Feedback
2.7. Item Templates
2.7.1. Using Template Variables in an Item's Body
2.7.2. Using Template Variables in Operator Attributes Values
2.7.3. Template Processing
2.8. Tests, Testparts and Sections
2.8.1. Navigation and Submission
2.8.2. The Structure of a Test
2.8.3. Time Limits
2.9. Outcome Processing
2.10. Test-level Feedback
2.11. Pre-conditions and Branching
2.11.1. Pre-conditions
2.11.2. Branching
2.12. Expressions
2.12.1. Builtin General Expressions
2.12.1.1. BaseValue Expression
2.12.1.2. Variable Expression
2.12.1.3. Default Expression
2.12.1.4. Correct Expression
2.12.1.5. Map Response Exprssion
2.12.1.6. Map Response Point Expression
2.12.1.7. Math Constant Expression
2.12.2. Expressions Used only in Outcomes Processing
2.12.2.1. Number Correct Expression
2.12.2.2. Number Incorrect Expression
2.12.2.3. Number Presented Expression
2.12.2.4. Number Responded Expresson
2.12.2.5. Number Selected Expression
2.12.2.6. Outcome Minimum Expression
2.12.2.7. Outcome Maximum Expression
2.12.2.8. Test Variables Expression
2.12.3. Operators
2.12.3.1. AnyN Expression
2.12.3.2. Custom Operator Expression
2.12.3.3. Equal Expression
2.12.3.4. Equal Rounded Expression
2.12.3.5. Field Value Expression
2.12.3.6. Index Expression
2.12.3.7. Inside Expression
2.12.3.8. Multiple Expression
2.12.3.9. Ordered Expression
2.12.3.10. And Expression
2.12.3.11. GCD Expression
2.12.3.12. LCM Expression
2.12.3.13. Min Expression
2.12.3.14. Max Expression
2.12.3.15. Or Expression
2.12.3.16. Product Expression
2.12.3.17. Contains Expression
2.12.3.18. Delete Expression
2.12.3.19. Divide Expression
2.12.3.20. Duration Expression
2.12.3.21. Duration LT Expression
2.12.3.22. GT Expression
2.12.3.23. GTE Expression
2.12.3.24. Integer Divide Expression
2.12.3.25. Integer Modulus Expression
2.12.3.26. LT Expression
2.12.3.27. LTE Expression
2.12.3.28. Match Expression
2.12.3.29. Member Expression
2.12.3.30. Power Expression
2.12.3.31. Subcontract Expression
2.12.3.32. Container Expression
2.12.3.33. Integer to Float Expression
2.12.3.34. IsNull Expression
2.12.3.35. Not Expression
2.12.3.36. Random Expression
2.12.3.37. Round Expression
2.12.3.38. Truncate Expression
2.12.3.39. Math Operator Expression
2.12.3.40. Sum Expression
2.12.3.41. Pattern Match Expression
2.12.3.42. Repeat Expression
2.12.3.43. RoundTo Expression
2.12.3.44. Stats Operator Expression
2.12.3.45. String Match Expression
2.12.3.46. Substring Expression
2.13. Items and Test Fragments
2.14. The Accessibility Features
2.14.1. APIP Accessibility Functionality
2.14.2. Support for Speech Synthesis Markup Language
2.14.3. Support for WAI-ARIA
2.15. The Internationalization Features
2.15.1. Support for Bidirectional Text
2.15.2. Support for Ruby
3. Root Attribute Descriptions
3.1 "assessmentItem" Root Attribute Description
3.2 "assessmentSection" Root Attribute Description
3.3 "assessmentStimulus" Root Attribute Description
3.4 "assessmentTest" Root Attribute Description
3.5 "outcomeDeclaration" Root Attribute Description
3.6 "responseProcessing" Root Attribute Description
4.1 "AssessmentItem" Root Class Description
4.1.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
4.1.2 "title" Characteristic Description
4.1.3 "label" Characteristic Description
4.1.4 "language" Characteristic Description
4.1.5 "toolName" Characteristic Description
4.1.6 "toolVersion" Characteristic Description
4.1.7 "adaptive" Characteristic Description
4.1.8 "timeDependent" Characteristic Description
4.1.9 "responseDeclaration" Attribute Description
4.1.10 "outcomeDeclaration" Attribute Description
4.1.11 "templateDeclaration" Attribute Description
4.1.12 "templateProcessing" Attribute Description
4.1.13 "assessmentStimulusRef" Attribute Description
4.1.14 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
4.1.15 "itemBody" Attribute Description
4.1.16 "responseProcessing" Attribute Description
4.1.17 "modalFeedback" Attribute Description
4.1.18 "apipAccessibility" Attribute Description
4.2 "AssessmentSection" Root Class Description
4.2.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
4.2.2 "required" Characteristic Description
4.2.3 "fixed" Characteristic Description
4.2.4 "title" Characteristic Description
4.2.5 "visible" Characteristic Description
4.2.6 "keepTogether" Characteristic Description
4.2.7 "preCondition" Attribute Description
4.2.8 "branchRule" Attribute Description
4.2.9 "itemSessionControl" Attribute Description
4.2.10 "timeLimits" Attribute Description
4.2.11 "selection" Attribute Description
4.2.12 "ordering" Attribute Description
4.2.13 "rubricBlock" Attribute Description
4.2.14 "sectionPart" Attribute Description
4.3 "AssessmentStimulus" Root Class Description
4.3.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
4.3.2 "title" Characteristic Description
4.3.3 "label" Characteristic Description
4.3.4 "language" Characteristic Description
4.3.5 "toolName" Characteristic Description
4.3.6 "toolVersion" Characteristic Description
4.3.7 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
4.3.8 "stimulusBody" Attribute Description
4.3.9 "apipAccessibility" Attribute Description
4.4 "AssessmentTest" Root Class Description
4.4.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
4.4.2 "title" Characteristic Description
4.4.3 "toolName" Characteristic Description
4.4.4 "toolVersion" Characteristic Description
4.4.5 "outcomeDeclaration" Attribute Description
4.4.6 "timeLimits" Attribute Description
4.4.7 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
4.4.8 "testPart" Attribute Description
4.4.9 "outcomeProcessing" Attribute Description
4.4.10 "testFeedback" Attribute Description
4.5 "OutcomeDeclaration" Root Class Description
4.5.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
4.5.2 "cardinality" Characteristic Description
4.5.3 "baseType" Characteristic Description
4.5.4 "view" Characteristic Description
4.5.5 "interpretation" Characteristic Description
4.5.6 "longInterpretation" Characteristic Description
4.5.7 "normalMaximum" Characteristic Description
4.5.8 "normalMinimum" Characteristic Description
4.5.9 "masteryValue" Characteristic Description
4.5.10 "externalScored" Characteristic Description
4.5.11 "variableIdentifierRef" Characteristic Description
4.5.12 "defaultValue" Attribute Description
4.5.13 "lookupTable" Attribute Description
4.6 "ResponseProcessing" Root Class Description
4.6.1 "template" Characteristic Description
4.6.2 "templateLocation" Characteristic Description
4.6.3 "responseRuleGroup" Attribute Description
5.1.1 "href" Characteristic Description
5.1.2 "type" Characteristic Description
5.1.3 "inlineGroup" Attribute Description
5.2.1 "min" Characteristic Description
5.2.2 "max" Characteristic Description
5.2.3 "logic" Attribute Description
5.3 "AreaMapping" Class Description
5.3.1 "lowerBound" Characteristic Description
5.3.2 "upperBound" Characteristic Description
5.3.3 "defaultValue" Characteristic Description
5.3.4 "areaMapEntry" Attribute Description
5.4 "AssessmentItemRef" Class Description
5.4.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.4.2 "required" Characteristic Description
5.4.3 "fixed" Characteristic Description
5.4.4 "href" Characteristic Description
5.4.5 "category" Characteristic Description
5.4.6 "preCondition" Attribute Description
5.4.7 "branchRule" Attribute Description
5.4.8 "itemSessionControl" Attribute Description
5.4.9 "timeLimits" Attribute Description
5.4.10 "variableMapping" Attribute Description
5.4.11 "weight" Attribute Description
5.4.12 "templateDefault" Attribute Description
5.5 "AssociableHotspot" Class Description
5.5.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.5.2 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.5.3 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.5.4 "matchGroup" Characteristic Description
5.5.5 "shape" Characteristic Description
5.5.6 "coords" Characteristic Description
5.5.7 "hotspotLabel" Characteristic Description
5.5.8 "matchMax" Characteristic Description
5.5.9 "matchMin" Characteristic Description
5.6 "AssociateInteraction" Class Description
5.6.1 "shuffle" Characteristic Description
5.6.2 "maxAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.6.3 "minAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.6.4 "simpleAssociableChoice" Attribute Description
5.7.1 "title" Characteristic Description
5.7.2 "inlineContentModel" Attribute Description
5.9 "BasePromptInteraction" Class Description
5.9.1 "id" Characteristic Description
5.9.2 "class" Characteristic Description
5.9.3 "language" Characteristic Description
5.9.4 "label" Characteristic Description
5.9.5 "base" Characteristic Description
5.9.6 "responseIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.9.7 "dir" Characteristic Description
5.9.8 "role" Characteristic Description
5.9.9 "aria-controls" Characteristic Description
5.9.10 "aria-describedby" Characteristic Description
5.9.11 "aria-flowsto" Characteristic Description
5.9.12 "aria-label" Characteristic Description
5.9.13 "aria-labelledby" Characteristic Description
5.9.14 "aria-level" Characteristic Description
5.9.15 "aria-live" Characteristic Description
5.9.16 "aria-orientation" Characteristic Description
5.9.17 "aria-owns" Characteristic Description
5.9.18 "dataExtension" Characteristic Description
5.9.19 "prompt" Attribute Description
5.10 "BaseSequence" Class Description
5.10.1 "id" Characteristic Description
5.10.2 "class" Characteristic Description
5.10.3 "language" Characteristic Description
5.10.4 "label" Characteristic Description
5.10.5 "dir" Characteristic Description
5.10.6 "role" Characteristic Description
5.10.7 "aria-controls" Characteristic Description
5.10.8 "aria-describedby" Characteristic Description
5.10.9 "aria-flowto" Characteristic Description
5.10.10 "aria-label" Characteristic Description
5.10.11 "aria-labelledby" Characteristic Description
5.10.12 "aria-level" Characteristic Description
5.10.13 "aria-live" Characteristic Description
5.10.14 "aria-orientation" Characteristic Description
5.10.15 "aria-owns" Characteristic Description
5.10.16 "dataExtension" Characteristic Description
5.11 "BaseSequenceFull" Class Description
5.11.1 "id" Characteristic Description
5.11.2 "class" Characteristic Description
5.11.3 "language" Characteristic Description
5.11.4 "label" Characteristic Description
5.11.5 "responseIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.11.6 "base" Characteristic Description
5.11.7 "dir" Characteristic Description
5.11.8 "role" Characteristic Description
5.11.9 "aria-controls" Characteristic Description
5.11.10 "aria-describedby" Characteristic Description
5.11.11 "aria-flowto" Characteristic Description
5.11.12 "aria-label" Characteristic Description
5.11.13 "aria-labelledby" Characteristic Description
5.11.14 "aria-level" Characteristic Description
5.11.15 "aria-live" Characteristic Description
5.11.16 "aria-orientation" Characteristic Description
5.11.17 "aria-owns" Characteristic Description
5.11.18 "dataExtension" Characteristic Description
5.12 "BaseSequenceRIdent" Class Description
5.12.1 "id" Characteristic Description
5.12.2 "class" Characteristic Description
5.12.3 "language" Characteristic Description
5.12.4 "label" Characteristic Description
5.12.5 "responseIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.12.6 "dir" Characteristic Description
5.12.7 "role" Characteristic Description
5.12.8 "aria-controls" Characteristic Description
5.12.9 "aria-describedby" Characteristic Description
5.12.10 "aria-flowto" Characteristic Description
5.12.11 "aria-label" Characteristic Description
5.12.12 "aria-labelledby" Characteristic Description
5.12.13 "aria-level" Characteristic Description
5.12.14 "aria-live" Characteristic Description
5.12.15 "aria-orientation" Characteristic Description
5.12.16 "aria-owns" Characteristic Description
5.12.17 "dataExtension" Characteristic Description
5.13 "BaseSequenceXBase" Class Description
5.13.1 "id" Characteristic Description
5.13.2 "class" Characteristic Description
5.13.3 "language" Characteristic Description
5.13.4 "label" Characteristic Description
5.13.5 "base" Characteristic Description
5.13.6 "dir" Characteristic Description
5.13.7 "role" Characteristic Description
5.13.8 "aria-controls" Characteristic Description
5.13.9 "aria-describedby" Characteristic Description
5.13.10 "aria-flowto" Characteristic Description
5.13.11 "aria-label" Characteristic Description
5.13.12 "aria-labelledby" Characteristic Description
5.13.13 "aria-level" Characteristic Description
5.13.14 "aria-live" Characteristic Description
5.13.15 "aria-orientation" Characteristic Description
5.13.16 "aria-owns" Characteristic Description
5.13.17 "dataExtension" Characteristic Description
5.14 "BlockQuote" Class Description
5.14.1 "cite" Characteristic Description
5.14.2 "blockGroup" Attribute Description
5.15 "BranchRule" Class Description
5.15.1 "target" Characteristic Description
5.15.2 "logic" Attribute Description
5.16 "Caption" Class Description
5.16.1 "inlineGroup" Attribute Description
5.17 "ChoiceInteraction" Class Description
5.17.1 "shuffle" Characteristic Description
5.17.2 "maxChoices" Characteristic Description
5.17.3 "minChoices" Characteristic Description
5.17.4 "orientation" Characteristic Description
5.17.5 "simpleChoice" Attribute Description
5.18.1 "span" Characteristic Description
5.19 "ColGroup" Class Description
5.19.1 "span" Characteristic Description
5.19.2 "col" Attribute Description
5.20 "CorrectResponse" Class Description
5.20.1 "interpretation" Characteristic Description
5.20.2 "value" Attribute Description
5.21 "CustomInteraction" Class Description
5.21.1 "extension" Characteristic Description
5.21.2 "extension" Attribute Description
5.22 "CustomOperator" Class Description
5.22.1 "class" Characteristic Description
5.22.2 "definition" Characteristic Description
5.22.3 "extension" Characteristic Description
5.22.4 "logic" Attribute Description
5.22.5 "extension" Attribute Description
5.23.1 "flowGroup" Attribute Description
5.24.1 "dlSelection" Attribute Description
5.25.1 "inlineGroup" Attribute Description
5.26 "DefaultValue" Class Description
5.26.1 "interpretation" Characteristic Description
5.26.2 "value" Attribute Description
5.27.1 "divSelection" Attribute Description
5.28 "DrawingInteraction" Class Description
5.28.1 "object" Attribute Description
5.29 "EndAttemptInteraction" Class Description
5.29.1 "responseIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.29.2 "title" Characteristic Description
5.29.3 "countAttempt" Characteristic Description
5.30 "Equal" Class Description
5.30.1 "toleranceMode" Characteristic Description
5.30.2 "tolerance" Characteristic Description
5.30.3 "includeLowerBound" Characteristic Description
5.30.4 "includeUpperBound" Characteristic Description
5.30.5 "logic" Attribute Description
5.31 "EqualRounded" Class Description
5.31.1 "roundingMode" Characteristic Description
5.31.2 "figures" Characteristic Description
5.31.3 "logic" Attribute Description
5.32 "ExtendedTextInteraction" Class Description
5.32.1 "base" Characteristic Description
5.32.2 "stringIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.32.3 "expectedLength" Characteristic Description
5.32.4 "patternMask" Characteristic Description
5.32.5 "placeholderText" Characteristic Description
5.32.6 "maxStrings" Characteristic Description
5.32.7 "minStrings" Characteristic Description
5.32.8 "expectedLines" Characteristic Description
5.32.9 "format" Characteristic Description
5.33 "FeedbackBlock" Class Description
5.33.1 "outcomeIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.33.2 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.33.3 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.33.4 "feedbackBlockStatic" Attribute Description
5.33.5 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
5.33.6 "apipAccessibility" Attribute Description
5.34 "FeedbackInline" Class Description
5.34.1 "outcomeIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.34.2 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.34.3 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.34.4 "feedbackInlineGroup" Attribute Description
5.35 "FieldValue" Class Description
5.35.1 "fieldIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.35.2 "logic" Attribute Description
5.36.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.36.2 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.36.3 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.36.4 "matchGroup" Characteristic Description
5.36.5 "required" Characteristic Description
5.37 "GapImg" Class Description
5.37.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.37.2 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.37.3 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.37.4 "matchGroup" Characteristic Description
5.37.5 "matchMax" Characteristic Description
5.37.6 "matchMin" Characteristic Description
5.37.7 "objectLabel" Characteristic Description
5.37.8 "top" Characteristic Description
5.37.9 "left" Characteristic Description
5.37.10 "object" Attribute Description
5.38 "GapMatchInteraction" Class Description
5.38.1 "shuffle" Characteristic Description
5.38.2 "minAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.38.3 "maxAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.38.4 "gapChoice" Attribute Description
5.38.5 "blockStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.39 "GapText" Class Description
5.39.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.39.2 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.39.3 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.39.4 "matchGroup" Characteristic Description
5.39.5 "matchMax" Characteristic Description
5.39.6 "matchMin" Characteristic Description
5.39.7 "inlineChoiceGroup" Attribute Description
5.40 "GraphicAssociateInteraction" Class Description
5.40.1 "minAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.40.2 "maxAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.40.3 "object" Attribute Description
5.40.4 "associableHotspot" Attribute Description
5.41 "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" Class Description
5.41.1 "minAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.41.2 "maxAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.41.3 "prompt" Attribute Description
5.41.4 "object" Attribute Description
5.41.5 "gapChoice" Attribute Description
5.41.6 "associableHotspot" Attribute Description
5.42 "GraphicOrderInteraction" Class Description
5.42.1 "minChoices" Characteristic Description
5.42.2 "maxChoices" Characteristic Description
5.42.3 "prompt" Attribute Description
5.42.4 "object" Attribute Description
5.42.5 "hotspotChoice" Attribute Description
5.44 "HTMLText" Class Description
5.44.1 "inlineGroup" Attribute Description
5.45 "HotText" Class Description
5.45.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.45.2 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.45.3 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.45.4 "inlineChoiceGroup" Attribute Description
5.46 "HotTextInteraction" Class Description
5.46.1 "maxChoices" Characteristic Description
5.46.2 "minChoices" Characteristic Description
5.46.3 "blockStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.47 "HotspotChoice" Class Description
5.47.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.47.2 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.47.3 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.47.4 "shape" Characteristic Description
5.47.5 "coords" Characteristic Description
5.47.6 "hotspotLabel" Characteristic Description
5.48 "HotspotInteraction" Class Description
5.48.1 "minChoices" Characteristic Description
5.48.2 "maxChoices" Characteristic Description
5.48.3 "object" Attribute Description
5.48.4 "hotspotChoice" Attribute Description
5.49.1 "src" Characteristic Description
5.49.2 "alt" Characteristic Description
5.49.3 "longdesc" Characteristic Description
5.49.4 "height" Characteristic Description
5.49.5 "width" Characteristic Description
5.50 "Index" Class Description
5.50.1 "n" Characteristic Description
5.50.2 "logic" Attribute Description
5.51 "InfoControl" Class Description
5.51.1 "title" Characteristic Description
5.51.2 "flowStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.52 "InlineChoice" Class Description
5.52.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.52.2 "fixed" Characteristic Description
5.52.3 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.52.4 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.52.5 "inlineChoiceGroup" Attribute Description
5.53 "InlineChoiceInteraction" Class Description
5.53.1 "shuffle" Characteristic Description
5.53.2 "required" Characteristic Description
5.53.3 "label" Attribute Description
5.53.4 "inlineChoice" Attribute Description
5.54 "Inside" Class Description
5.54.1 "shape" Characteristic Description
5.54.2 "coords" Characteristic Description
5.54.3 "logic" Attribute Description
5.55 "InterpolationTable" Class Description
5.55.1 "defaultValue" Characteristic Description
5.55.2 "interpolationTableEntry" Attribute Description
5.56 "ItemBody" Class Description
5.56.1 "id" Characteristic Description
5.56.2 "class" Characteristic Description
5.56.3 "language" Characteristic Description
5.56.4 "label" Characteristic Description
5.56.5 "dir" Characteristic Description
5.56.6 "itemBodySelect" Attribute Description
5.57.1 "flowGroup" Attribute Description
5.58 "Label" Class Description
5.58.1 "inlineChoiceGroup" Attribute Description
5.59 "Logic0toMany" Class Description
5.59.1 "logic" Attribute Description
5.60 "Logic1toMany" Class Description
5.60.1 "logic" Attribute Description
5.61 "LogicPair" Class Description
5.61.1 "logic" Attribute Description
5.62 "LogicSingle" Class Description
5.62.1 "logic" Attribute Description
5.63 "LookupOutcomeValue" Class Description
5.63.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.63.2 "expressionGroup" Attribute Description
5.64 "Mapping" Class Description
5.64.1 "lowerBound" Characteristic Description
5.64.2 "upperBound" Characteristic Description
5.64.3 "defaultValue" Characteristic Description
5.64.4 "mapEntry" Attribute Description
5.65 "MatchInteraction" Class Description
5.65.1 "shuffle" Characteristic Description
5.65.2 "maxAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.65.3 "minAssociations" Characteristic Description
5.65.4 "simpleMatchSet" Attribute Description
5.66 "MatchTable" Class Description
5.66.1 "defaultValue" Characteristic Description
5.66.2 "matchTableEntry" Attribute Description
5.67 "MathOperator" Class Description
5.67.1 "name" Characteristic Description
5.67.2 "logic" Attribute Description
5.68 "MediaInteraction" Class Description
5.68.1 "autostart" Characteristic Description
5.68.2 "minPlays" Characteristic Description
5.68.3 "maxPlays" Characteristic Description
5.68.4 "loop" Characteristic Description
5.68.5 "coords" Characteristic Description
5.68.6 "object" Attribute Description
5.68.7 "audio" Attribute Description
5.68.8 "video" Attribute Description
5.69 "ModalFeedback" Class Description
5.69.1 "outcomeIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.69.2 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.69.3 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.69.4 "title" Characteristic Description
5.69.5 "feedbackFlowStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.69.6 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
5.69.7 "apipAccessibility" Attribute Description
5.70 "NumericLogic1toMany" Class Description
5.70.1 "logic" Attribute Description
5.71.1 "li" Attribute Description
5.72 "Object" Class Description
5.72.1 "data" Characteristic Description
5.72.2 "type" Characteristic Description
5.72.3 "width" Characteristic Description
5.72.4 "height" Characteristic Description
5.72.5 "objectFlowGroup" Attribute Description
5.73 "OrderInteraction" Class Description
5.73.1 "shuffle" Characteristic Description
5.73.2 "minChoices" Characteristic Description
5.73.3 "maxChoices" Characteristic Description
5.73.4 "orientation" Characteristic Description
5.73.5 "simpleChoice" Attribute Description
5.74 "Ordering" Class Description
5.74.1 "shuffle" Characteristic Description
5.74.2 "extension" Characteristic Description
5.74.3 "extensions" Attribute Description
5.75 "OutcomeCondition" Class Description
5.75.1 "outcomeIf" Attribute Description
5.75.2 "outcomeElseIf" Attribute Description
5.75.3 "outcomeElse" Attribute Description
5.76 "OutcomeElse" Class Description
5.76.1 "outcomeRule" Attribute Description
5.77 "OutcomeIf" Class Description
5.77.1 "expressionGroup" Attribute Description
5.77.2 "outcomeRule" Attribute Description
5.78 "OutcomeProcessing" Class Description
5.78.1 "outcomeRule" Attribute Description
5.79 "OutcomeProcessingFragment" Class Description
5.79.1 "outcomeRule" Attribute Description
5.80 "PatternMatch" Class Description
5.80.1 "pattern" Characteristic Description
5.80.2 "logic" Attribute Description
5.81 "PositionObjectInteraction" Class Description
5.81.1 "centerPoint" Characteristic Description
5.81.2 "minChoices" Characteristic Description
5.81.3 "maxChoices" Characteristic Description
5.81.4 "object" Attribute Description
5.82 "PositionObjectStage" Class Description
5.82.1 "id" Characteristic Description
5.82.2 "object" Attribute Description
5.82.3 "positionObjectInteraction" Attribute Description
5.83 "Prompt" Class Description
5.83.1 "promptStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.84.1 "cite" Characteristic Description
5.84.2 "inlineGroup" Attribute Description
5.85 "Repeat" Class Description
5.85.1 "numberRepeats" Characteristic Description
5.85.2 "logic" Attribute Description
5.86 "ResponseCondition" Class Description
5.86.1 "responseIf" Attribute Description
5.86.2 "responseElseIf" Attribute Description
5.86.3 "responseElse" Attribute Description
5.87 "ResponseDeclaration" Class Description
5.87.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.87.2 "cardinality" Characteristic Description
5.87.3 "baseType" Characteristic Description
5.87.4 "defaultValue" Attribute Description
5.87.5 "correctResponse" Attribute Description
5.87.6 "mapping" Attribute Description
5.87.7 "areaMapping" Attribute Description
5.88 "ResponseElse" Class Description
5.88.1 "responseRuleGroup" Attribute Description
5.89 "ResponseIf" Class Description
5.89.1 "expressionGroup" Attribute Description
5.89.2 "responseRuleGroup" Attribute Description
5.90 "ResponseProcessingFragment" Class Description
5.90.1 "responseRuleGroup" Attribute Description
5.91 "RoundTo" Class Description
5.91.1 "roundingMode" Characteristic Description
5.91.2 "figures" Characteristic Description
5.91.3 "logic" Attribute Description
5.92 "RubricBlock" Class Description
5.92.1 "use" Characteristic Description
5.92.2 "view" Characteristic Description
5.92.3 "contentModel" Attribute Description
5.92.4 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
5.92.5 "apipAccessibility" Attribute Description
5.93 "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" Class Description
5.93.1 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.93.2 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.93.3 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.93.4 "rtBlockContentModel" Attribute Description
5.93.5 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
5.93.6 "apipAccessibility" Attribute Description
5.94 "RubricBlockTemplateInline" Class Description
5.94.1 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.94.2 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.94.3 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.94.4 "rtInlineStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.95 "SelectPointInteraction" Class Description
5.95.1 "minChoices" Characteristic Description
5.95.2 "maxChoices" Characteristic Description
5.95.3 "object" Attribute Description
5.96 "Selection" Class Description
5.96.1 "select" Characteristic Description
5.96.2 "withReplacement" Characteristic Description
5.96.3 "extension" Characteristic Description
5.96.4 "extensions" Attribute Description
5.97 "SetValue" Class Description
5.97.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.97.2 "expressionGroup" Attribute Description
5.98 "SimpleAssociableChoice" Class Description
5.98.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.98.2 "fixed" Characteristic Description
5.98.3 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.98.4 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.98.5 "matchGroup" Characteristic Description
5.98.6 "matchMax" Characteristic Description
5.98.7 "matchMin" Characteristic Description
5.98.8 "flowStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.99 "SimpleChoice" Class Description
5.99.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.99.2 "fixed" Characteristic Description
5.99.3 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.99.4 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.99.5 "flowStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.100 "SimpleMatchSet" Class Description
5.100.1 "id" Characteristic Description
5.100.2 "simpleAssociableChoice" Attribute Description
5.101 "SliderInteraction" Class Description
5.101.1 "lowerBound" Characteristic Description
5.101.2 "upperBound" Characteristic Description
5.101.3 "step" Characteristic Description
5.101.4 "stepLabel" Characteristic Description
5.101.5 "orientation" Characteristic Description
5.101.6 "reverse" Characteristic Description
5.102 "StatsOperator" Class Description
5.102.1 "name" Characteristic Description
5.102.2 "logic" Attribute Description
5.103 "StimulusBody" Class Description
5.103.1 "blockGroup" Attribute Description
5.104 "StringMatch" Class Description
5.104.1 "caseSensitive" Characteristic Description
5.104.2 "substring" Characteristic Description
5.104.3 "logic" Attribute Description
5.105 "Substring" Class Description
5.105.1 "caseSensitive" Characteristic Description
5.105.2 "logic" Attribute Description
5.106 "TDH" Class Description
5.106.1 "headers" Characteristic Description
5.106.2 "scope" Characteristic Description
5.106.3 "abbr" Characteristic Description
5.106.4 "axis" Characteristic Description
5.106.5 "rowspan" Characteristic Description
5.106.6 "colspan" Characteristic Description
5.106.7 "align" Characteristic Description
5.106.8 "valign" Characteristic Description
5.106.9 "flowGroup" Attribute Description
5.107 "TR" Class Description
5.107.1 "tableCellGroup" Attribute Description
5.108 "Table" Class Description
5.108.1 "summary" Characteristic Description
5.108.2 "caption" Attribute Description
5.108.3 "col" Attribute Description
5.108.4 "colgroup" Attribute Description
5.108.5 "thead" Attribute Description
5.108.6 "tfoot" Attribute Description
5.108.7 "tbody" Attribute Description
5.109 "TablePart" Class Description
5.109.1 "tr" Attribute Description
5.110 "TemplateBlock" Class Description
5.110.1 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.110.2 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.110.3 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.110.4 "fatBlockStatic" Attribute Description
5.110.5 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
5.110.6 "apipAccessibility" Attribute Description
5.111 "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" Class Description
5.111.1 "outcomeIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.111.2 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.111.3 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.111.4 "fatBlockStatic" Attribute Description
5.111.5 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
5.111.6 "apipAccessibility" Attribute Description
5.112 "TemplateCondition" Class Description
5.112.1 "templateIf" Attribute Description
5.112.2 "templateElseIf" Attribute Description
5.112.3 "templateElse" Attribute Description
5.113 "TemplateConstraint" Class Description
5.113.1 "expressionGroup" Attribute Description
5.114 "TemplateDeclaration" Class Description
5.114.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.114.2 "cardinality" Characteristic Description
5.114.3 "baseType" Characteristic Description
5.114.4 "paramVariable" Characteristic Description
5.114.5 "mathVariable" Characteristic Description
5.114.6 "defaultValue" Attribute Description
5.115 "TemplateDefault" Class Description
5.115.1 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.115.2 "expressionGroup" Attribute Description
5.116 "TemplateElse" Class Description
5.116.1 "templateRuleGroup" Attribute Description
5.117 "TemplateIf" Class Description
5.117.1 "expressionGroup" Attribute Description
5.117.2 "templateRuleGroup" Attribute Description
5.118 "TemplateInline" Class Description
5.118.1 "templateIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.118.2 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.118.3 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.118.4 "inlineStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.119 "TemplateProcessing" Class Description
5.119.1 "templateRuleGroup" Attribute Description
5.120 "TestFeedback" Class Description
5.120.1 "access" Characteristic Description
5.120.2 "outcomeIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.120.3 "showHide" Characteristic Description
5.120.4 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.120.5 "title" Characteristic Description
5.120.6 "feedbackFlowStaticGroup" Attribute Description
5.120.7 "stylesheet" Attribute Description
5.120.8 "apipAccessibility" Attribute Description
5.121 "TestPart" Class Description
5.121.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
5.121.2 "navigationMode" Characteristic Description
5.121.3 "submissionMode" Characteristic Description
5.121.4 "preCondition" Attribute Description
5.121.5 "branchRule" Attribute Description
5.121.6 "itemSessionControl" Attribute Description
5.121.7 "timeLimits" Attribute Description
5.121.8 "assessmentSectionSelection" Attribute Description
5.121.9 "testFeedback" Attribute Description
5.122 "TextEntryInteraction" Class Description
5.122.1 "responseIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.122.2 "base" Characteristic Description
5.122.3 "stringIdentifier" Characteristic Description
5.122.4 "expectedLength" Characteristic Description
5.122.5 "patternMask" Characteristic Description
5.122.6 "placeholderText" Characteristic Description
5.122.7 "format" Characteristic Description
5.123 "UploadInteraction" Class Description
5.123.1 "type" Characteristic Description
6. Abstract Class Descriptions
6.1 "AssessmentSectionSelection" Class Description
6.1.1 "assessmentSection" Attribute Description
6.1.2 "assessmentSectionRef" Attribute Description
6.2 "BlockContentModel" Class Description
6.2.1 "pre" Attribute Description
6.2.2 "h1" Attribute Description
6.2.3 "h2" Attribute Description
6.2.4 "h3" Attribute Description
6.2.5 "h4" Attribute Description
6.2.6 "h5" Attribute Description
6.2.7 "h6" Attribute Description
6.2.8 "p" Attribute Description
6.2.9 "address" Attribute Description
6.2.10 "dl" Attribute Description
6.2.11 "ol" Attribute Description
6.2.12 "ul" Attribute Description
6.2.13 "hr" Attribute Description
6.2.14 "blockquote" Attribute Description
6.2.15 "table" Attribute Description
6.2.16 "div" Attribute Description
6.2.17 "article" Attribute Description
6.2.18 "aside" Attribute Description
6.2.19 "audio" Attribute Description
6.2.20 "figure" Attribute Description
6.2.21 "footer" Attribute Description
6.2.22 "header" Attribute Description
6.2.23 "nav" Attribute Description
6.2.24 "section" Attribute Description
6.2.25 "video" Attribute Description
6.3 "BlockGroup" Class Description
6.3.1 "positionObjectStage" Attribute Description
6.3.2 "customInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.3 "drawingInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.4 "gapMatchInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.5 "matchInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.6 "graphicGapMatchInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.7 "hotspotInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.8 "graphicOrderInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.9 "selectPointInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.10 "graphicAssociateInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.11 "sliderInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.12 "choiceInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.13 "mediaInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.14 "hottextInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.15 "orderInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.16 "extendedTextInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.17 "uploadInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.18 "associateInteraction" Attribute Description
6.3.19 "feedbackBlock" Attribute Description
6.3.20 "templateBlock" Attribute Description
6.3.21 "infoControl" Attribute Description
6.3.22 "math" Attribute Description
6.3.23 "math" Attribute Description
6.3.24 "include" Attribute Description
6.3.25 "blockContentModel" Attribute Description
6.4 "BlockStaticGroup" Class Description
6.4.1 "feedbackBlock" Attribute Description
6.4.2 "templateBlock" Attribute Description
6.4.3 "math" Attribute Description
6.4.4 "math" Attribute Description
6.4.5 "include" Attribute Description
6.4.6 "blockContentModel" Attribute Description
6.5 "DLSelection" Class Description
6.5.1 "dd" Attribute Description
6.5.2 "dt" Attribute Description
6.6 "DivSelection" Class Description
6.6.1 "positionObjectStage" Attribute Description
6.6.2 "flowGroup" Attribute Description
6.7 "ExpressionGroup" Class Description
6.7.1 "and" Attribute Description
6.7.2 "gt" Attribute Description
6.7.3 "not" Attribute Description
6.7.4 "lt" Attribute Description
6.7.5 "gte" Attribute Description
6.7.6 "lte" Attribute Description
6.7.7 "or" Attribute Description
6.7.8 "sum" Attribute Description
6.7.9 "durationLT" Attribute Description
6.7.10 "durationGTE" Attribute Description
6.7.11 "subtract" Attribute Description
6.7.12 "divide" Attribute Description
6.7.13 "multiple" Attribute Description
6.7.14 "ordered" Attribute Description
6.7.15 "customOperator" Attribute Description
6.7.16 "random" Attribute Description
6.7.17 "numberIncorrect" Attribute Description
6.7.18 "numberCorrect" Attribute Description
6.7.19 "numberPresented" Attribute Description
6.7.20 "numberResponded" Attribute Description
6.7.21 "numberSelected" Attribute Description
6.7.22 "substring" Attribute Description
6.7.23 "equalRounded" Attribute Description
6.7.24 "null" Attribute Description
6.7.25 "delete" Attribute Description
6.7.26 "match" Attribute Description
6.7.27 "index" Attribute Description
6.7.28 "power" Attribute Description
6.7.29 "equal" Attribute Description
6.7.30 "contains" Attribute Description
6.7.31 "containerSize" Attribute Description
6.7.32 "correct" Attribute Description
6.7.33 "default" Attribute Description
6.7.34 "anyN" Attribute Description
6.7.35 "integerDivide" Attribute Description
6.7.36 "integerModulus" Attribute Description
6.7.37 "isNull" Attribute Description
6.7.38 "member" Attribute Description
6.7.39 "product" Attribute Description
6.7.40 "round" Attribute Description
6.7.41 "truncate" Attribute Description
6.7.42 "fieldValue" Attribute Description
6.7.43 "randomInteger" Attribute Description
6.7.44 "randomFloat" Attribute Description
6.7.45 "variable" Attribute Description
6.7.46 "outcomeMinimum" Attribute Description
6.7.47 "outcomeMaximum" Attribute Description
6.7.48 "testVariables" Attribute Description
6.7.49 "integerToFloat" Attribute Description
6.7.50 "inside" Attribute Description
6.7.51 "baseValue" Attribute Description
6.7.52 "patternMatch" Attribute Description
6.7.53 "mapResponsePoint" Attribute Description
6.7.54 "mapResponse" Attribute Description
6.7.55 "stringMatch" Attribute Description
6.7.56 "repeat" Attribute Description
6.7.57 "roundTo" Attribute Description
6.7.58 "lcm" Attribute Description
6.7.59 "gcd" Attribute Description
6.7.60 "min" Attribute Description
6.7.61 "max" Attribute Description
6.7.62 "mathConstant" Attribute Description
6.7.63 "statsOperator" Attribute Description
6.7.64 "mathOperator" Attribute Description
6.8 "FeedandTempBlockStatic" Class Description
6.8.1 "flowContentModel" Attribute Description
6.8.2 "math" Attribute Description
6.8.3 "math" Attribute Description
6.8.4 "include" Attribute Description
6.8.5 "templateBlock" Attribute Description
6.8.6 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.8.7 "feedbackBlock" Attribute Description
6.8.8 "feedbackInline" Attribute Description
6.8.9 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.9 "FeedbackBlockStatic" Class Description
6.9.1 "blockGroup" Attribute Description
6.9.2 "inlineContentModel" Attribute Description
6.9.3 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.9.4 "feedbackInline" Attribute Description
6.9.5 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.10 "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" Class Description
6.10.1 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.10.2 "hottext" Attribute Description
6.10.3 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.10.4 "templateBlock" Attribute Description
6.10.5 "math" Attribute Description
6.10.6 "math" Attribute Description
6.10.7 "include" Attribute Description
6.10.8 "flowContentModel" Attribute Description
6.11 "FeedbackInlineGroup" Class Description
6.11.1 "inlineContentModel" Attribute Description
6.11.2 "math" Attribute Description
6.11.3 "math" Attribute Description
6.11.4 "include" Attribute Description
6.11.5 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.11.6 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.12 "FlowContentModel" Class Description
6.12.1 "pre" Attribute Description
6.12.2 "h1" Attribute Description
6.12.3 "h2" Attribute Description
6.12.4 "h3" Attribute Description
6.12.5 "h4" Attribute Description
6.12.6 "h5" Attribute Description
6.12.7 "h6" Attribute Description
6.12.8 "p" Attribute Description
6.12.9 "address" Attribute Description
6.12.10 "dl" Attribute Description
6.12.11 "ol" Attribute Description
6.12.12 "ul" Attribute Description
6.12.13 "br" Attribute Description
6.12.14 "hr" Attribute Description
6.12.15 "img" Attribute Description
6.12.16 "object" Attribute Description
6.12.17 "blockquote" Attribute Description
6.12.18 "em" Attribute Description
6.12.19 "a" Attribute Description
6.12.20 "code" Attribute Description
6.12.21 "span" Attribute Description
6.12.22 "sub" Attribute Description
6.12.23 "acronym" Attribute Description
6.12.24 "big" Attribute Description
6.12.25 "tt" Attribute Description
6.12.26 "kbd" Attribute Description
6.12.27 "q" Attribute Description
6.12.28 "i" Attribute Description
6.12.29 "dfn" Attribute Description
6.12.30 "abbr" Attribute Description
6.12.31 "strong" Attribute Description
6.12.32 "sup" Attribute Description
6.12.33 "var" Attribute Description
6.12.34 "small" Attribute Description
6.12.35 "samp" Attribute Description
6.12.36 "b" Attribute Description
6.12.37 "cite" Attribute Description
6.12.38 "table" Attribute Description
6.12.39 "div" Attribute Description
6.12.40 "bdo" Attribute Description
6.12.41 "bdi" Attribute Description
6.12.42 "figure" Attribute Description
6.12.43 "audio" Attribute Description
6.12.44 "video" Attribute Description
6.12.45 "article" Attribute Description
6.12.46 "aside" Attribute Description
6.12.47 "footer" Attribute Description
6.12.48 "header" Attribute Description
6.12.49 "label" Attribute Description
6.12.50 "nav" Attribute Description
6.12.51 "section" Attribute Description
6.12.52 "ruby" Attribute Description
6.12.53 "ssmlGroup" Attribute Description
6.13 "FlowGroup" Class Description
6.13.1 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.13.2 "feedbackBlock" Attribute Description
6.13.3 "hottext" Attribute Description
6.13.4 "feedbackInline" Attribute Description
6.13.5 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.13.6 "templateBlock" Attribute Description
6.13.7 "math" Attribute Description
6.13.8 "math" Attribute Description
6.13.9 "include" Attribute Description
6.13.10 "textEntryInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.11 "inlineChoiceInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.12 "endAttemptInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.13 "customInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.14 "drawingInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.15 "gapMatchInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.16 "matchInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.17 "graphicGapMatchInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.18 "hotspotInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.19 "graphicOrderInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.20 "selectPointInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.21 "graphicAssociateInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.22 "sliderInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.23 "choiceInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.24 "mediaInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.25 "hottextInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.26 "orderInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.27 "extendedTextInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.28 "uploadInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.29 "associateInteraction" Attribute Description
6.13.30 "flowContentModel" Attribute Description
6.14 "FlowStaticGroup" Class Description
6.14.1 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.14.2 "feedbackBlock" Attribute Description
6.14.3 "feedbackInline" Attribute Description
6.14.4 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.14.5 "templateBlock" Attribute Description
6.14.6 "math" Attribute Description
6.14.7 "math" Attribute Description
6.14.8 "include" Attribute Description
6.14.9 "flowContentModel" Attribute Description
6.15 "GapChoice" Class Description
6.15.1 "gapText" Attribute Description
6.15.2 "gapImg" Attribute Description
6.16 "InlineChoiceGroup" Class Description
6.16.1 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.16.2 "feedbackInline" Attribute Description
6.16.3 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.16.4 "math" Attribute Description
6.16.5 "math" Attribute Description
6.16.6 "include" Attribute Description
6.16.7 "inlineContentModel" Attribute Description
6.17 "InlineContentModel" Class Description
6.17.1 "img" Attribute Description
6.17.2 "br" Attribute Description
6.17.3 "object" Attribute Description
6.17.4 "em" Attribute Description
6.17.5 "a" Attribute Description
6.17.6 "code" Attribute Description
6.17.7 "span" Attribute Description
6.17.8 "sub" Attribute Description
6.17.9 "acronym" Attribute Description
6.17.10 "big" Attribute Description
6.17.11 "tt" Attribute Description
6.17.12 "kbd" Attribute Description
6.17.13 "q" Attribute Description
6.17.14 "i" Attribute Description
6.17.15 "dfn" Attribute Description
6.17.16 "abbr" Attribute Description
6.17.17 "strong" Attribute Description
6.17.18 "sup" Attribute Description
6.17.19 "var" Attribute Description
6.17.20 "small" Attribute Description
6.17.21 "samp" Attribute Description
6.17.22 "b" Attribute Description
6.17.23 "cite" Attribute Description
6.17.24 "bdo" Attribute Description
6.17.25 "bdi" Attribute Description
6.17.26 "label" Attribute Description
6.17.27 "ruby" Attribute Description
6.17.28 "ssml11Group" Attribute Description
6.18 "InlineGroup" Class Description
6.18.1 "textEntryInteraction" Attribute Description
6.18.2 "hottext" Attribute Description
6.18.3 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.18.4 "gap" Attribute Description
6.18.5 "feedbackInline" Attribute Description
6.18.6 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.18.7 "inlineChoiceInteraction" Attribute Description
6.18.8 "endAttemptInteraction" Attribute Description
6.18.9 "customInteraction" Attribute Description
6.18.10 "math" Attribute Description
6.18.11 "math" Attribute Description
6.18.12 "include" Attribute Description
6.18.13 "inlineContentModel" Attribute Description
6.19 "InlineStaticGroup" Class Description
6.19.1 "hottext" Attribute Description
6.19.2 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.19.3 "gap" Attribute Description
6.19.4 "feedbackInline" Attribute Description
6.19.5 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.19.6 "math" Attribute Description
6.19.7 "math" Attribute Description
6.19.8 "include" Attribute Description
6.19.9 "inlineContentModel" Attribute Description
6.20 "ItemBodySelect" Class Description
6.20.1 "rubricBlock" Attribute Description
6.20.2 "blockGroup" Attribute Description
6.21 "LookupTable" Class Description
6.21.1 "matchTable" Attribute Description
6.21.2 "interpolationTable" Attribute Description
6.22 "NumericExpressionGroup" Class Description
6.22.1 "sum" Attribute Description
6.22.2 "subtract" Attribute Description
6.22.3 "divide" Attribute Description
6.22.4 "multiple" Attribute Description
6.22.5 "ordered" Attribute Description
6.22.6 "customOperator" Attribute Description
6.22.7 "random" Attribute Description
6.22.8 "numberIncorrect" Attribute Description
6.22.9 "numberCorrect" Attribute Description
6.22.10 "numberPresented" Attribute Description
6.22.11 "numberResponded" Attribute Description
6.22.12 "numberSelected" Attribute Description
6.22.13 "null" Attribute Description
6.22.14 "delete" Attribute Description
6.22.15 "index" Attribute Description
6.22.16 "power" Attribute Description
6.22.17 "containerSize" Attribute Description
6.22.18 "correct" Attribute Description
6.22.19 "default" Attribute Description
6.22.20 "integerDivide" Attribute Description
6.22.21 "integerModulus" Attribute Description
6.22.22 "product" Attribute Description
6.22.23 "round" Attribute Description
6.22.24 "truncate" Attribute Description
6.22.25 "fieldValue" Attribute Description
6.22.26 "randomInteger" Attribute Description
6.22.27 "variable" Attribute Description
6.22.28 "outcomeMinimum" Attribute Description
6.22.29 "outcomeMaximum" Attribute Description
6.22.30 "testVariables" Attribute Description
6.22.31 "integerToFloat" Attribute Description
6.22.32 "baseValue" Attribute Description
6.22.33 "mapResponsePoint" Attribute Description
6.22.34 "mapResponse" Attribute Description
6.22.35 "repeat" Attribute Description
6.22.36 "roundTo" Attribute Description
6.22.37 "lcm" Attribute Description
6.22.38 "gcd" Attribute Description
6.22.39 "min" Attribute Description
6.22.40 "max" Attribute Description
6.22.41 "mathConstant" Attribute Description
6.22.42 "statsOperator" Attribute Description
6.22.43 "mathOperator" Attribute Description
6.22.44 "randomFloat" Attribute Description
6.23 "ObjectFlowGroup" Class Description
6.23.1 "math" Attribute Description
6.23.2 "math" Attribute Description
6.23.3 "include" Attribute Description
6.23.4 "param" Attribute Description
6.23.5 "flowContentModel" Attribute Description
6.24 "OutcomeRule" Class Description
6.24.1 "lookupOutcomeValue" Attribute Description
6.24.2 "outcomeProcessingFragment" Attribute Description
6.24.3 "setOutcomeValue" Attribute Description
6.24.4 "include" Attribute Description
6.24.5 "exitTest" Attribute Description
6.24.6 "outcomeCondition" Attribute Description
6.25 "PromptStaticGroup" Class Description
6.25.1 "math" Attribute Description
6.25.2 "math" Attribute Description
6.25.3 "include" Attribute Description
6.25.4 "flowContentModel" Attribute Description
6.26 "ResponseRuleGroup" Class Description
6.26.1 "include" Attribute Description
6.26.2 "responseCondition" Attribute Description
6.26.3 "responseProcessingFragment" Attribute Description
6.26.4 "setOutcomeValue" Attribute Description
6.26.5 "exitResponse" Attribute Description
6.26.6 "lookupOutcomeValue" Attribute Description
6.27 "RubricBlockContentModel" Class Description
6.27.1 "flowContentModel" Attribute Description
6.27.2 "math" Attribute Description
6.27.3 "math" Attribute Description
6.27.4 "include" Attribute Description
6.27.5 "templateBlock" Attribute Description
6.27.6 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.27.7 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.28 "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" Class Description
6.28.1 "flowContentModel" Attribute Description
6.28.2 "math" Attribute Description
6.28.3 "math" Attribute Description
6.28.4 "include" Attribute Description
6.28.5 "templateBlock" Attribute Description
6.28.6 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.29 "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" Class Description
6.29.1 "inlineContentModel" Attribute Description
6.29.2 "math" Attribute Description
6.29.3 "math" Attribute Description
6.29.4 "include" Attribute Description
6.29.5 "templateInline" Attribute Description
6.29.6 "printedVariable" Attribute Description
6.30 "SSMLGroup" Class Description
6.30.1 "p" Attribute Description
6.30.2 "s" Attribute Description
6.30.3 "say-as" Attribute Description
6.30.4 "phoneme" Attribute Description
6.30.5 "sub" Attribute Description
6.30.6 "voice" Attribute Description
6.30.7 "emphasis" Attribute Description
6.30.8 "break" Attribute Description
6.30.9 "prosody" Attribute Description
6.30.10 "mark" Attribute Description
6.30.11 "audio" Attribute Description
6.30.12 "speak" Attribute Description
6.31 "SectionPart" Class Description
6.31.1 "include" Attribute Description
6.31.2 "assessmentItemRef" Attribute Description
6.31.3 "assessmentSection" Attribute Description
6.31.4 "assessmentSectionRef" Attribute Description
6.32 "TableCellGroup" Class Description
6.32.1 "td" Attribute Description
6.32.2 "th" Attribute Description
6.33 "TemplateRuleGroup" Class Description
6.33.1 "setTemplateValue" Attribute Description
6.33.2 "exitTemplate" Attribute Description
6.33.3 "templateCondition" Attribute Description
6.33.4 "setDefaultValue" Attribute Description
6.33.5 "setCorrectResponse" Attribute Description
6.33.6 "templateConstraint" Attribute Description
7.1 "ARIALevelInteger" Class Description
7.1.1 "minInclusive" Attribute Description
7.2 "AreaMapEntry" Class Description
7.2.1 "shape" Characteristic Description
7.2.2 "coords" Characteristic Description
7.2.3 "mappedValue" Characteristic Description
7.3 "AssessmentSectionRef" Class Description
7.3.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
7.3.2 "href" Characteristic Description
7.4 "AssessmentStimulusRef" Class Description
7.4.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
7.4.2 "href" Characteristic Description
7.5 "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" Class Description
7.5.1 "id" Characteristic Description
7.5.2 "class" Characteristic Description
7.5.3 "language" Characteristic Description
7.5.4 "label" Characteristic Description
7.5.5 "base" Characteristic Description
7.5.6 "dir" Characteristic Description
7.5.7 "role" Characteristic Description
7.5.8 "aria-controls" Characteristic Description
7.5.9 "aria-describedby" Characteristic Description
7.5.10 "aria-flowsto" Characteristic Description
7.5.11 "aria-label" Characteristic Description
7.5.12 "aria-labelledby" Characteristic Description
7.5.13 "aria-level" Characteristic Description
7.5.14 "aria-live" Characteristic Description
7.5.15 "aria-orientation" Characteristic Description
7.5.16 "aria-owns" Characteristic Description
7.5.17 "dataExtension" Characteristic Description
7.6 "BaseValue" Class Description
7.6.1 "baseType" Characteristic Description
7.7 "Coords" Class Description
7.7.1 "pattern" Attribute Description
7.8 "Correct" Class Description
7.8.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
7.9 "DataHTML5Extension" Class Description
7.9.1 "pattern" Attribute Description
7.10 "Default" Class Description
7.10.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
7.11 "EncVariableString" Class Description
7.11.1 "pattern" Attribute Description
7.12 "Identifier" Class Description
7.13 "InterpolationTableEntry" Class Description
7.13.1 "sourceValue" Characteristic Description
7.13.2 "includeBoundary" Characteristic Description
7.13.3 "targetValue" Characteristic Description
7.14 "ItemSessionControl" Class Description
7.14.1 "maxAttempts" Characteristic Description
7.14.2 "showFeedback" Characteristic Description
7.14.3 "allowReview" Characteristic Description
7.14.4 "showSolution" Characteristic Description
7.14.5 "allowComment" Characteristic Description
7.14.6 "allowSkipping" Characteristic Description
7.14.7 "validateResponses" Characteristic Description
7.15 "Length" Class Description
7.15.1 "pattern" Attribute Description
7.16 "MapEntry" Class Description
7.16.1 "mapKey" Characteristic Description
7.16.2 "mappedValue" Characteristic Description
7.16.3 "caseSensitive" Characteristic Description
7.17 "MapResponse" Class Description
7.17.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
7.18 "MatchTableEntry" Class Description
7.18.1 "sourceValue" Characteristic Description
7.18.2 "targetValue" Characteristic Description
7.19 "MathConstant" Class Description
7.19.1 "name" Characteristic Description
7.20 "MimeType" Class Description
7.20.1 "pattern" Attribute Description
7.21 "NonNegativeDouble" Class Description
7.21.1 "minInclusive" Attribute Description
7.22 "Number" Class Description
7.22.1 "sectionIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.22.2 "includeCategory" Characteristic Description
7.22.3 "excludeCategory" Characteristic Description
7.23 "OutcomeMinMax" Class Description
7.23.1 "sectionIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.23.2 "includeCategory" Characteristic Description
7.23.3 "excludeCategory" Characteristic Description
7.23.4 "outcomeIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.23.5 "weightIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.24 "Param" Class Description
7.24.1 "name" Characteristic Description
7.24.2 "value" Characteristic Description
7.24.3 "valuetype" Characteristic Description
7.24.4 "type" Characteristic Description
7.25 "PrintedVariable" Class Description
7.25.1 "id" Characteristic Description
7.25.2 "class" Characteristic Description
7.25.3 "language" Characteristic Description
7.25.4 "label" Characteristic Description
7.25.5 "baseuri" Characteristic Description
7.25.6 "identifier" Characteristic Description
7.25.7 "format" Characteristic Description
7.25.8 "base" Characteristic Description
7.25.9 "index" Characteristic Description
7.25.10 "powerForm" Characteristic Description
7.25.11 "field" Characteristic Description
7.25.12 "delimiter" Characteristic Description
7.25.13 "mappingIndicator" Characteristic Description
7.26 "RandomFloat" Class Description
7.26.1 "min" Characteristic Description
7.26.2 "max" Characteristic Description
7.27 "RandomInteger" Class Description
7.27.1 "min" Characteristic Description
7.27.2 "max" Characteristic Description
7.27.3 "step" Characteristic Description
7.28 "StyleSheet" Class Description
7.28.1 "href" Characteristic Description
7.28.2 "type" Characteristic Description
7.28.3 "media" Characteristic Description
7.28.4 "title" Characteristic Description
7.29 "TestVariables" Class Description
7.29.1 "sectionIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.29.2 "includeCategory" Characteristic Description
7.29.3 "excludeCategory" Characteristic Description
7.29.4 "variableIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.29.5 "weightIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.29.6 "baseType" Characteristic Description
7.30 "TimeLimits" Class Description
7.30.1 "minTime" Characteristic Description
7.30.2 "maxTime" Characteristic Description
7.30.3 "allowLateSubmission" Characteristic Description
7.31 "UniqueIdentifier" Class Description
7.32 "UniqueIdentifierRef" Class Description
7.33 "Value" Class Description
7.33.1 "fieldIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.33.2 "baseType" Characteristic Description
7.34 "Variable" Class Description
7.34.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
7.34.2 "weightIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.35 "VariableMapping" Class Description
7.35.1 "sourceIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.35.2 "targetIdentifier" Characteristic Description
7.36 "VariableString" Class Description
7.36.1 "pattern" Attribute Description
7.37 "Weight" Class Description
7.37.1 "identifier" Characteristic Description
7.37.2 "value" Characteristic Description
8. Enumerated Vocabulary Descriptions
8.1 "ARIALiveValue" Vocabulary Description
8.2 "ARIAOrientationValue" Vocabulary Description
8.3 "ARIARoleValue" Vocabulary Description
8.4 "Align" Vocabulary Description
8.5 "BaseType" Vocabulary Description
8.6 "CORSSettings" Vocabulary Description
8.7 "Cardinality" Vocabulary Description
8.8 "DIR" Vocabulary Description
8.9 "ExternalScored" Vocabulary Description
8.10 "MathConstantNames" Vocabulary Description
8.11 "MathOperatorName" Vocabulary Description
8.12 "NavigationMode" Vocabulary Description
8.13 "Orientation" Vocabulary Description
8.14 "ParamType" Vocabulary Description
8.15 "RoundingMode" Vocabulary Description
8.16 "Shape" Vocabulary Description
8.17 "ShowHide" Vocabulary Description
8.18 "StatsOperatorName" Vocabulary Description
8.19 "SubmissionMode" Vocabulary Description
8.20 "TableCellScope" Vocabulary Description
8.21 "TestFeedbackAccess" Vocabulary Description
8.22 "TextFormat" Vocabulary Description
8.23 "ToleranceMode" Vocabulary Description
8.24 "Valign" Vocabulary Description
9.1.1 "ElementIDList" Class Description
9.1.2 "IdentifierList" Class Description
9.1.3 "IntegerList" Class Description
9.1.4 "StringList" Class Description
9.1.5 "ToleranceList" Class Description
9.2. Enumerated List Class Descriptions
9.2.1 "View" Vocabulary Description
9.3.1 "FloatOrVariableRef" Class Description
9.3.2 "IntOrIdentifier" Class Description
9.3.3 "IntegerOrVariableRef" Class Description
9.3.4 "StringOrVariableRef" Class Description
9.4. Imported Class Descriptions
9.4.1 "APIPAccessibility" Class Description
9.4.2 "HTML5" Class Description
9.4.3 "Include" Class Description
9.4.4 "MathML2" Class Description
9.4.5 "MathML3" Class Description
9.4.6 "SSMLv1p1" Class Description
10. Extending and Profiling the Data Model
10.1. Extending the Data Model
10.1.1. Section Selection
10.1.2. Section Ordering
10.1.3. Custom Interactions
10.1.4. Custom Operators
10.1.5. Controlled Characteristics on the HTML and Interaction Elements
10.2. Profiling the Data Model
Appendix A Modelling Concepts and Terms
A1.1 Data Model Diagrams
A1.2 Class Descriptions
A1.3 Attribute and Characteristic Descriptions
A1.4 Enumerated Vocabulary Descriptions
A1.5 External Vocabulary Descriptions
A1.6 Import Class Descriptions
Figure 4.1 AssessmentItem class definitions
Figure 4.2 AssessmentSection class definitions
Figure 4.3 AssessmentStimulus class definitions
Figure 4.4 AssessmentTest class definitions
Figure 4.5 OutcomeDeclaration class definitions
Figure 4.6 ResponseProcessing class definitions
Figure 5.1 A class definitions
Figure 5.2 AnyN class definitions
Figure 5.3 AreaMapping class definitions
Figure 5.4 AssessmentItemRef class definitions
Figure 5.5 AssociableHotspot class definitions
Figure 5.6 AssociateInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.7 BDO class definitions
Figure 5.8 BR class definitions
Figure 5.9 BasePromptInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.10 BaseSequence class definitions
Figure 5.11 BaseSequenceFull class definitions
Figure 5.12 BaseSequenceRIdent class definitions
Figure 5.13 BaseSequenceXBase class definitions
Figure 5.14 BlockQuote class definitions
Figure 5.15 BranchRule class definitions
Figure 5.16 Caption class definitions
Figure 5.17 ChoiceInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.18 Col class definitions
Figure 5.19 ColGroup class definitions
Figure 5.20 CorrectResponse class definitions
Figure 5.21 CustomInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.22 CustomOperator class definitions
Figure 5.23 DD class definitions
Figure 5.24 DL class definitions
Figure 5.25 DT class definitions
Figure 5.26 DefaultValue class definitions
Figure 5.27 Div class definitions
Figure 5.28 DrawingInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.29 EndAttemptInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.30 Equal class definitions
Figure 5.31 EqualRounded class definitions
Figure 5.32 ExtendedTextInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.33 FeedbackBlock class definitions
Figure 5.34 FeedbackInline class definitions
Figure 5.35 FieldValue class definitions
Figure 5.36 Gap class definitions
Figure 5.37 GapImg class definitions
Figure 5.38 GapMatchInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.39 GapText class definitions
Figure 5.40 GraphicAssociateInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.41 GraphicGapMatchInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.42 GraphicOrderInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.43 HR class definitions
Figure 5.44 HTMLText class definitions
Figure 5.45 HotText class definitions
Figure 5.46 HotTextInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.47 HotspotChoice class definitions
Figure 5.48 HotspotInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.49 Img class definitions
Figure 5.50 Index class definitions
Figure 5.51 InfoControl class definitions
Figure 5.52 InlineChoice class definitions
Figure 5.53 InlineChoiceInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.54 Inside class definitions
Figure 5.55 InterpolationTable class definitions
Figure 5.56 ItemBody class definitions
Figure 5.57 LI class definitions
Figure 5.58 Label class definitions
Figure 5.59 Logic0toMany class definitions
Figure 5.60 Logic1toMany class definitions
Figure 5.61 LogicPair class definitions
Figure 5.62 LogicSingle class definitions
Figure 5.63 LookupOutcomeValue class definitions
Figure 5.64 Mapping class definitions
Figure 5.65 MatchInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.66 MatchTable class definitions
Figure 5.67 MathOperator class definitions
Figure 5.68 MediaInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.69 ModalFeedback class definitions
Figure 5.70 NumericLogic1toMany class definitions
Figure 5.71 OUL class definitions
Figure 5.72 Object class definitions
Figure 5.73 OrderInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.74 Ordering class definitions
Figure 5.75 OutcomeCondition class definitions
Figure 5.76 OutcomeElse class definitions
Figure 5.77 OutcomeIf class definitions
Figure 5.78 OutcomeProcessing class definitions
Figure 5.79 OutcomeProcessingFragment class definitions
Figure 5.80 PatternMatch class definitions
Figure 5.81 PositionObjectInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.82 PositionObjectStage class definitions
Figure 5.83 Prompt class definitions
Figure 5.84 Q class definitions
Figure 5.85 Repeat class definitions
Figure 5.86 ResponseCondition class definitions
Figure 5.87 ResponseDeclaration class definitions
Figure 5.88 ResponseElse class definitions
Figure 5.89 ResponseIf class definitions
Figure 5.90 ResponseProcessingFragment class definitions
Figure 5.91 RoundTo class definitions
Figure 5.92 RubricBlock class definitions
Figure 5.93 RubricBlockTemplateBlock class definitions
Figure 5.94 RubricBlockTemplateInline class definitions
Figure 5.95 SelectPointInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.96 Selection class definitions
Figure 5.97 SetValue class definitions
Figure 5.98 SimpleAssociableChoice class definitions
Figure 5.99 SimpleChoice class definitions
Figure 5.100 SimpleMatchSet class definitions
Figure 5.101 SliderInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.102 StatsOperator class definitions
Figure 5.103 StimulusBody class definitions
Figure 5.104 StringMatch class definitions
Figure 5.105 Substring class definitions
Figure 5.106 TDH class definitions
Figure 5.107 TR class definitions
Figure 5.108 Table class definitions
Figure 5.109 TablePart class definitions
Figure 5.110 TemplateBlock class definitions
Figure 5.111 TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock class definitions
Figure 5.112 TemplateCondition class definitions
Figure 5.113 TemplateConstraint class definitions
Figure 5.114 TemplateDeclaration class definitions
Figure 5.115 TemplateDefault class definitions
Figure 5.116 TemplateElse class definitions
Figure 5.117 TemplateIf class definitions
Figure 5.118 TemplateInline class definitions
Figure 5.119 TemplateProcessing class definitions
Figure 5.120 TestFeedback class definitions
Figure 5.121 TestPart class definitions
Figure 5.122 TextEntryInteraction class definitions
Figure 5.123 UploadInteraction class definitions
Figure 6.1 AssessmentSectionSelection class definitions
Figure 6.2 BlockContentModel class definitions
Figure 6.3 BlockGroup class definitions
Figure 6.4 BlockStaticGroup class definitions
Figure 6.5 DLSelection class definitions
Figure 6.6 DivSelection class definitions
Figure 6.7 ExpressionGroup class definitions
Figure 6.8 FeedandTempBlockStatic class definitions
Figure 6.9 FeedbackBlockStatic class definitions
Figure 6.10 FeedbackFlowStaticGroup class definitions
Figure 6.11 FeedbackInlineGroup class definitions
Figure 6.12 FlowContentModel class definitions
Figure 6.13 FlowGroup class definitions
Figure 6.14 FlowStaticGroup class definitions
Figure 6.15 GapChoice class definitions
Figure 6.16 InlineChoiceGroup class definitions
Figure 6.17 InlineContentModel class definitions
Figure 6.18 InlineGroup class definitions
Figure 6.19 InlineStaticGroup class definitions
Figure 6.20 ItemBodySelect class definitions
Figure 6.21 LookupTable class definitions
Figure 6.22 NumericExpressionGroup class definitions
Figure 6.23 ObjectFlowGroup class definitions
Figure 6.24 OutcomeRule class definitions
Figure 6.25 PromptStaticGroup class definitions
Figure 6.26 ResponseRuleGroup class definitions
Figure 6.27 RubricBlockContentModel class definitions
Figure 6.28 RubricTemplateBlockContentModel class definitions
Figure 6.29 RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup class definitions
Figure 6.30 SSMLGroup class definitions
Figure 6.31 SectionPart class definitions
Figure 6.32 TableCellGroup class definitions
Figure 6.33 TemplateRuleGroup class definitions
Figure 7.1 ARIALevelInteger class definitions
Figure 7.2 AreaMapEntry class definitions
Figure 7.3 AssessmentSectionRef class definitions
Figure 7.4 AssessmentStimulusRef class definitions
Figure 7.5 BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty class definitions
Figure 7.6 BaseValue class definitions
Figure 7.7 Coords class definitions
Figure 7.8 Correct class definitions
Figure 7.9 DataHTML5Extension class definitions
Figure 7.10 Default class definitions
Figure 7.11 EncVariableString class definitions
Figure 7.12 Identifier class definitions
Figure 7.13 InterpolationTableEntry class definitions
Figure 7.14 ItemSessionControl class definitions
Figure 7.15 Length class definitions
Figure 7.16 MapEntry class definitions
Figure 7.17 MapResponse class definitions
Figure 7.18 MatchTableEntry class definitions
Figure 7.19 MathConstant class definitions
Figure 7.20 MimeType class definitions
Figure 7.21 NonNegativeDouble class definitions
Figure 7.22 Number class definitions
Figure 7.23 OutcomeMinMax class definitions
Figure 7.24 Param class definitions
Figure 7.25 PrintedVariable class definitions
Figure 7.26 RandomFloat class definitions
Figure 7.27 RandomInteger class definitions
Figure 7.28 StyleSheet class definitions
Figure 7.29 TestVariables class definitions
Figure 7.30 TimeLimits class definitions
Figure 7.31 UniqueIdentifier class definitions
Figure 7.32 UniqueIdentifierRef class definitions
Figure 7.33 Value class definitions
Figure 7.34 Variable class definitions
Figure 7.35 VariableMapping class definitions
Figure 7.36 VariableString class definitions
Figure 7.37 Weight class definitions
Figure 8.1 ARIALiveValue class definitions
Figure 8.2 ARIAOrientationValue class definitions
Figure 8.3 ARIARoleValue class definitions
Figure 8.4 Align class definitions
Figure 8.5 BaseType class definitions
Figure 8.6 CORSSettings class definitions
Figure 8.7 Cardinality class definitions
Figure 8.8 DIR class definitions
Figure 8.9 ExternalScored class definitions
Figure 8.10 MathConstantNames class definitions
Figure 8.11 MathOperatorName class definitions
Figure 8.12 NavigationMode class definitions
Figure 8.13 Orientation class definitions
Figure 8.14 ParamType class definitions
Figure 8.15 RoundingMode class definitions
Figure 8.16 Shape class definitions
Figure 8.17 ShowHide class definitions
Figure 8.18 StatsOperatorName class definitions
Figure 8.19 SubmissionMode class definitions
Figure 8.20 TableCellScope class definitions
Figure 8.21 TestFeedbackAccess class definitions
Figure 8.22 TextFormat class definitions
Figure 8.23 ToleranceMode class definitions
Figure 8.24 Valign class definitions
Figure 9.1.1 ElementIDList class definitions
Figure 9.1.2 IdentifierList class definitions
Figure 9.1.3 IntegerList class definitions
Figure 9.1.4 StringList class definitions
Figure 9.1.5 ToleranceList class definitions
Figure 9.2.1 View class definitions
Figure 9.3.1 FloatOrVariableRef class definitions
Figure 9.3.2 IntOrIdentifier class definitions
Figure 9.3.3 IntegerOrVariableRef class definitions
Figure 9.3.4 StringOrVariableRef class definitions
Table 3.1 Description of the "assessmentItem" root attribute.
Table 3.2 Description of the "assessmentSection" root attribute.
Table 3.3 Description of the "assessmentStimulus" root attribute.
Table 3.4 Description of the "assessmentTest" root attribute.
Table 3.5 Description of the "outcomeDeclaration" root attribute.
Table 3.6 Description of the "responseProcessing" root attribute.
Table 4.1 AssessmentItem class definitions
Table 4.1.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.2 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.3 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.4 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.5 Description of the "toolName" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.6 Description of the "toolVersion" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.7 Description of the "adaptive" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.8 Description of the "timeDependent" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.9 Description of the "responseDeclaration" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.10 Description of the "outcomeDeclaration" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.11 Description of the "templateDeclaration" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.12 Description of the "templateProcessing" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.13 Description of the "assessmentStimulusRef" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.14 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.15 Description of the "itemBody" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.16 Description of the "responseProcessing" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.17 Description of the "modalFeedback" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.1.18 Description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" class
Table 4.2 AssessmentSection class definitions
Table 4.2.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.2 Description of the "required" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.3 Description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.4 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.5 Description of the "visible" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.6 Description of the "keepTogether" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.7 Description of the "preCondition" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.8 Description of the "branchRule" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.9 Description of the "itemSessionControl" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.10 Description of the "timeLimits" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.11 Description of the "selection" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.12 Description of the "ordering" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.13 Description of the "rubricBlock" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.2.14 Description of the "sectionPart" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" class
Table 4.3 AssessmentStimulus class definitions
Table 4.3.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" class
Table 4.3.2 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" class
Table 4.3.3 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" class
Table 4.3.4 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" class
Table 4.3.5 Description of the "toolName" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" class
Table 4.3.6 Description of the "toolVersion" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" class
Table 4.3.7 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "AssessmentStimulus" class
Table 4.3.8 Description of the "stimulusBody" attribute for the "AssessmentStimulus" class
Table 4.3.9 Description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "AssessmentStimulus" class
Table 4.4 AssessmentTest class definitions
Table 4.4.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.4.2 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.4.3 Description of the "toolName" characteristic for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.4.4 Description of the "toolVersion" characteristic for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.4.5 Description of the "outcomeDeclaration" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.4.6 Description of the "timeLimits" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.4.7 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.4.8 Description of the "testPart" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.4.9 Description of the "outcomeProcessing" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.4.10 Description of the "testFeedback" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" class
Table 4.5 OutcomeDeclaration class definitions
Table 4.5.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.2 Description of the "cardinality" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.3 Description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.4 Description of the "view" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.5 Description of the "interpretation" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.6 Description of the "longInterpretation" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.7 Description of the "normalMaximum" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.8 Description of the "normalMinimum" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.9 Description of the "masteryValue" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.10 Description of the "externalScored" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.11 Description of the "variableIdentifierRef" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.12 Description of the "defaultValue" attribute for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.5.13 Description of the "lookupTable" attribute for the "OutcomeDeclaration" class
Table 4.6 ResponseProcessing class definitions
Table 4.6.1 Description of the "template" characteristic for the "ResponseProcessing" class
Table 4.6.2 Description of the "templateLocation" characteristic for the "ResponseProcessing" class
Table 4.6.3 Description of the "responseRuleGroup" attribute for the "ResponseProcessing" class
Table 5.1 A class definitions
Table 5.1.1 Description of the "href" characteristic for the "A" class
Table 5.1.2 Description of the "type" characteristic for the "A" class
Table 5.1.3 Description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "A" class
Table 5.2 AnyN class definitions
Table 5.2.1 Description of the "min" characteristic for the "AnyN" class
Table 5.2.2 Description of the "max" characteristic for the "AnyN" class
Table 5.2.3 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "AnyN" class
Table 5.3 AreaMapping class definitions
Table 5.3.1 Description of the "lowerBound" characteristic for the "AreaMapping" class
Table 5.3.2 Description of the "upperBound" characteristic for the "AreaMapping" class
Table 5.3.3 Description of the "defaultValue" characteristic for the "AreaMapping" class
Table 5.3.4 Description of the "areaMapEntry" attribute for the "AreaMapping" class
Table 5.4 AssessmentItemRef class definitions
Table 5.4.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.2 Description of the "required" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.3 Description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.4 Description of the "href" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.5 Description of the "category" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.6 Description of the "preCondition" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.7 Description of the "branchRule" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.8 Description of the "itemSessionControl" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.9 Description of the "timeLimits" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.10 Description of the "variableMapping" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.11 Description of the "weight" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.4.12 Description of the "templateDefault" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class
Table 5.5 AssociableHotspot class definitions
Table 5.5.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class
Table 5.5.2 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class
Table 5.5.3 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class
Table 5.5.4 Description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class
Table 5.5.5 Description of the "shape" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class
Table 5.5.6 Description of the "coords" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class
Table 5.5.7 Description of the "hotspotLabel" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class
Table 5.5.8 Description of the "matchMax" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class
Table 5.5.9 Description of the "matchMin" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class
Table 5.6 AssociateInteraction class definitions
Table 5.6.1 Description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "AssociateInteraction" class
Table 5.6.2 Description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "AssociateInteraction" class
Table 5.6.3 Description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "AssociateInteraction" class
Table 5.6.4 Description of the "simpleAssociableChoice" attribute for the "AssociateInteraction" class
Table 5.7 BDO class definitions
Table 5.7.1 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "BDO" class
Table 5.7.2 Description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "BDO" class
Table 5.8 BR class definitions
Table 5.9 BasePromptInteraction class definitions
Table 5.9.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.2 Description of the "class" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.3 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.4 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.5 Description of the "base" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.6 Description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.7 Description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.8 Description of the "role" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.9 Description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.10 Description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.11 Description of the "aria-flowsto" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.12 Description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.13 Description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.14 Description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.15 Description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.16 Description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.17 Description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.18 Description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.9.19 Description of the "prompt" attribute for the "BasePromptInteraction" class
Table 5.10 BaseSequence class definitions
Table 5.10.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.2 Description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.3 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.4 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.5 Description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.6 Description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.7 Description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.8 Description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.9 Description of the "aria-flowto" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.10 Description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.11 Description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.12 Description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.13 Description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.14 Description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.15 Description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.10.16 Description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class
Table 5.11 BaseSequenceFull class definitions
Table 5.11.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.2 Description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.3 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.4 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.5 Description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.6 Description of the "base" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.7 Description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.8 Description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.9 Description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.10 Description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.11 Description of the "aria-flowto" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.12 Description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.13 Description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.14 Description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.15 Description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.16 Description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.17 Description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.11.18 Description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class
Table 5.12 BaseSequenceRIdent class definitions
Table 5.12.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.2 Description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.3 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.4 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.5 Description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.6 Description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.7 Description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.8 Description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.9 Description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.10 Description of the "aria-flowto" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.11 Description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.12 Description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.13 Description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.14 Description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.15 Description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.16 Description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.12.17 Description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class
Table 5.13 BaseSequenceXBase class definitions
Table 5.13.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.2 Description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.3 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.4 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.5 Description of the "base" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.6 Description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.7 Description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.8 Description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.9 Description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.10 Description of the "aria-flowto" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.11 Description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.12 Description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.13 Description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.14 Description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.15 Description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.16 Description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.13.17 Description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class
Table 5.14 BlockQuote class definitions
Table 5.14.1 Description of the "cite" characteristic for the "BlockQuote" class
Table 5.14.2 Description of the "blockGroup" attribute for the "BlockQuote" class
Table 5.15 BranchRule class definitions
Table 5.15.1 Description of the "target" characteristic for the "BranchRule" class
Table 5.15.2 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "BranchRule" class
Table 5.16 Caption class definitions
Table 5.16.1 Description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "Caption" class
Table 5.17 ChoiceInteraction class definitions
Table 5.17.1 Description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "ChoiceInteraction" class
Table 5.17.2 Description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "ChoiceInteraction" class
Table 5.17.3 Description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "ChoiceInteraction" class
Table 5.17.4 Description of the "orientation" characteristic for the "ChoiceInteraction" class
Table 5.17.5 Description of the "simpleChoice" attribute for the "ChoiceInteraction" class
Table 5.18 Col class definitions
Table 5.18.1 Description of the "span" characteristic for the "Col" class
Table 5.19 ColGroup class definitions
Table 5.19.1 Description of the "span" characteristic for the "ColGroup" class
Table 5.19.2 Description of the "col" attribute for the "ColGroup" class
Table 5.20 CorrectResponse class definitions
Table 5.20.1 Description of the "interpretation" characteristic for the "CorrectResponse" class
Table 5.20.2 Description of the "value" attribute for the "CorrectResponse" class
Table 5.21 CustomInteraction class definitions
Table 5.21.1 Description of the "extension" characteristic for the "CustomInteraction" class
Table 5.21.2 Description of the "extension" attribute for the "CustomInteraction" class
Table 5.22 CustomOperator class definitions
Table 5.22.1 Description of the "class" characteristic for the "CustomOperator" class
Table 5.22.2 Description of the "definition" characteristic for the "CustomOperator" class
Table 5.22.3 Description of the "extension" characteristic for the "CustomOperator" class
Table 5.22.4 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "CustomOperator" class
Table 5.22.5 Description of the "extension" attribute for the "CustomOperator" class
Table 5.23 DD class definitions
Table 5.23.1 Description of the "flowGroup" attribute for the "DD" class
Table 5.24 DL class definitions
Table 5.24.1 Description of the "dlSelection" attribute for the "DL" class
Table 5.25 DT class definitions
Table 5.25.1 Description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "DT" class
Table 5.26 DefaultValue class definitions
Table 5.26.1 Description of the "interpretation" characteristic for the "DefaultValue" class
Table 5.26.2 Description of the "value" attribute for the "DefaultValue" class
Table 5.27 Div class definitions
Table 5.27.1 Description of the "divSelection" attribute for the "Div" class
Table 5.28 DrawingInteraction class definitions
Table 5.28.1 Description of the "object" attribute for the "DrawingInteraction" class
Table 5.29 EndAttemptInteraction class definitions
Table 5.29.1 Description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "EndAttemptInteraction" class
Table 5.29.2 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "EndAttemptInteraction" class
Table 5.29.3 Description of the "countAttempt" characteristic for the "EndAttemptInteraction" class
Table 5.30 Equal class definitions
Table 5.30.1 Description of the "toleranceMode" characteristic for the "Equal" class
Table 5.30.2 Description of the "tolerance" characteristic for the "Equal" class
Table 5.30.3 Description of the "includeLowerBound" characteristic for the "Equal" class
Table 5.30.4 Description of the "includeUpperBound" characteristic for the "Equal" class
Table 5.30.5 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "Equal" class
Table 5.31 EqualRounded class definitions
Table 5.31.1 Description of the "roundingMode" characteristic for the "EqualRounded" class
Table 5.31.2 Description of the "figures" characteristic for the "EqualRounded" class
Table 5.31.3 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "EqualRounded" class
Table 5.32 ExtendedTextInteraction class definitions
Table 5.32.1 Description of the "base" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class
Table 5.32.2 Description of the "stringIdentifier" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class
Table 5.32.3 Description of the "expectedLength" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class
Table 5.32.4 Description of the "patternMask" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class
Table 5.32.5 Description of the "placeholderText" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class
Table 5.32.6 Description of the "maxStrings" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class
Table 5.32.7 Description of the "minStrings" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class
Table 5.32.8 Description of the "expectedLines" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class
Table 5.32.9 Description of the "format" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class
Table 5.33 FeedbackBlock class definitions
Table 5.33.1 Description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "FeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.33.2 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "FeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.33.3 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "FeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.33.4 Description of the "feedbackBlockStatic" attribute for the "FeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.33.5 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "FeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.33.6 Description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "FeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.34 FeedbackInline class definitions
Table 5.34.1 Description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "FeedbackInline" class
Table 5.34.2 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "FeedbackInline" class
Table 5.34.3 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "FeedbackInline" class
Table 5.34.4 Description of the "feedbackInlineGroup" attribute for the "FeedbackInline" class
Table 5.35 FieldValue class definitions
Table 5.35.1 Description of the "fieldIdentifier" characteristic for the "FieldValue" class
Table 5.35.2 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "FieldValue" class
Table 5.36 Gap class definitions
Table 5.36.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Gap" class
Table 5.36.2 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "Gap" class
Table 5.36.3 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "Gap" class
Table 5.36.4 Description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "Gap" class
Table 5.36.5 Description of the "required" characteristic for the "Gap" class
Table 5.37 GapImg class definitions
Table 5.37.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.37.2 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.37.3 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.37.4 Description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.37.5 Description of the "matchMax" characteristic for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.37.6 Description of the "matchMin" characteristic for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.37.7 Description of the "objectLabel" characteristic for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.37.8 Description of the "top" characteristic for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.37.9 Description of the "left" characteristic for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.37.10 Description of the "object" attribute for the "GapImg" class
Table 5.38 GapMatchInteraction class definitions
Table 5.38.1 Description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "GapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.38.2 Description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "GapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.38.3 Description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "GapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.38.4 Description of the "gapChoice" attribute for the "GapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.38.5 Description of the "blockStaticGroup" attribute for the "GapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.39 GapText class definitions
Table 5.39.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "GapText" class
Table 5.39.2 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "GapText" class
Table 5.39.3 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "GapText" class
Table 5.39.4 Description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "GapText" class
Table 5.39.5 Description of the "matchMax" characteristic for the "GapText" class
Table 5.39.6 Description of the "matchMin" characteristic for the "GapText" class
Table 5.39.7 Description of the "inlineChoiceGroup" attribute for the "GapText" class
Table 5.40 GraphicAssociateInteraction class definitions
Table 5.40.1 Description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "GraphicAssociateInteraction" class
Table 5.40.2 Description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "GraphicAssociateInteraction" class
Table 5.40.3 Description of the "object" attribute for the "GraphicAssociateInteraction" class
Table 5.40.4 Description of the "associableHotspot" attribute for the "GraphicAssociateInteraction" class
Table 5.41 GraphicGapMatchInteraction class definitions
Table 5.41.1 Description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.41.2 Description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.41.3 Description of the "prompt" attribute for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.41.4 Description of the "object" attribute for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.41.5 Description of the "gapChoice" attribute for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.41.6 Description of the "associableHotspot" attribute for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class
Table 5.42 GraphicOrderInteraction class definitions
Table 5.42.1 Description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class
Table 5.42.2 Description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class
Table 5.42.3 Description of the "prompt" attribute for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class
Table 5.42.4 Description of the "object" attribute for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class
Table 5.42.5 Description of the "hotspotChoice" attribute for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class
Table 5.43 HR class definitions
Table 5.44 HTMLText class definitions
Table 5.44.1 Description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "HTMLText" class
Table 5.45 HotText class definitions
Table 5.45.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "HotText" class
Table 5.45.2 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "HotText" class
Table 5.45.3 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "HotText" class
Table 5.45.4 Description of the "inlineChoiceGroup" attribute for the "HotText" class
Table 5.46 HotTextInteraction class definitions
Table 5.46.1 Description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "HotTextInteraction" class
Table 5.46.2 Description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "HotTextInteraction" class
Table 5.46.3 Description of the "blockStaticGroup" attribute for the "HotTextInteraction" class
Table 5.47 HotspotChoice class definitions
Table 5.47.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class
Table 5.47.2 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class
Table 5.47.3 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class
Table 5.47.4 Description of the "shape" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class
Table 5.47.5 Description of the "coords" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class
Table 5.47.6 Description of the "hotspotLabel" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class
Table 5.48 HotspotInteraction class definitions
Table 5.48.1 Description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "HotspotInteraction" class
Table 5.48.2 Description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "HotspotInteraction" class
Table 5.48.3 Description of the "object" attribute for the "HotspotInteraction" class
Table 5.48.4 Description of the "hotspotChoice" attribute for the "HotspotInteraction" class
Table 5.49 Img class definitions
Table 5.49.1 Description of the "src" characteristic for the "Img" class
Table 5.49.2 Description of the "alt" characteristic for the "Img" class
Table 5.49.3 Description of the "longdesc" characteristic for the "Img" class
Table 5.49.4 Description of the "height" characteristic for the "Img" class
Table 5.49.5 Description of the "width" characteristic for the "Img" class
Table 5.50 Index class definitions
Table 5.50.1 Description of the "n" characteristic for the "Index" class
Table 5.50.2 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "Index" class
Table 5.51 InfoControl class definitions
Table 5.51.1 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "InfoControl" class
Table 5.51.2 Description of the "flowStaticGroup" attribute for the "InfoControl" class
Table 5.52 InlineChoice class definitions
Table 5.52.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "InlineChoice" class
Table 5.52.2 Description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "InlineChoice" class
Table 5.52.3 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "InlineChoice" class
Table 5.52.4 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "InlineChoice" class
Table 5.52.5 Description of the "inlineChoiceGroup" attribute for the "InlineChoice" class
Table 5.53 InlineChoiceInteraction class definitions
Table 5.53.1 Description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "InlineChoiceInteraction" class
Table 5.53.2 Description of the "required" characteristic for the "InlineChoiceInteraction" class
Table 5.53.3 Description of the "label" attribute for the "InlineChoiceInteraction" class
Table 5.53.4 Description of the "inlineChoice" attribute for the "InlineChoiceInteraction" class
Table 5.54 Inside class definitions
Table 5.54.1 Description of the "shape" characteristic for the "Inside" class
Table 5.54.2 Description of the "coords" characteristic for the "Inside" class
Table 5.54.3 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "Inside" class
Table 5.55 InterpolationTable class definitions
Table 5.55.1 Description of the "defaultValue" characteristic for the "InterpolationTable" class
Table 5.55.2 Description of the "interpolationTableEntry" attribute for the "InterpolationTable" class
Table 5.56 ItemBody class definitions
Table 5.56.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class
Table 5.56.2 Description of the "class" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class
Table 5.56.3 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class
Table 5.56.4 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class
Table 5.56.5 Description of the "dir" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class
Table 5.56.6 Description of the "itemBodySelect" attribute for the "ItemBody" class
Table 5.57 LI class definitions
Table 5.57.1 Description of the "flowGroup" attribute for the "LI" class
Table 5.58 Label class definitions
Table 5.58.1 Description of the "inlineChoiceGroup" attribute for the "Label" class
Table 5.59 Logic0toMany class definitions
Table 5.59.1 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "Logic0toMany" class
Table 5.60 Logic1toMany class definitions
Table 5.60.1 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "Logic1toMany" class
Table 5.61 LogicPair class definitions
Table 5.61.1 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "LogicPair" class
Table 5.62 LogicSingle class definitions
Table 5.62.1 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "LogicSingle" class
Table 5.63 LookupOutcomeValue class definitions
Table 5.63.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "LookupOutcomeValue" class
Table 5.63.2 Description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "LookupOutcomeValue" class
Table 5.64 Mapping class definitions
Table 5.64.1 Description of the "lowerBound" characteristic for the "Mapping" class
Table 5.64.2 Description of the "upperBound" characteristic for the "Mapping" class
Table 5.64.3 Description of the "defaultValue" characteristic for the "Mapping" class
Table 5.64.4 Description of the "mapEntry" attribute for the "Mapping" class
Table 5.65 MatchInteraction class definitions
Table 5.65.1 Description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "MatchInteraction" class
Table 5.65.2 Description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "MatchInteraction" class
Table 5.65.3 Description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "MatchInteraction" class
Table 5.65.4 Description of the "simpleMatchSet" attribute for the "MatchInteraction" class
Table 5.66 MatchTable class definitions
Table 5.66.1 Description of the "defaultValue" characteristic for the "MatchTable" class
Table 5.66.2 Description of the "matchTableEntry" attribute for the "MatchTable" class
Table 5.67 MathOperator class definitions
Table 5.67.1 Description of the "name" characteristic for the "MathOperator" class
Table 5.67.2 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "MathOperator" class
Table 5.68 MediaInteraction class definitions
Table 5.68.1 Description of the "autostart" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class
Table 5.68.2 Description of the "minPlays" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class
Table 5.68.3 Description of the "maxPlays" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class
Table 5.68.4 Description of the "loop" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class
Table 5.68.5 Description of the "coords" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class
Table 5.68.6 Description of the "object" attribute for the "MediaInteraction" class
Table 5.68.7 Description of the "audio" attribute for the "MediaInteraction" class
Table 5.68.8 Description of the "video" attribute for the "MediaInteraction" class
Table 5.69 ModalFeedback class definitions
Table 5.69.1 Description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "ModalFeedback" class
Table 5.69.2 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "ModalFeedback" class
Table 5.69.3 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "ModalFeedback" class
Table 5.69.4 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "ModalFeedback" class
Table 5.69.5 Description of the "feedbackFlowStaticGroup" attribute for the "ModalFeedback" class
Table 5.69.6 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "ModalFeedback" class
Table 5.69.7 Description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "ModalFeedback" class
Table 5.70 NumericLogic1toMany class definitions
Table 5.70.1 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "NumericLogic1toMany" class
Table 5.71 OUL class definitions
Table 5.71.1 Description of the "li" attribute for the "OUL" class
Table 5.72 Object class definitions
Table 5.72.1 Description of the "data" characteristic for the "Object" class
Table 5.72.2 Description of the "type" characteristic for the "Object" class
Table 5.72.3 Description of the "width" characteristic for the "Object" class
Table 5.72.4 Description of the "height" characteristic for the "Object" class
Table 5.72.5 Description of the "objectFlowGroup" attribute for the "Object" class
Table 5.73 OrderInteraction class definitions
Table 5.73.1 Description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "OrderInteraction" class
Table 5.73.2 Description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "OrderInteraction" class
Table 5.73.3 Description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "OrderInteraction" class
Table 5.73.4 Description of the "orientation" characteristic for the "OrderInteraction" class
Table 5.73.5 Description of the "simpleChoice" attribute for the "OrderInteraction" class
Table 5.74 Ordering class definitions
Table 5.74.1 Description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "Ordering" class
Table 5.74.2 Description of the "extension" characteristic for the "Ordering" class
Table 5.74.3 Description of the "extensions" attribute for the "Ordering" class
Table 5.75 OutcomeCondition class definitions
Table 5.75.1 Description of the "outcomeIf" attribute for the "OutcomeCondition" class
Table 5.75.2 Description of the "outcomeElseIf" attribute for the "OutcomeCondition" class
Table 5.75.3 Description of the "outcomeElse" attribute for the "OutcomeCondition" class
Table 5.76 OutcomeElse class definitions
Table 5.76.1 Description of the "outcomeRule" attribute for the "OutcomeElse" class
Table 5.77 OutcomeIf class definitions
Table 5.77.1 Description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "OutcomeIf" class
Table 5.77.2 Description of the "outcomeRule" attribute for the "OutcomeIf" class
Table 5.78 OutcomeProcessing class definitions
Table 5.78.1 Description of the "outcomeRule" attribute for the "OutcomeProcessing" class
Table 5.79 OutcomeProcessingFragment class definitions
Table 5.79.1 Description of the "outcomeRule" attribute for the "OutcomeProcessingFragment" class
Table 5.80 PatternMatch class definitions
Table 5.80.1 Description of the "pattern" characteristic for the "PatternMatch" class
Table 5.80.2 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "PatternMatch" class
Table 5.81 PositionObjectInteraction class definitions
Table 5.81.1 Description of the "centerPoint" characteristic for the "PositionObjectInteraction" class
Table 5.81.2 Description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "PositionObjectInteraction" class
Table 5.81.3 Description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "PositionObjectInteraction" class
Table 5.81.4 Description of the "object" attribute for the "PositionObjectInteraction" class
Table 5.82 PositionObjectStage class definitions
Table 5.82.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "PositionObjectStage" class
Table 5.82.2 Description of the "object" attribute for the "PositionObjectStage" class
Table 5.82.3 Description of the "positionObjectInteraction" attribute for the "PositionObjectStage" class
Table 5.83 Prompt class definitions
Table 5.83.1 Description of the "promptStaticGroup" attribute for the "Prompt" class
Table 5.84 Q class definitions
Table 5.84.1 Description of the "cite" characteristic for the "Q" class
Table 5.84.2 Description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "Q" class
Table 5.85 Repeat class definitions
Table 5.85.1 Description of the "numberRepeats" characteristic for the "Repeat" class
Table 5.85.2 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "Repeat" class
Table 5.86 ResponseCondition class definitions
Table 5.86.1 Description of the "responseIf" attribute for the "ResponseCondition" class
Table 5.86.2 Description of the "responseElseIf" attribute for the "ResponseCondition" class
Table 5.86.3 Description of the "responseElse" attribute for the "ResponseCondition" class
Table 5.87 ResponseDeclaration class definitions
Table 5.87.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "ResponseDeclaration" class
Table 5.87.2 Description of the "cardinality" characteristic for the "ResponseDeclaration" class
Table 5.87.3 Description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "ResponseDeclaration" class
Table 5.87.4 Description of the "defaultValue" attribute for the "ResponseDeclaration" class
Table 5.87.5 Description of the "correctResponse" attribute for the "ResponseDeclaration" class
Table 5.87.6 Description of the "mapping" attribute for the "ResponseDeclaration" class
Table 5.87.7 Description of the "areaMapping" attribute for the "ResponseDeclaration" class
Table 5.88 ResponseElse class definitions
Table 5.88.1 Description of the "responseRuleGroup" attribute for the "ResponseElse" class
Table 5.89 ResponseIf class definitions
Table 5.89.1 Description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "ResponseIf" class
Table 5.89.2 Description of the "responseRuleGroup" attribute for the "ResponseIf" class
Table 5.90 ResponseProcessingFragment class definitions
Table 5.90.1 Description of the "responseRuleGroup" attribute for the "ResponseProcessingFragment" class
Table 5.91 RoundTo class definitions
Table 5.91.1 Description of the "roundingMode" characteristic for the "RoundTo" class
Table 5.91.2 Description of the "figures" characteristic for the "RoundTo" class
Table 5.91.3 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "RoundTo" class
Table 5.92 RubricBlock class definitions
Table 5.92.1 Description of the "use" characteristic for the "RubricBlock" class
Table 5.92.2 Description of the "view" characteristic for the "RubricBlock" class
Table 5.92.3 Description of the "contentModel" attribute for the "RubricBlock" class
Table 5.92.4 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "RubricBlock" class
Table 5.92.5 Description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "RubricBlock" class
Table 5.93 RubricBlockTemplateBlock class definitions
Table 5.93.1 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class
Table 5.93.2 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class
Table 5.93.3 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class
Table 5.93.4 Description of the "rtBlockContentModel" attribute for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class
Table 5.93.5 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class
Table 5.93.6 Description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class
Table 5.94 RubricBlockTemplateInline class definitions
Table 5.94.1 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateInline" class
Table 5.94.2 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateInline" class
Table 5.94.3 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateInline" class
Table 5.94.4 Description of the "rtInlineStaticGroup" attribute for the "RubricBlockTemplateInline" class
Table 5.95 SelectPointInteraction class definitions
Table 5.95.1 Description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "SelectPointInteraction" class
Table 5.95.2 Description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "SelectPointInteraction" class
Table 5.95.3 Description of the "object" attribute for the "SelectPointInteraction" class
Table 5.96 Selection class definitions
Table 5.96.1 Description of the "select" characteristic for the "Selection" class
Table 5.96.2 Description of the "withReplacement" characteristic for the "Selection" class
Table 5.96.3 Description of the "extension" characteristic for the "Selection" class
Table 5.96.4 Description of the "extensions" attribute for the "Selection" class
Table 5.97 SetValue class definitions
Table 5.97.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "SetValue" class
Table 5.97.2 Description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "SetValue" class
Table 5.98 SimpleAssociableChoice class definitions
Table 5.98.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class
Table 5.98.2 Description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class
Table 5.98.3 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class
Table 5.98.4 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class
Table 5.98.5 Description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class
Table 5.98.6 Description of the "matchMax" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class
Table 5.98.7 Description of the "matchMin" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class
Table 5.98.8 Description of the "flowStaticGroup" attribute for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class
Table 5.99 SimpleChoice class definitions
Table 5.99.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "SimpleChoice" class
Table 5.99.2 Description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "SimpleChoice" class
Table 5.99.3 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "SimpleChoice" class
Table 5.99.4 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "SimpleChoice" class
Table 5.99.5 Description of the "flowStaticGroup" attribute for the "SimpleChoice" class
Table 5.100 SimpleMatchSet class definitions
Table 5.100.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "SimpleMatchSet" class
Table 5.100.2 Description of the "simpleAssociableChoice" attribute for the "SimpleMatchSet" class
Table 5.101 SliderInteraction class definitions
Table 5.101.1 Description of the "lowerBound" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class
Table 5.101.2 Description of the "upperBound" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class
Table 5.101.3 Description of the "step" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class
Table 5.101.4 Description of the "stepLabel" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class
Table 5.101.5 Description of the "orientation" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class
Table 5.101.6 Description of the "reverse" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class
Table 5.102 StatsOperator class definitions
Table 5.102.1 Description of the "name" characteristic for the "StatsOperator" class
Table 5.102.2 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "StatsOperator" class
Table 5.103 StimulusBody class definitions
Table 5.103.1 Description of the "blockGroup" attribute for the "StimulusBody" class
Table 5.104 StringMatch class definitions
Table 5.104.1 Description of the "caseSensitive" characteristic for the "StringMatch" class
Table 5.104.2 Description of the "substring" characteristic for the "StringMatch" class
Table 5.104.3 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "StringMatch" class
Table 5.105 Substring class definitions
Table 5.105.1 Description of the "caseSensitive" characteristic for the "Substring" class
Table 5.105.2 Description of the "logic" attribute for the "Substring" class
Table 5.106 TDH class definitions
Table 5.106.1 Description of the "headers" characteristic for the "TDH" class
Table 5.106.2 Description of the "scope" characteristic for the "TDH" class
Table 5.106.3 Description of the "abbr" characteristic for the "TDH" class
Table 5.106.4 Description of the "axis" characteristic for the "TDH" class
Table 5.106.5 Description of the "rowspan" characteristic for the "TDH" class
Table 5.106.6 Description of the "colspan" characteristic for the "TDH" class
Table 5.106.7 Description of the "align" characteristic for the "TDH" class
Table 5.106.8 Description of the "valign" characteristic for the "TDH" class
Table 5.106.9 Description of the "flowGroup" attribute for the "TDH" class
Table 5.107 TR class definitions
Table 5.107.1 Description of the "tableCellGroup" attribute for the "TR" class
Table 5.108 Table class definitions
Table 5.108.1 Description of the "summary" characteristic for the "Table" class
Table 5.108.2 Description of the "caption" attribute for the "Table" class
Table 5.108.3 Description of the "col" attribute for the "Table" class
Table 5.108.4 Description of the "colgroup" attribute for the "Table" class
Table 5.108.5 Description of the "thead" attribute for the "Table" class
Table 5.108.6 Description of the "tfoot" attribute for the "Table" class
Table 5.108.7 Description of the "tbody" attribute for the "Table" class
Table 5.109 TablePart class definitions
Table 5.109.1 Description of the "tr" attribute for the "TablePart" class
Table 5.110 TemplateBlock class definitions
Table 5.110.1 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "TemplateBlock" class
Table 5.110.2 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "TemplateBlock" class
Table 5.110.3 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TemplateBlock" class
Table 5.110.4 Description of the "fatBlockStatic" attribute for the "TemplateBlock" class
Table 5.110.5 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "TemplateBlock" class
Table 5.110.6 Description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "TemplateBlock" class
Table 5.111 TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock class definitions
Table 5.111.1 Description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.111.2 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.111.3 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.111.4 Description of the "fatBlockStatic" attribute for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.111.5 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.111.6 Description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class
Table 5.112 TemplateCondition class definitions
Table 5.112.1 Description of the "templateIf" attribute for the "TemplateCondition" class
Table 5.112.2 Description of the "templateElseIf" attribute for the "TemplateCondition" class
Table 5.112.3 Description of the "templateElse" attribute for the "TemplateCondition" class
Table 5.113 TemplateConstraint class definitions
Table 5.113.1 Description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "TemplateConstraint" class
Table 5.114 TemplateDeclaration class definitions
Table 5.114.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class
Table 5.114.2 Description of the "cardinality" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class
Table 5.114.3 Description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class
Table 5.114.4 Description of the "paramVariable" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class
Table 5.114.5 Description of the "mathVariable" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class
Table 5.114.6 Description of the "defaultValue" attribute for the "TemplateDeclaration" class
Table 5.115 TemplateDefault class definitions
Table 5.115.1 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "TemplateDefault" class
Table 5.115.2 Description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "TemplateDefault" class
Table 5.116 TemplateElse class definitions
Table 5.116.1 Description of the "templateRuleGroup" attribute for the "TemplateElse" class
Table 5.117 TemplateIf class definitions
Table 5.117.1 Description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "TemplateIf" class
Table 5.117.2 Description of the "templateRuleGroup" attribute for the "TemplateIf" class
Table 5.118 TemplateInline class definitions
Table 5.118.1 Description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "TemplateInline" class
Table 5.118.2 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "TemplateInline" class
Table 5.118.3 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TemplateInline" class
Table 5.118.4 Description of the "inlineStaticGroup" attribute for the "TemplateInline" class
Table 5.119 TemplateProcessing class definitions
Table 5.119.1 Description of the "templateRuleGroup" attribute for the "TemplateProcessing" class
Table 5.120 TestFeedback class definitions
Table 5.120.1 Description of the "access" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class
Table 5.120.2 Description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class
Table 5.120.3 Description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class
Table 5.120.4 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class
Table 5.120.5 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class
Table 5.120.6 Description of the "feedbackFlowStaticGroup" attribute for the "TestFeedback" class
Table 5.120.7 Description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "TestFeedback" class
Table 5.120.8 Description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "TestFeedback" class
Table 5.121 TestPart class definitions
Table 5.121.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TestPart" class
Table 5.121.2 Description of the "navigationMode" characteristic for the "TestPart" class
Table 5.121.3 Description of the "submissionMode" characteristic for the "TestPart" class
Table 5.121.4 Description of the "preCondition" attribute for the "TestPart" class
Table 5.121.5 Description of the "branchRule" attribute for the "TestPart" class
Table 5.121.6 Description of the "itemSessionControl" attribute for the "TestPart" class
Table 5.121.7 Description of the "timeLimits" attribute for the "TestPart" class
Table 5.121.8 Description of the "assessmentSectionSelection" attribute for the "TestPart" class
Table 5.121.9 Description of the "testFeedback" attribute for the "TestPart" class
Table 5.122 TextEntryInteraction class definitions
Table 5.122.1 Description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class
Table 5.122.2 Description of the "base" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class
Table 5.122.3 Description of the "stringIdentifier" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class
Table 5.122.4 Description of the "expectedLength" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class
Table 5.122.5 Description of the "patternMask" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class
Table 5.122.6 Description of the "placeholderText" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class
Table 5.122.7 Description of the "format" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class
Table 5.123 UploadInteraction class definitions
Table 5.123.1 Description of the "type" characteristic for the "UploadInteraction" class
Table 6.1 AssessmentSectionSelection class definitions
Table 6.1.1 Description of the "assessmentSection" attribute for the "AssessmentSectionSelection" class
Table 6.1.2 Description of the "assessmentSectionRef" attribute for the "AssessmentSectionSelection" class
Table 6.2 BlockContentModel class definitions
Table 6.2.1 Description of the "pre" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.2 Description of the "h1" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.3 Description of the "h2" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.4 Description of the "h3" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.5 Description of the "h4" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.6 Description of the "h5" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.7 Description of the "h6" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.8 Description of the "p" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.9 Description of the "address" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.10 Description of the "dl" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.11 Description of the "ol" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.12 Description of the "ul" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.13 Description of the "hr" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.14 Description of the "blockquote" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.15 Description of the "table" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.16 Description of the "div" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.17 Description of the "article" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.18 Description of the "aside" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.19 Description of the "audio" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.20 Description of the "figure" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.21 Description of the "footer" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.22 Description of the "header" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.23 Description of the "nav" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.24 Description of the "section" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.2.25 Description of the "video" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class
Table 6.3 BlockGroup class definitions
Table 6.3.1 Description of the "positionObjectStage" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.2 Description of the "customInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.3 Description of the "drawingInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.4 Description of the "gapMatchInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.5 Description of the "matchInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.6 Description of the "graphicGapMatchInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.7 Description of the "hotspotInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.8 Description of the "graphicOrderInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.9 Description of the "selectPointInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.10 Description of the "graphicAssociateInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.11 Description of the "sliderInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.12 Description of the "choiceInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.13 Description of the "mediaInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.14 Description of the "hottextInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.15 Description of the "orderInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.16 Description of the "extendedTextInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.17 Description of the "uploadInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.18 Description of the "associateInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.19 Description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.20 Description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.21 Description of the "infoControl" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.22 Description of the "math" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.23 Description of the "math" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.24 Description of the "include" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.3.25 Description of the "blockContentModel" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class
Table 6.4 BlockStaticGroup class definitions
Table 6.4.1 Description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class
Table 6.4.2 Description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class
Table 6.4.3 Description of the "math" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class
Table 6.4.4 Description of the "math" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class
Table 6.4.5 Description of the "include" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class
Table 6.4.6 Description of the "blockContentModel" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class
Table 6.5 DLSelection class definitions
Table 6.5.1 Description of the "dd" attribute for the "DLSelection" class
Table 6.5.2 Description of the "dt" attribute for the "DLSelection" class
Table 6.6 DivSelection class definitions
Table 6.6.1 Description of the "positionObjectStage" attribute for the "DivSelection" class
Table 6.6.2 Description of the "flowGroup" attribute for the "DivSelection" class
Table 6.7 ExpressionGroup class definitions
Table 6.7.1 Description of the "and" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.2 Description of the "gt" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.3 Description of the "not" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.4 Description of the "lt" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.5 Description of the "gte" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.6 Description of the "lte" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.7 Description of the "or" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.8 Description of the "sum" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.9 Description of the "durationLT" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.10 Description of the "durationGTE" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.11 Description of the "subtract" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.12 Description of the "divide" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.13 Description of the "multiple" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.14 Description of the "ordered" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.15 Description of the "customOperator" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.16 Description of the "random" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.17 Description of the "numberIncorrect" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.18 Description of the "numberCorrect" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.19 Description of the "numberPresented" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.20 Description of the "numberResponded" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.21 Description of the "numberSelected" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.22 Description of the "substring" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.23 Description of the "equalRounded" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.24 Description of the "null" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.25 Description of the "delete" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.26 Description of the "match" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.27 Description of the "index" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.28 Description of the "power" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.29 Description of the "equal" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.30 Description of the "contains" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.31 Description of the "containerSize" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.32 Description of the "correct" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.33 Description of the "default" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.34 Description of the "anyN" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.35 Description of the "integerDivide" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.36 Description of the "integerModulus" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.37 Description of the "isNull" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.38 Description of the "member" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.39 Description of the "product" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.40 Description of the "round" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.41 Description of the "truncate" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.42 Description of the "fieldValue" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.43 Description of the "randomInteger" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.44 Description of the "randomFloat" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.45 Description of the "variable" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.46 Description of the "outcomeMinimum" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.47 Description of the "outcomeMaximum" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.48 Description of the "testVariables" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.49 Description of the "integerToFloat" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.50 Description of the "inside" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.51 Description of the "baseValue" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.52 Description of the "patternMatch" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.53 Description of the "mapResponsePoint" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.54 Description of the "mapResponse" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.55 Description of the "stringMatch" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.56 Description of the "repeat" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.57 Description of the "roundTo" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.58 Description of the "lcm" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.59 Description of the "gcd" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.60 Description of the "min" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.61 Description of the "max" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.62 Description of the "mathConstant" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.63 Description of the "statsOperator" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.7.64 Description of the "mathOperator" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.8 FeedandTempBlockStatic class definitions
Table 6.8.1 Description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class
Table 6.8.2 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class
Table 6.8.3 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class
Table 6.8.4 Description of the "include" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class
Table 6.8.5 Description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class
Table 6.8.6 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class
Table 6.8.7 Description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class
Table 6.8.8 Description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class
Table 6.8.9 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class
Table 6.9 FeedbackBlockStatic class definitions
Table 6.9.1 Description of the "blockGroup" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class
Table 6.9.2 Description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class
Table 6.9.3 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class
Table 6.9.4 Description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class
Table 6.9.5 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class
Table 6.10 FeedbackFlowStaticGroup class definitions
Table 6.10.1 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.10.2 Description of the "hottext" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.10.3 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.10.4 Description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.10.5 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.10.6 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.10.7 Description of the "include" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.10.8 Description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.11 FeedbackInlineGroup class definitions
Table 6.11.1 Description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class
Table 6.11.2 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class
Table 6.11.3 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class
Table 6.11.4 Description of the "include" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class
Table 6.11.5 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class
Table 6.11.6 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class
Table 6.12 FlowContentModel class definitions
Table 6.12.1 Description of the "pre" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.2 Description of the "h1" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.3 Description of the "h2" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.4 Description of the "h3" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.5 Description of the "h4" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.6 Description of the "h5" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.7 Description of the "h6" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.8 Description of the "p" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.9 Description of the "address" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.10 Description of the "dl" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.11 Description of the "ol" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.12 Description of the "ul" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.13 Description of the "br" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.14 Description of the "hr" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.15 Description of the "img" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.16 Description of the "object" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.17 Description of the "blockquote" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.18 Description of the "em" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.19 Description of the "a" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.20 Description of the "code" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.21 Description of the "span" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.22 Description of the "sub" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.23 Description of the "acronym" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.24 Description of the "big" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.25 Description of the "tt" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.26 Description of the "kbd" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.27 Description of the "q" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.28 Description of the "i" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.29 Description of the "dfn" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.30 Description of the "abbr" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.31 Description of the "strong" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.32 Description of the "sup" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.33 Description of the "var" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.34 Description of the "small" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.35 Description of the "samp" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.36 Description of the "b" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.37 Description of the "cite" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.38 Description of the "table" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.39 Description of the "div" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.40 Description of the "bdo" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.41 Description of the "bdi" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.42 Description of the "figure" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.43 Description of the "audio" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.44 Description of the "video" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.45 Description of the "article" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.46 Description of the "aside" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.47 Description of the "footer" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.48 Description of the "header" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.49 Description of the "label" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.50 Description of the "nav" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.51 Description of the "section" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.52 Description of the "ruby" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.12.53 Description of the "ssmlGroup" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class
Table 6.13 FlowGroup class definitions
Table 6.13.1 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.2 Description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.3 Description of the "hottext" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.4 Description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.5 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.6 Description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.7 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.8 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.9 Description of the "include" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.10 Description of the "textEntryInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.11 Description of the "inlineChoiceInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.12 Description of the "endAttemptInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.13 Description of the "customInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.14 Description of the "drawingInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.15 Description of the "gapMatchInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.16 Description of the "matchInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.17 Description of the "graphicGapMatchInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.18 Description of the "hotspotInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.19 Description of the "graphicOrderInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.20 Description of the "selectPointInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.21 Description of the "graphicAssociateInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.22 Description of the "sliderInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.23 Description of the "choiceInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.24 Description of the "mediaInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.25 Description of the "hottextInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.26 Description of the "orderInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.27 Description of the "extendedTextInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.28 Description of the "uploadInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.29 Description of the "associateInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.13.30 Description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class
Table 6.14 FlowStaticGroup class definitions
Table 6.14.1 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.14.2 Description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.14.3 Description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.14.4 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.14.5 Description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.14.6 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.14.7 Description of the "math" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.14.8 Description of the "include" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.14.9 Description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class
Table 6.15 GapChoice class definitions
Table 6.15.1 Description of the "gapText" attribute for the "GapChoice" class
Table 6.15.2 Description of the "gapImg" attribute for the "GapChoice" class
Table 6.16 InlineChoiceGroup class definitions
Table 6.16.1 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class
Table 6.16.2 Description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class
Table 6.16.3 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class
Table 6.16.4 Description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class
Table 6.16.5 Description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class
Table 6.16.6 Description of the "include" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class
Table 6.16.7 Description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class
Table 6.17 InlineContentModel class definitions
Table 6.17.1 Description of the "img" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.2 Description of the "br" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.3 Description of the "object" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.4 Description of the "em" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.5 Description of the "a" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.6 Description of the "code" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.7 Description of the "span" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.8 Description of the "sub" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.9 Description of the "acronym" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.10 Description of the "big" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.11 Description of the "tt" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.12 Description of the "kbd" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.13 Description of the "q" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.14 Description of the "i" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.15 Description of the "dfn" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.16 Description of the "abbr" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.17 Description of the "strong" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.18 Description of the "sup" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.19 Description of the "var" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.20 Description of the "small" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.21 Description of the "samp" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.22 Description of the "b" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.23 Description of the "cite" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.24 Description of the "bdo" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.25 Description of the "bdi" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.26 Description of the "label" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.27 Description of the "ruby" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.17.28 Description of the "ssml11Group" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class
Table 6.18 InlineGroup class definitions
Table 6.18.1 Description of the "textEntryInteraction" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.2 Description of the "hottext" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.3 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.4 Description of the "gap" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.5 Description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.6 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.7 Description of the "inlineChoiceInteraction" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.8 Description of the "endAttemptInteraction" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.9 Description of the "customInteraction" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.10 Description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.11 Description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.12 Description of the "include" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.18.13 Description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class
Table 6.19 InlineStaticGroup class definitions
Table 6.19.1 Description of the "hottext" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.19.2 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.19.3 Description of the "gap" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.19.4 Description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.19.5 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.19.6 Description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.19.7 Description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.19.8 Description of the "include" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.19.9 Description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.20 ItemBodySelect class definitions
Table 6.20.1 Description of the "rubricBlock" attribute for the "ItemBodySelect" class
Table 6.20.2 Description of the "blockGroup" attribute for the "ItemBodySelect" class
Table 6.21 LookupTable class definitions
Table 6.21.1 Description of the "matchTable" attribute for the "LookupTable" class
Table 6.21.2 Description of the "interpolationTable" attribute for the "LookupTable" class
Table 6.22 NumericExpressionGroup class definitions
Table 6.22.1 Description of the "sum" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.2 Description of the "subtract" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.3 Description of the "divide" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.4 Description of the "multiple" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.5 Description of the "ordered" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.6 Description of the "customOperator" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.7 Description of the "random" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.8 Description of the "numberIncorrect" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.9 Description of the "numberCorrect" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.10 Description of the "numberPresented" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.11 Description of the "numberResponded" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.12 Description of the "numberSelected" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.13 Description of the "null" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.14 Description of the "delete" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.15 Description of the "index" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.16 Description of the "power" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.17 Description of the "containerSize" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.18 Description of the "correct" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.19 Description of the "default" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.20 Description of the "integerDivide" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.21 Description of the "integerModulus" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.22 Description of the "product" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.23 Description of the "round" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.24 Description of the "truncate" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.25 Description of the "fieldValue" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.26 Description of the "randomInteger" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.27 Description of the "variable" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.28 Description of the "outcomeMinimum" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.29 Description of the "outcomeMaximum" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.30 Description of the "testVariables" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.31 Description of the "integerToFloat" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.32 Description of the "baseValue" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.33 Description of the "mapResponsePoint" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.34 Description of the "mapResponse" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.35 Description of the "repeat" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.36 Description of the "roundTo" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.37 Description of the "lcm" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.38 Description of the "gcd" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.39 Description of the "min" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.40 Description of the "max" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.41 Description of the "mathConstant" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.42 Description of the "statsOperator" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.43 Description of the "mathOperator" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.22.44 Description of the "randomFloat" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class
Table 6.23 ObjectFlowGroup class definitions
Table 6.23.1 Description of the "math" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class
Table 6.23.2 Description of the "math" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class
Table 6.23.3 Description of the "include" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class
Table 6.23.4 Description of the "param" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class
Table 6.23.5 Description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class
Table 6.24 OutcomeRule class definitions
Table 6.24.1 Description of the "lookupOutcomeValue" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class
Table 6.24.2 Description of the "outcomeProcessingFragment" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class
Table 6.24.3 Description of the "setOutcomeValue" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class
Table 6.24.4 Description of the "include" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class
Table 6.24.5 Description of the "exitTest" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class
Table 6.24.6 Description of the "outcomeCondition" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class
Table 6.25 PromptStaticGroup class definitions
Table 6.25.1 Description of the "math" attribute for the "PromptStaticGroup" class
Table 6.25.2 Description of the "math" attribute for the "PromptStaticGroup" class
Table 6.25.3 Description of the "include" attribute for the "PromptStaticGroup" class
Table 6.25.4 Description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "PromptStaticGroup" class
Table 6.26 ResponseRuleGroup class definitions
Table 6.26.1 Description of the "include" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class
Table 6.26.2 Description of the "responseCondition" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class
Table 6.26.3 Description of the "responseProcessingFragment" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class
Table 6.26.4 Description of the "setOutcomeValue" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class
Table 6.26.5 Description of the "exitResponse" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class
Table 6.26.6 Description of the "lookupOutcomeValue" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class
Table 6.27 RubricBlockContentModel class definitions
Table 6.27.1 Description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.27.2 Description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.27.3 Description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.27.4 Description of the "include" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.27.5 Description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.27.6 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.27.7 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.28 RubricTemplateBlockContentModel class definitions
Table 6.28.1 Description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.28.2 Description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.28.3 Description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.28.4 Description of the "include" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.28.5 Description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.28.6 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class
Table 6.29 RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup class definitions
Table 6.29.1 Description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.29.2 Description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.29.3 Description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.29.4 Description of the "include" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.29.5 Description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.29.6 Description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class
Table 6.30 SSMLGroup class definitions
Table 6.30.1 Description of the "p" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.2 Description of the "s" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.3 Description of the "say-as" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.4 Description of the "phoneme" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.5 Description of the "sub" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.6 Description of the "voice" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.7 Description of the "emphasis" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.8 Description of the "break" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.9 Description of the "prosody" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.10 Description of the "mark" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.11 Description of the "audio" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.30.12 Description of the "speak" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class
Table 6.31 SectionPart class definitions
Table 6.31.1 Description of the "include" attribute for the "SectionPart" class
Table 6.31.2 Description of the "assessmentItemRef" attribute for the "SectionPart" class
Table 6.31.3 Description of the "assessmentSection" attribute for the "SectionPart" class
Table 6.31.4 Description of the "assessmentSectionRef" attribute for the "SectionPart" class
Table 6.32 TableCellGroup class definitions
Table 6.32.1 Description of the "td" attribute for the "TableCellGroup" class
Table 6.32.2 Description of the "th" attribute for the "TableCellGroup" class
Table 6.33 TemplateRuleGroup class definitions
Table 6.33.1 Description of the "setTemplateValue" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class
Table 6.33.2 Description of the "exitTemplate" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class
Table 6.33.3 Description of the "templateCondition" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class
Table 6.33.4 Description of the "setDefaultValue" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class
Table 6.33.5 Description of the "setCorrectResponse" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class
Table 6.33.6 Description of the "templateConstraint" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class
Table 7.1 ARIALevelInteger class definitions
Table 7.1.1 Description of the "minInclusive" attribute for the "ARIALevelInteger" class
Table 7.2 AreaMapEntry class definitions
Table 7.2.1 Description of the "shape" characteristic for the "AreaMapEntry" class
Table 7.2.2 Description of the "coords" characteristic for the "AreaMapEntry" class
Table 7.2.3 Description of the "mappedValue" characteristic for the "AreaMapEntry" class
Table 7.3 AssessmentSectionRef class definitions
Table 7.3.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentSectionRef" class
Table 7.3.2 Description of the "href" characteristic for the "AssessmentSectionRef" class
Table 7.4 AssessmentStimulusRef class definitions
Table 7.4.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulusRef" class
Table 7.4.2 Description of the "href" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulusRef" class
Table 7.5 BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty class definitions
Table 7.5.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.2 Description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.3 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.4 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.5 Description of the "base" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.6 Description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.7 Description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.8 Description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.9 Description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.10 Description of the "aria-flowsto" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.11 Description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.12 Description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.13 Description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.14 Description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.15 Description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.16 Description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.5.17 Description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class
Table 7.6 BaseValue class definitions
Table 7.6.1 Description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "BaseValue" class
Table 7.7 Coords class definitions
Table 7.7.1 Description of the "pattern" attribute for the "Coords" class
Table 7.8 Correct class definitions
Table 7.8.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Correct" class
Table 7.9 DataHTML5Extension class definitions
Table 7.9.1 Description of the "pattern" attribute for the "DataHTML5Extension" class
Table 7.10 Default class definitions
Table 7.10.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Default" class
Table 7.11 EncVariableString class definitions
Table 7.11.1 Description of the "pattern" attribute for the "EncVariableString" class
Table 7.12 Identifier class definitions
Table 7.13 InterpolationTableEntry class definitions
Table 7.13.1 Description of the "sourceValue" characteristic for the "InterpolationTableEntry" class
Table 7.13.2 Description of the "includeBoundary" characteristic for the "InterpolationTableEntry" class
Table 7.13.3 Description of the "targetValue" characteristic for the "InterpolationTableEntry" class
Table 7.14 ItemSessionControl class definitions
Table 7.14.1 Description of the "maxAttempts" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class
Table 7.14.2 Description of the "showFeedback" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class
Table 7.14.3 Description of the "allowReview" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class
Table 7.14.4 Description of the "showSolution" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class
Table 7.14.5 Description of the "allowComment" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class
Table 7.14.6 Description of the "allowSkipping" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class
Table 7.14.7 Description of the "validateResponses" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class
Table 7.15 Length class definitions
Table 7.15.1 Description of the "pattern" attribute for the "Length" class
Table 7.16 MapEntry class definitions
Table 7.16.1 Description of the "mapKey" characteristic for the "MapEntry" class
Table 7.16.2 Description of the "mappedValue" characteristic for the "MapEntry" class
Table 7.16.3 Description of the "caseSensitive" characteristic for the "MapEntry" class
Table 7.17 MapResponse class definitions
Table 7.17.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "MapResponse" class
Table 7.18 MatchTableEntry class definitions
Table 7.18.1 Description of the "sourceValue" characteristic for the "MatchTableEntry" class
Table 7.18.2 Description of the "targetValue" characteristic for the "MatchTableEntry" class
Table 7.19 MathConstant class definitions
Table 7.19.1 Description of the "name" characteristic for the "MathConstant" class
Table 7.20 MimeType class definitions
Table 7.20.1 Description of the "pattern" attribute for the "MimeType" class
Table 7.21 NonNegativeDouble class definitions
Table 7.21.1 Description of the "minInclusive" attribute for the "NonNegativeDouble" class
Table 7.22 Number class definitions
Table 7.22.1 Description of the "sectionIdentifier" characteristic for the "Number" class
Table 7.22.2 Description of the "includeCategory" characteristic for the "Number" class
Table 7.22.3 Description of the "excludeCategory" characteristic for the "Number" class
Table 7.23 OutcomeMinMax class definitions
Table 7.23.1 Description of the "sectionIdentifier" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class
Table 7.23.2 Description of the "includeCategory" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class
Table 7.23.3 Description of the "excludeCategory" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class
Table 7.23.4 Description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class
Table 7.23.5 Description of the "weightIdentifier" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class
Table 7.24 Param class definitions
Table 7.24.1 Description of the "name" characteristic for the "Param" class
Table 7.24.2 Description of the "value" characteristic for the "Param" class
Table 7.24.3 Description of the "valuetype" characteristic for the "Param" class
Table 7.24.4 Description of the "type" characteristic for the "Param" class
Table 7.25 PrintedVariable class definitions
Table 7.25.1 Description of the "id" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.2 Description of the "class" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.3 Description of the "language" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.4 Description of the "label" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.5 Description of the "baseuri" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.6 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.7 Description of the "format" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.8 Description of the "base" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.9 Description of the "index" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.10 Description of the "powerForm" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.11 Description of the "field" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.12 Description of the "delimiter" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.25.13 Description of the "mappingIndicator" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class
Table 7.26 RandomFloat class definitions
Table 7.26.1 Description of the "min" characteristic for the "RandomFloat" class
Table 7.26.2 Description of the "max" characteristic for the "RandomFloat" class
Table 7.27 RandomInteger class definitions
Table 7.27.1 Description of the "min" characteristic for the "RandomInteger" class
Table 7.27.2 Description of the "max" characteristic for the "RandomInteger" class
Table 7.27.3 Description of the "step" characteristic for the "RandomInteger" class
Table 7.28 StyleSheet class definitions
Table 7.28.1 Description of the "href" characteristic for the "StyleSheet" class
Table 7.28.2 Description of the "type" characteristic for the "StyleSheet" class
Table 7.28.3 Description of the "media" characteristic for the "StyleSheet" class
Table 7.28.4 Description of the "title" characteristic for the "StyleSheet" class
Table 7.29 TestVariables class definitions
Table 7.29.1 Description of the "sectionIdentifier" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class
Table 7.29.2 Description of the "includeCategory" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class
Table 7.29.3 Description of the "excludeCategory" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class
Table 7.29.4 Description of the "variableIdentifier" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class
Table 7.29.5 Description of the "weightIdentifier" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class
Table 7.29.6 Description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class
Table 7.30 TimeLimits class definitions
Table 7.30.1 Description of the "minTime" characteristic for the "TimeLimits" class
Table 7.30.2 Description of the "maxTime" characteristic for the "TimeLimits" class
Table 7.30.3 Description of the "allowLateSubmission" characteristic for the "TimeLimits" class
Table 7.31 UniqueIdentifier class definitions
Table 7.32 UniqueIdentifierRef class definitions
Table 7.33 Value class definitions
Table 7.33.1 Description of the "fieldIdentifier" characteristic for the "Value" class
Table 7.33.2 Description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "Value" class
Table 7.34 Variable class definitions
Table 7.34.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Variable" class
Table 7.34.2 Description of the "weightIdentifier" characteristic for the "Variable" class
Table 7.35 VariableMapping class definitions
Table 7.35.1 Description of the "sourceIdentifier" characteristic for the "VariableMapping" class
Table 7.35.2 Description of the "targetIdentifier" characteristic for the "VariableMapping" class
Table 7.36 VariableString class definitions
Table 7.36.1 Description of the "pattern" attribute for the "VariableString" class
Table 7.37 Weight class definitions
Table 7.37.1 Description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Weight" class
Table 7.37.2 Description of the "value" characteristic for the "Weight" class
Table 8.1 ARIALiveValue class definitions
Table 8.2 ARIAOrientationValue class definitions
Table 8.3 ARIARoleValue class definitions
Table 8.4 Align class definitions
Table 8.5 BaseType class definitions
Table 8.6 CORSSettings class definitions
Table 8.7 Cardinality class definitions
Table 8.8 DIR class definitions
Table 8.9 ExternalScored class definitions
Table 8.10 MathConstantNames class definitions
Table 8.11 MathOperatorName class definitions
Table 8.12 NavigationMode class definitions
Table 8.13 Orientation class definitions
Table 8.14 ParamType class definitions
Table 8.15 RoundingMode class definitions
Table 8.16 Shape class definitions
Table 8.17 ShowHide class definitions
Table 8.18 StatsOperatorName class definitions
Table 8.19 SubmissionMode class definitions
Table 8.20 TableCellScope class definitions
Table 8.21 TestFeedbackAccess class definitions
Table 8.22 TextFormat class definitions
Table 8.23 ToleranceMode class definitions
Table 8.24 Valign class definitions
Table 9.1.1 ElementIDList class description
Table 9.1.2 IdentifierList class description
Table 9.1.3 IntegerList class description
Table 9.1.4 StringList class description
Table 9.1.5 ToleranceList class description
Table 9.2.1 View class description
Table 9.3.1 FloatOrVariableRef class description
Table 9.3.2 IntOrIdentifier class description
Table 9.3.3 IntegerOrVariableRef class description
Table 9.3.4 StringOrVariableRef class description
Table 9.4.1 APIPAccessibility class description
Table 9.4.2 HTML5 class description
Table 9.4.3 Include class description
Table 9.4.4 MathML2 class description
Table 9.4.5 MathML3 class description
Table 9.4.6 SSMLv1p1 class description
Table A1.1 The key to the descriptions of data model diagrams
Table A1.2 The key to the descriptions of the data class tables
Table A1.3 The key to the descriptions of the data attribute/characteristic tables
Table A1.4 The key to the descriptions of the enumerated vocabulary tables
Table A1.5 The key to the descriptions of the external vocabulary tables
Table A1.6 The key to the descriptions of the import class tables
This document is the core part the IMS Global Question and Test Interoperability (QTI) v2.2 specification. This document describes the information model for items, sections and whole tests used in assessment. Formally these are known as the Assessment, Section and Item (ASI) features.
The IMS QTI specification describes a data model for the representation of question (assessmentItem) and test (assessmentTest) data and their corresponding results reports. Therefore, the specification enables the exchange of this item, test and results data between authoring tools, item banks, test constructional tools, learning systems and assessment delivery systems. The data model is described abstractly, using the Unified Modeling Language (UML) to facilitate binding to a wide range of data-modelling tools and programming languages, however, for interchange between systems a binding is provided to the industry standard eXtensible Markup Language (XML) and use of this binding is strongly recommended. The IMS QTI specification has been designed to support both interoperability and innovation through the provision of well-defined extension points. These extension points can be used to wrap specialized or proprietary data in ways that allows it to be used alongside items that can be represented directly.
The IMS QTI Assessment, Section and Item Information is a part of the broader QTI specification. This document should be used in conjuncton with the following documents
This QTI ASI v2.2 specification supersedes the QTI v2.1 versions. The QTI Information Model is bound to an XML Schema Definition (XSD). This document and the accompanying XSD is generated using the IMS Global Binding Auto-generation Tool-kit (I-BAT) [IBAT, 06]. A significant number of new features have been added in v2.2, namely:
There have also been several changes to established features, namely:
The structure of the rest of this document is:
2. Key Data Model Features | The detailed descriptions of the core features used within QTI. This includes the composition of an Item and Test and the use of Sections as a grouping consruct, the HTML-based content model, the response and outcome processing and the various feedback mechanisms, and the accessibility features; |
3. Root Attribute Descriptions | The formal definition and description of the set of root attributes for the information model. These are the first class objects that can be exchanged using this data model. QTI ASI has six root attributes; |
4. Root Class Descriptions | The definition and description of the set of root classes for the information model. These are parent classes for the the first class objects i.e. the root attributes, that can be exchanged using this data model; |
5. Data Class Descriptions | The definition and description of the set of core classes from which the information model is composed; |
6. Abstract Class Descriptions | The definition and description set of abstract classes used within the information model. These are classes that will never be used to create a direct object. Instead the abstraction is used to define complex structured classes which would otherwise be impossible to create it such a concise way; |
7. Derived Class Descriptions | The definition and description of the set of derived classes. A derived class is one that is built upon either the primitive types (the base types avialable for any model) or other derived types. |
8. Enumerated Vocabulary Descriptions | The definition and description of the set of enumerated classes i.e. the embedded vocabularies, used throughout the specification (these vocabularies are not encapsulated as external IMS-based VDEX files); |
9. Miscellaneous Descriptions | The definition and description of the other types of classes used within the specification. This includes the classes for lists, enumerated lists, unions and constructs that are imported from other specifications; |
10. Extending and Profiling the Data Model | Identification of the ways in which the data model can be extended (both in terms of the extending features and proprietary extensions to the model) and how this base specification, and its model-based description, can be profiled to produce derivative specifications; |
Appendix A Modelling Concepts and Terms | An overview of the model driven approach, the concepts and the terms used by IMS to create the data model representations (based upon a profile of UML), the corresponding set of bindings and the accompanying documentation (including this information model). |
APIP | Accessible Portable Item Protocol |
ARIA | Accessible Rich Internet Applications |
ASI | Assessment, Section and Item |
Adaptive Item | An adaptive item is an Item that adapts either its appearance, its scoring (Response Processing) or both in response to each of the candidate's Attempts. For example, an adaptive item may start by prompting the candidate with a box for free-text entry but, on receiving an unsatisfactory answer, present a simple choice Interaction instead and award fewer marks for subsequently identifying the correct response. Adaptivity allows authors to create items for use in formative situations which both help to guide candidates through a given task while also providing an Outcome that takes into consideration their path, enabling better subsequent content sequencing decisions to be made. |
Adaptive Test | An Adaptive Test is a Test that varies the items presented to the candidate based on the responses given on items already completed. This specification only supports very limited adaptivity through the use of pre-conditions and branching. See Pre-conditions and Branching. |
Assessment | Assessment is the process of measuring some aspect of a candidate. In the context of this specification Assessment is carried out using Tests and the term Assessment is treated as being equivalent to an Assessment Test. |
Assessment Delivery System | A system for the administration and delivery of assessments to candidates. See also Delivery Engine. |
Assessment Test | An Assessment Test is an organized collection of Items that are used to determine the values of the outcomes e.g. level of mastery, when measuring the performance of a candidate in a particular domain. An Assessment test contains all of the necessary instructions to enable the sequencing of the items and the calculation of the outcome values e.g. the final test score. |
Assessment Variable | An Assessment Variable is a variable used to maintain a value associated with an Item Session or Test Session. For example, the value of a Response given by the candidate or the value of an Outcome for an individual item or an entire test. |
Attempt | An attempt (at an Item) is the process by which the Candidate interacts with an item in one or more Candidate Sessions, possibly assigning values to or updating the associated Response Variables. |
Authoring System | A system used by authors for creating and editing Items and Assessments. |
BIDI | Bidirectional Unicode |
Base-type | A base-type is a predefined data type that defines a value set from which values for Item Variables are drawn. These values are indivisible with respect to the runtime model described by this specification. |
Basic Item | A basic item is an Item that contains one and only one Interaction. |
Bi-directional Text | This provides control for the layout of text so that it can be read from 'left-to-right' or 'right-to-left'. |
CP | Content Packaging |
CSS | Cascading Stylesheet |
Candidate | A person that participates in a test, assessment or exam by answering questions. See also the actor candidate. |
Candidate Session | A period of time during which the candidate is interacting with the Item as part of an Attempt. An attempt may consist of more than one candidate session. For example, candidates that are not sure of the answer to one question may navigate to a second question in the same test and return to the first one later. When they leave the first question they terminate the candidate session but they do not terminate the Attempt. The attempt is simply suspended until a subsequent candidate session concludes it, triggering Response Processing and (possibly) Feedback. |
Cloning Engine | A cloning engine is a system for creating multiple similar items (Item Clones) from an Item Template. |
Composite Item | A composite item is an Item that contains more than one Interaction. |
Container | A container is an aggregate data type that can contain multiple values of the primitive Base-types. Containers may be empty. |
DT | Derived Type |
Delivery Engine | The process that coordinates the rendering and delivery of the Item(s) and the evaluation of the responses to produce scores and Feedback. |
Feedback | Any material presented to the candidate conditionally based on the value of an Outcome Variable. See also Integrated Feedback, Modal Feedback and Test Feedback. |
HTML | Hypertext Markup Language |
IEEE | Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers |
IETF | Internet Engineering Task Force. |
ISO | International Standards Organization |
Integrated Feedback | Integrated feedback is the name given to Feedback that is integrated into the item's itemBody. Unlike Modal Feedback the candidate is free to update their responses while viewing integrated feedback. |
Interaction | Interactions allow the candidate to interact with the item. Through an interaction, the candidate selects or constructs a response. |
Item | The smallest exchangeable assessment object within this specification. An item is more than a 'Question' in that it contains the question and instructions to be presented, the responseProcessing to be applied to the candidates response(s) and the Feedback that may be presented (including hints and solutions). In this specification items are represented by the assessmentItem class and the term assessment item is used interchangeably for item. |
Item Clone | Item Clones are items created by an Item Template. |
Item Fragment | An Item Fragment is part of an item managed independently of items that include it. See also Item Set. |
Item Session | An item session is the accumulation of all the Attempts at a particular item made by a candidate. |
Item Set | An Item Set is a set of items that share some common characteristic. For example, all items in the set may be introduced by the same Item Fragment, in which case the fragment is often referred to as the set leader. |
Item Template | Item templates are templates that can be used for producing large numbers of similar Items. Such items are often called cloned items. Item templates can be used to produce items by a special purpose Cloning Engine or, where Delivery Engines support them, be used directly to produce a dynamically chosen clone at the start of an Item Session. Each item cloned from an item template is identical except for the values given to a set of Template Variables. An item is therefore an item template if it declares one or more template variables and contains a set of Template Processing rules for assigning them values. |
Item Variable | A variable that records part of the state of an Item Session. The candidate's responses and any outcomes assigned by Response Processing are stored in item variables. Item variables are also used to define Item Templates. Item variables are a special kind of Assessment Variable. |
Material | Material means all static text, image or media objects that are intended for the user rather than being interpreted by a processing system. Interactions are not material. |
Modal Feedback | Modal feedback is the name give to Feedback that is presented to the candidate on its own, as opposed to being integrated into the item's itemBody. |
Multiple Response | A multiple response is a Response Variable that is a Container for multiple values all drawn from the value set defined by one of the Base-types. A multiple response is processed as an unordered list of these values. The list may be empty. |
Non-adaptive Item | An non-adaptive item is an Item that does not adapt itself in response to the candidate's Attempts. |
Object Bank | An object bank is a collection of objects used in assessment, including Items, Item Fragments, Tests or parts of tests. Object banks are not represented directly in this information model. See the QTI ASI Bidning [QTI, 15e] for information about how to package assessment objects for interchange. |
Ordered Response | An ordered response is a Response Variable that is a Container for multiple values all drawn from the value set defined by one of the Base-types. An ordered response is processed as an ordered list (sequence) of values. The list may be empty. |
Outcome | The result of an Assessment Test or Item. An outcome is represented by one or more Outcome Variables. |
Outcome Processing | The process by which the values of item Outcomes (or Responses) are aggregated to make test outcomes. |
Outcome Variable | Outcome variables are declared by outcome declarations. Their value is set either from a default given in the declaration itself or by a response rule encountered during Response Processing (for Item outcomes) or Outcome Processing (for Test outcomes). See also the class outcomeDeclaration. |
PCI | Portable Custom Interaction (see definition). |
PT | Primitive Type |
Pool | A group of related items transported together with metadata that describes the group as a whole. A pool is a special case of an Object Bank. |
Portable Custom Interaction | This is the recommended mechanism for describing new QTI interactions to be used within QTI. PCI defines how the custom interaction functionality within QTI is extended by the use of a JavaScript API. |
QTI | Question and Test Interoperability |
RFC | Request For Comment |
Response | The data provided by the candidate through interaction with an item, or part of an item. The values of candidate responses are represented by Response Variables. |
Response Processing | The process by which the values of Response Variables are judged (scored) and the values of item Outcomes are assigned. |
Response Variable | Response variables are declared by response declarations and bound to Interactions in the Item body, they record the candidate's responses. See also the class responseDeclaration |
Ruby | Ruby allows one or more spans of phrasing content to be marked with ruby annotations. Ruby annotations are short runs of text presented alongside base text, primarily used in East Asian typography as a guide for pronunciation or to include other annotations. In Japanese, this form of typography is also known as furigana. |
SSML | Speech Synthsis Markup Language |
Scoring Engine | The part of the assessment system that handles the scoring based on the Candidate's responses and the Response Processing rules. |
Single Response | A single response is a Response Variable that can take a single value from the set of values defined by one of the Base-types. |
Template Processing | A set of rules used to set the values of the Template Variables, typically involving some random process, and thereby select the specific clone to be used for an Item Session. |
Template Variable | Template variables are declared by template declarations and used to record the values required to instantiate an item template. The values determine which clone from the set of similar items defined by an Item Template is being used for a given Item Session. |
Test | See Assessment. |
Test Feedback | The name given to feedback that is presented to the candidate conditionally based on the value of test Outcomes. |
Test Fragment | A Test Fragment is part of a test managed independently of the tests that include it. |
Test Report | A Test Report is a report about a Test Session. |
Test Session | A Test Session is the interaction of a candidate with a Test and the items it contains. |
Time Dependent Item | A time dependent item is an Item that records the accumulated elapsed time for the Candidate Sessions in a Response Variable that is used during Response Processing. |
Time Independent Item | A time independent item is an Item that does not use the accumulated elapsed time during Response Processing. In practice, this information may be collected by a Delivery Engine and may still be reported as part of a Test Report. |
UML | Unified Modeling Language |
URI | Uniform Resource Identifier |
URL | Uniform Resource Locator |
VDEX | Vocabulary Definition and Exchange |
W3C | World Wide Web Consortium |
XML | Extensible Markup Language |
XSD | XML Schema Definition |
[APIP, 14] | IMS Accessible Portable Item Protocol (APIP): Technical Specification for QTIv2.1 Accessibility Features, Colin Smythe (IMS Global), Mark McKell (IMS Global) and Mike Russell (Measured Progress), IMS Global Learning Consortium, 31st March, 2014, http://www.imsglobal.org/apip/apipv1p0/APIP_QTI_v1p0.html, p.162. |
[ARIA, 14] | Accessible Rich Internet Applications (WAI-ARIA) 1.0, J.Craig and M.Cooper, World Wide Web Consortium, March 2014, http://www.w3.org/TR/wai-aria/. |
[CP, 12] | IMS Content Packaging Specification Information Model v1.2 (Public Draft), Colin Smythe (IMS), Boyd Nielsen (Independent), IMS Global Learning Consortium, March 2007, http://www.imsglobal.org/content/packaging/cpv1p2pd2/imscp_infov1p2pd2.html. |
[CSS2, 11] | Cascading Style Sheets Level 2 Revision 1 (CSS 2.1) Specification W3C Recommendation, B.Bos, T.Celik, I.Hickson and H.W.Lie, World Wide Web Consortium, June 2011, http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/. |
[CSS3, 11] | Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) Snapshot 2010 W3C Working Group Note, E.J.Etemad, World Wide Web Consortium, May 2011, http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS/. |
[CSSRUBY, 15] | CSS Ruby Layout Module Level 1 (Editor's Draft), E.Etemad, K.Ishii and R.Ishida, World Wide Web Consortium, April 2015, http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css-ruby/. |
[HTML5, 14] | A vocabulary and associated APIs for HTML and XHTML, Ian Hickson, Robin Berjon, Steve Faulkner, Travis Leithead, Erika Doyle Navara, Edward O'Connor and Silvia Pfeiffer, World Wide Web Consortium W3C Recommendation, October 2014, http://www.w3.org/TR/html5/. |
[IBAT, 06] | IMS Binding Auto-generation Toolkit (I-BAT), Colin Smythe, IMS Global Learning Consortium, July 2006. |
[IMD, 06] | IMS Metadata Best Practice Guide for IEEE 1484.12.1-2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata, Phil Barker, Lorna M.Campbell, Anthony Roberts and Colin Smythe, IMS Global Learning Consortium Inc., April 2006, http://www.imsglobal.org/metadata/mdv1p3/imsmd_bestv1p3.html. |
[ISO 8601] | ISO8601:2004 Data elements and interchange formats - Information interchange - Representation of dates and times, ISO, International Standards Organization (ISO), 2000, p.33. |
[ISO, 9899] | ISO/IEC 9899 - Programming languages - C, ISO, International Standads Organization, December 2011, p.538. |
[MathML2, 03] | Mathematical Markup Language (MathML) Version 2.0 (Second Edition) , D.Carlisle, P.Ion, R.Miner and N.Poppelier, World Wide Web Consortium, October 2003, http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2/. |
[MathML3, 14] | Mathematical Markup Language (MathML) Version 3.0 2nd Edition W3C Recommendation, D.Carlisle, P.Ion and R.Miner, World Wide Web Consortium, April 2014, http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML/Overview.html. |
[PCI, 14] | IMS Global Portable Custom Interactions v1.0 (Candidate Final), M.Aumock, M.McKell and P.Spruiell, IMS Global Learning Consortium, April 2013, http://www.imsglobal.org/assessment/pciv1p0cf/imsPCIv1p0cf.html. |
[QTI, 15a] | IMS Question and Test Interoperability (QTI): HTML5 Information Model and XSD Binding Version 2.2, Colin Smythe, Wilbert Kraan and Mark McKell, IMS Global Learning Consortium, September 2015, http://www.imsglobal.org/qtiv2p2/imsqtiv2p2_html5_v1p0_InfoBindv1p0.html. |
[QTI, 15b] | IMS Question and Test Interoperability (QTI): Metadata Information Model and XSD Binding Version 2.2, Colin Smythe, Wilbert Kraan and Mark McKell, IMS Global Learning Consortium, September 2015, http://www.imsglobal.org/qtiv2p2/imsqtiv2p2_metadata_v1p0_InfoBindv1p0.html. |
[QTI, 15c] | IMS Question and Test Interoperability (QTI): Result Reporting Information Model and XSD Binding Version 2.2, Colin Smythe, Wilbert Kraan and Mark McKell, IMS Global Learning Consortium, September 2015, http://www.imsglobal.org/qtiv2p2/imsqtiv2p2_resultv1p0_InfoBindv1p0.html. |
[QTI, 15d] | IMS Question and Test Interoperability (QTI): Usage Data Information Model and XSD Binding Version 2.2, Colin Smythe, Wilbert Kraan and Mark McKell, IMS Global Learning Consortium, September 2015, http://www.imsglobal.org/qtiv2p2/imsqtiv2p2_usagedata_v1p0_InfoBindv1p0.html. |
[QTI, 15e] | IMS Question and Test Interoperability (QTI) ASI XSD Binding 2.2, Colin Smythe and Mark McKell, IMS Global Learning Consortium, September 2015, http://www.imsglobal.org/qtiv2p2/imsqtiv2p2_asi_v1p0_XSDBindv1p0.html. |
[QTI, 15f] | IMS Question and Test Interoperability (QTI) Best Practice and Implementation Guide Version 2.2, Tom Hoffmann and Wilbert Kraan, IMS Global Learning Consortium, September 2015, http://www.imsglobal.org/qtiv2p2/imsqtiv2p2_Bestv1p0.html. |
[RFC 2045] | Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies, N. Freed and N. Borenstein, Internet Engineering Task Force, November 1996, https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2045.txt. |
[RFC 3066] | Tags for the Identification of Languages, H. Alvestrand, Internet Engineering Task Force, January 2001, https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3066.txt. |
[RUBYUC, 13] | Use Cases and Exploratory Approaches for Ruby Markup: W3C Working Group Note 08, R. Ishida, World Wide Web Consortium, October 2013, http://www.w3.org/TR/ruby-use-cases/. |
[SSML, 10] | Speech Synthesis Markup Language (SSML) Version 1.1 W3C Recommendation, D.C.Burnett and Z.W.Shuang, World Wide Web Consortium, September 2010, http://www.w3.org/TR/speech-synthesis11/. |
[URI, 98] | RFC 2396 Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax, T. Berners-Lee, R. Fielding and L. Masinter, Internet Engineering Task Force, August 2008, https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt. |
[VDEX, 04] | IMS Vocabulary Definition Exchange Information Model v1.0, Adam Cooper, IMS Global Learning Consortium, February 2004, http://www.imsglobal.org/vdex/vdexv1p0/imsvdex_infov1p0.html. |
[W3C, 14] | CSS Writing Modes Level 3 W3C Candidate Recommendation, fantasai and K.Ishii, World Wide Web Consortium, March 2014, http://www.w3.org/TR/css-writing-modes-3/. |
[XHTML, 10] | XHTML 1.1 - Module-based XHTML W3C Recommendation - Second Edition, M.Altheim and S.McCarron, World Wide Web Consortium, November 2010, http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/. |
[XML, 00] | Extensible Markup Language (XML), Version 1.0 (second edition), T.Bray, J.Paoli, C. M. Sperberg-McQueen and E.Maler, World Wide Web Consortium, October 2000, http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006. |
[XSCHEMA, 01] | XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes - W3C Recommendation 02, Paul V. Biron and A.Malhotra, World Wide Web Consortium, May 2001, http://www.w3.org/TR/2001/REC-xmlschema-2-20010502/. |
The QTI v2.2 specification has four components that provide the total data interoperability capability:
This is the core functionality of the QTI specification and is the component that is addressed specifically by this document. This specification defines the exchange of a single Assessment (also known as a Test and Quiz), Sections and/or Items. Structurally an Assessment consists of one or more TestParts; each TestPart consists of one or more Sections; each Section consists of one or more Sections (hence a Section is recursive) and/or Items. This specification also permits the seperate exchange of an Outcome Declaration, a Response Processing Template and content Stimulus. The data model root classes are:
This data model consists of two XSD bindings that are linked using namespacing. See the QTI HTML5 documentation [QTI, 15a] for the definition of the HTML5-based content that is used with the QTI ASI definition. The data exchange is achieved as a zip package as defined in [CP, 12].
This is the QTI-specific metadata. In QTIv2.2 the QTI-specific metadata [QTI, 15b] is aligned with the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) in accordance with the IMS Metadata Best Practice and Implementation Guide for [IMD, 06]. The IEEE LOM standard defines a set of metadata elements that can be used to describe learning resources, but does not describe assessment resources in sufficient detail. The application profile provided in this document therefore extends the IEEE LOM to meet the specific needs of QTI developers wishing to associate metadata with items (as defined by the accompanying Item Information Model). QTIv2.2 further extends this to enable the description of tests, pools and object banks.
This data model has its own XSD binding.
QTI Usage Data defines the exchange of statistical information about the usage of a set of items. The corresponding documentation [QTI, 15d] provides detailed information about the data model. While the expectation is that the original definition of the corresponding Test and Items is based upon the use of the QTIv2.2 Assessment, Section and Item specification, this is not a pre-requisite for the use of this usage data representation.
The root class is 'UsageData'. Usage data, most commonly item statistics, do not form part of an assessmentItem directly because they always relate to some context or domain in which the statistics are valid. Therefore, this specification defines a separate class for describing these statistics. Each statistic refers to both its context and to the assessmentItem(s) it relates to. Therefore, instances of this class are bound and packaged separately for interoperability.
This data model has its own XSD binding.
QTI Result Reporting defines the exchange of reporting the results of an assessment. The corresponding documentation [QTI, 15c] provides detailed information about the model and specifies the associated requirements on delivery engines. While the expectation is that the original definition of the corresponding Test and Items is based upon the use of the QTIv2.2 Assessment, Section and Item specification, this is not a pre-requisite for the use of this result reporting representation.
The root class is 'AssessmentResult'. An AssessmentResult is used to report the results of a candidate's interaction with a test and/or one or more items attempted. Information about the test is optional, in some systems it may be possible to interact with items that are not organized into a test at all. For example, items that are organized with learning resources and presented individually in a formative context.
This data model has its own XSD binding.
In this specification an assessment item encompasses the information that is presented to a candidate and information about how to score the item. Scoring takes place when candidate responses are transformed into outcomes by response processing rules. It is sometimes desirable to have several different items that appear the same to the candidate but which are scored differently. In this specification, these are distinct items by definition and must therefore have distinct identifiers. To help facilitate the exchange of items that share significant parts of their presentation this specification supports the inclusion of separately managed item fragments in the itemBody. The core functionality of an Item is defined using the classes:
An item session is the accumulation of all the attempts at a particular instance of an item made by a candidate. In some types of test, the same item may be presented to the candidate multiple times e.g. during 'drill and practice'. Each occurrence or instance of the item is associated with its own item session. Figure 2.1, illustrates the user-perceived states of the item session. Not all states will apply to every scenario, for example feedback may not be provided for an item or it may not be allowed in the context in which the item is being used. Similarly, the candidate may not be permitted to review their responses and/or examine a model solution. In practice, systems may support only a limited number of the indicated state transitions and/or support other state transitions not shown here.
Figure 2.1 - The lifecycle of an Item session.
For system developers, an important first step in determining which requirements apply to their system is to identify which of the user-perceived states are supported in their system and to match the state transitions indicated in the diagram to their own event model.The discussion that follows forms part of this specification's requirements on Delivery Engines.
The session starts when the associated item first becomes eligible for delivery to the candidate. The item session's state is then maintained and updated in response to the actions of the candidate until the session is over. At any time the state of the session may be turned into an itemResult. A delivery system may also allow an itemResult to be used as the basis for a new session in order to allow a candidate's responses to be seen in the context of the item itself (and possibly compared to a solution) or even to allow a candidate to resume an interrupted session at a later time.
The initial state of an item session represents the state after it has been determined that the item will be delivered to the candidate but before the delivery has taken place.
In a typical non-Adaptive Test the items are selected in advance and the candidate's interaction with all items is reported at the end of the test session, regardless of whether or not the candidate actually attempted all the items. In effect, item sessions are created in the initial state for all items at the start of the test and are maintained in parallel. In an Adaptive Test the items that are to be presented are selected during the session based on the responses and outcomes associated with the items presented so far. Items are selected from a large pool and the delivery engine only reports the candidate's interaction with items that have actually been selected.
A candidate's interaction with an item is broken into 0 or more attempts. During each attempt the candidate interacts with the item through one or more candidate sessions. At the end of a candidate session the item may be placed into the suspended state ready for the next candidate session. During a candidate session the item session is in the interacting state. Once an attempt has ended response processing takes place, after response processing a new attempt may be started.
For non-adaptive items, response processing typically takes place a limited number of times, usually only once. For adaptive items, no such limit is required because the response processing adapts the values it assigns to the outcome variables based on the path through the item. In both cases, each invocation of response processing occurrs at the end of each attempt. The appearance of the item's body, and whether any modal feedback is shown, is determined by the values of the outcome variables.
When no more attempts are allowed the item session passes into the closed state. Once in the closed state the values of the response variables are fixed. A delivery system or reporting tool may still allow the item to be presented after it has reached the closed state. This type of presentation takes place in the review state, summary feedback may also be visible at this point if response processing has taken place and set a suitable outcome variable.
Finally, for systems that support the display of solutions, the item session may pass into the solution state. In this state, the candidate's responses are temporarily replaced by the correct values supplied in the corresponding responseDeclarations (or NULL if none was declared).
Item variables are declared by variable declarations: response, outcome or template variables. All variables must be declared except for the built-in session variables referred to below which are declared implicitly and must not be declared. The purpose of the declaration is to associate an identifier with the variable and to identify the runtime type of the variable's value. An item variable may have no value at all, in which case it is said to have the special value NULL. For example, if the candidate has not yet had an opportunity to respond to an interaction then any associated response variable will have a NULL value. Empty containers and empty strings are always treated as NULL values. The declaration of variables is defined by the classes:
Response variables are declared by response declarations and bound to interactions in the itemBody. Each response variable declared may be bound to one and only one interaction. At runtime, response variables are instantiated as part of an item session. Their values are always initialized to NULL (no value) regardless of whether or not a default value is given in the declaration. A response variable with a NULL value indicates that the candidate has not offered a response, either because they have not attempted the item at all or because they have attempted it and chosen not to provide a response. If a default value has been provided for a response variable then the variable is set to this value at the start of the first attempt. If the candidate never attempts the item, in other words, the item session passes straight from the initial state to the closed state without going through the interacting state, then the response variable remains NULL and the default value is never used.
Implementors of Delivery Engine's should take care when implementing user interfaces for items with default response variable values. If the associated interaction is left in the default state (i.e., representing the default value) then it is important that the system is confident that the candidate intended to submit this value and has not simply failed to notice that a default has been provided. This is especially true if the candidate's attempt ended due to some external event, such as running out of time. The techniques required to distinguish between these cases are an issue for user interface design and are therefore out of scope for this specification.
There are two built-in response variables: 'numAttempts' and 'duration'. These are declared implicitly and must not appear in a 'responseDeclaration'.
All Delivery Engines must maintain the value of numAttempts. This is a single integer that records the number of attempts at each item the candidate has taken. The value defaults to 0 initially and then increases by 1 at the start of each attempt.
Systems that support Time Dependent Items must also maintain the value of duration. The duration is defined as being a single float that records the accumulated time (in seconds) of all Candidate Sessions for all Attempts. In other words the time between the beginning and the end of the item session minus any time the session was in the suspended state. The resolution of the duration must be at least 1s and should be 0.1s or smaller. If the resolution is denoted by epsilon then each value of duration represents the range of values 'duration' <= 't' <= 'duration+epsilon'. In other words, duration values are truncated.
The value of duration for items that are not time dependent must not be used in any item or test-level expression, though systems should still report it in itemResults when it is known.
Outcome variables are declared by outcome declarations. Their value is set either from a default given in the declaration itself or by a responseRule during responseProcessing.
Items that declare a numeric outcome variable representing the candidate's overall performance on the item should use the outcome name 'SCORE' for the variable. SCORE needs to be a float.
Items that declare a maximum score (in multiple response choice interactions, for example) should do so by declaring the 'MAXSCORE' variable. MAXSCORE needs to be a float.
Items or tests that want to make the fact that the candidate scored above a predefined treshold available as a variable should use the 'PASSED' variable. PASSED needs to be a boolean.
At runtime, outcome variables are instantiated as part of an item session. Their values may be initialized with a default value and/or set during responseProcessing. If no default value is given in the declaration then the outcome variable is initialized to NULL unless the outcome is of a numeric type (integer or float) in which case it is initialized to 0.
For Non-adaptive Items, the values of the outcome variables are reset to their default values prior to each invocation of responseProcessing. For Adaptive Items the outcome variables retain the values that were assigned to them during the previous invocation of response processing. For more information, see Response Processing (Subsection 2.5).
There is one built-in outcome variable, 'completionStatus', that is declared implicitly and must not appear in an outcomeDeclaration. Delivery Engines must maintain the value of the built-in outcome variable completionStatus, a single identifier. It starts with the reserved value "not_attempted". At the start of the first attempt it changes to the reserved value "unknown". It remains with this value for the duration of the item session unless set to a different value by a setOutcomeValue rule in responseProcessing. There are four permitted values:
Any one of these values may be set during response processing. If an Adaptive Item sets completionStatus to completed then the session must be placed into the closed state, however an item session is not required to wait for the completed signal before terminating, it may terminate in response to a direct request from the candidate, through running out of time or through some other exceptional circumstance. Adaptive Items must maintain a suitable value and should set completionStatus to "completed" to indicate when the cycle of interaction, response processing and feedback must stop. Non-adaptive Items are not required to set a value for completionStatus, but they may do so. Delivery Engines are encouraged to use the value of completionStatus when communicating externally
Most of the content within QTI is used in the content of the AssessmentItem. The item body contains the text, graphics, media objects and interactions that describe the item's content and information about how it is structured. The body is presented by combining it with stylesheet information, either explicitly or implicitly using the default style rules of the delivery or authoring system.
The body must be presented to the candidate when the associated item session is in the interacting state. In this state, the candidate must be able to interact with each of the visible interactions and therefore set or update the values of the associated response variables. The body may be presented to the candidate when the item session is in the closed or review state. In these states, although the candidate's responses should be visible, the interactions must be disabled so as to prevent the candidate from setting or updating the values of the associated response variables. Finally, the body may be presented to the candidate in the solution state, in which case the correct values of the response variables must be visible and the associated interactions disabled.
The content model employed by this specification uses many concepts taken directly from [XHTML, 10]. In effect, this part of the specification defines a profile of XHTML. Only some of the elements defined in XHTML are allowable in an assessmentItem and of those that are, some have additional constraints placed on their attributes. Only those elements from XHTML that are explicitly defined within this specification can be used (see Subsection 2.3.2 XHTML Elements [XHTML, 10] for details). Finally, this specification defines some new elements which are used to represent the interactions and to control the display of Integrated Feedback and content restricted to one or more of the defined content views.
Underpinning the content model are a number of abstract classes that are used to group elements of the body into categories that define peer-groups. These abstract classes are:
The structural elements of the content model are taken from [XHTML, 10]. Only those characteristics listed here may be used (including attributes inherited from parent classes). By default, elements and attributes have the same interpretation and restrictions as the corresponding elements and attributes in [XHTML, 10].
The supported text elements are:
The supported list elements are:
The supported object elements are:
The supported presentation elements are:
The supported table elements are:
The supported image elements are:
The supported hypertext elements are:
The supported HTML5 elements are:
MathML defines a Markup Language for describing mathematical notation using XML [MathML2, 03], [MathML3, 14]. The primary purpose of MathML is to provide a language for embedding mathematical expressions into other documents, in particular into HTML documents.
It is often desirable to vary elements of a mathematical expression when creating item templates. Although it is impossible to embed objects such as printedVariable defined for that purpose within a math object the techniques described in this section can be used to achieve a similar effect. In MathML, numbers are represented either by the 'mn' or 'cn' tags, for presentation or content representation respectively. Similarly, 'mi' and 'ci' represent identifiers. If mathVariable is set in a template variable's declaration then all instances of 'mi' and 'ci' that match the name of the template variable must be replaced by 'mn' and 'cn' respectively with the template variable's value as their content. It is possible that this technique of expanding template variables will be extended to other elements of MathML in future. The set of classes that support the MathML are:
This specification defines two methods by which the content of an assessmentItem can vary depending on the state of the item session. The first method is based on the value of an outcome variable and the second uses templates. When using outcome variables the classes that support this method are:
The syntax of the format attribute is based on the format conversion specifiers defined in the C programming language [ISO 9899] for use with printf and related functions. Each conversion specifier starts with a '%' character and is followed by zero or more flag characters (#, 0, -, " " [space] and +), an optional digit string indicating the minimum field width, an optional precision (consisting of a "." followed by zero or more digits) and finally one of the conversion type codes: E, e, f, G, g, r, R, i, o, X, or x. These are interpreted according to the C standard with the exception of i, which may be used to format numbers in bases other than 10 using the base attribute, and r/R which round to the number of significant figures given by the precision in the same way as g/G except that scientific format is only used if the requested number of significant figures is less than the number of digits to the left of the decimal point.
QTI recommends the use of Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) for controlling the content formating. QTI supports CSS 2.1 [CSS2, 11] and CSS 3.0 [CSS3, 11]. The classes that define the associated stylesheet assignment are:
Stylesheets are applicable to the content in the following classes:
There are three accessibility features that are supported by QTI 2.2:
See Subsection 2.14 for more information on how Accessibility is supported.
As part of the QTIv2.2 new features, support for internationalization was added. The internationalization features now supported are:
See Subsection 2.15 for more information on how Internationalization is supported.
The simple interactions are:
The choice interaction presents a set of choices to the candidate. The candidate's task is to select one or more of the choices, up to a maximum of maxChoices. The interaction is always initialized with no choices selected. The choiceInteraction must be bound to a response variable with a baseType of identifier and single or multiple cardinality. The relevant classes are:
In an order interaction the candidate's task is to reorder the choices, the order in which the choices are displayed initially is significant. By default the candidate's task is to order all of the choices but a subset of the choices can be requested using the maxChoices and minChoices attributes. When specified the candidate must select a subset of the choices and impose an ordering on them. If a default value is specified for the response variable associated with an order interaction then its value should be used to override the order of the choices specified here. By its nature, an order interaction may be difficult to render in an unanswered state, especially in the default case where all choices are to be ordered. Implementors should be aware of the issues concerning the use of default values described in the section on Response Variables. The orderInteraction must be bound to a response variable with a baseType of identifier and ordered cardinality only. The relevant classes are:
An associate interaction is a blockInteraction that presents candidates with a number of choices and allows them to create associations between them. The associateInteraction must be bound to a response variable with base-type pair and either single or multiple cardinality. The relevant classes are:
A match interaction is a blockInteraction that presents candidates with two sets of choices and allows them to create associates between pairs of choices in the two sets, but not between pairs of choices in the same set. Further restrictions can still be placed on the allowable associations using the matchMax attribute of the choices. The matchInteraction must be bound to a response variable with base-type directedPair and either single or multiple cardinality. The relevant classes are:
A gap match interaction is a blockInteraction that contains a number gaps that the candidate can fill from an associated set of choices. The candidate must be able to review the content with the gaps filled in context, as indicated by their choices. The gapMatchInteraction must be bound to a response variable with base-type directedPair and either single or multiple cardinality, depending on the number of gaps. The choices represent the source of the pairing and gaps the targets. Each gap can have at most one choice associated with it. The maximum occurrence of the choices is controlled by the matchMax attribute of gapChoice. The relevant classes are:
The text-based interactions are:
An inline choice is an inlineInteraction that presents the user with a set of choices, each of which is a simple piece of text. The candidate's task is to select one of the choices. Unlike the choiceInteraction, the delivery engine must allow the candidate to review their choice within the context of the surrounding text. The inlineChoiceInteraction must be bound to a response variable with a baseType of identifier and single cardinality only. The relevant classes are:
A textEntry interaction is an inlineInteraction that obtains a simple piece of text from the candidate. Like inlineChoiceInteraction, the delivery engine must allow the candidate to review their choice within the context of the surrounding text. The textEntryInteraction must be bound to a response variable with either single or record cardinality only. For single cardinality the baseType must be one of string, integer or float. For record cardinality the fields are 'stringValue', 'floatValue', etc. The relevant class is:
TextEntryInteraction is a String interaction and can be bound to numeric response variables, instead of strings, if desired. If detailed information about a numeric response is required then the string interaction can be bound to a response variable with record cardinality. The resulting value contains the following fields:
An extended text interaction is a blockInteraction that allows the candidate to enter an extended amount of text. The extendedTextInteraction must be bound to a response variable of single, multipe, ordered or record cardinality. If the response variable has record cardinality the fields in the records are 'stringValue' 'floatValue', etc. Otherwise it must have a baseType of string, integer or float. When bound to response variable with single cardinality a single string of text is required from the candidate. When bound to a response variable with multiple or ordered cardinality several separate text strings may be required, see maxStrings below. The relevant class is:
ExtendedTextInteraction is a String interactions and can be bound to numeric response variables, instead of strings, if desired. If detailed information about a numeric response is required then the string interaction can be bound to a response variable with record cardinality. The resulting value contains the following fields:
The hottext interaction presents a set of choices to the candidate represented as selectable runs of text embedded within a surrounding context, such as a simple passage of text. Like choiceInteraction, the candidate's task is to select one or more of the choices, up to a maximum of maxChoices. The interaction is initialized from the defaultValue of the associated response variable, a NULL value indicating that no choices are selected (the usual case). The hottextInteraction must be bound to a response variable with a baseType of identifier and single or multiple cardinality. The relevant classes are:
The graphical interactions are:
A hotspot interaction is a graphical interaction with a corresponding set of choices that are defined as areas of the graphic image. The candidate's task is to select one or more of the areas (hotspots). The hotspot interaction should only be used when the spacial relationship of the choices with respect to each other (as represented by the graphic image) is important to the needs of the item. Otherwise, choiceInteraction should be used instead with separate material for each option. The delivery engine must clearly indicate the selected area(s) of the image and may also indicate the unselected areas as well. Interactions with hidden hotspots are achieved with the selectPointInteraction. The hotspot interaction must be bound to a response variable with a baseType of identifier and single or multiple cardinality.The relevant classes are:
A graphic order interaction is a graphic interaction with a corresponding set of choices that are defined as areas of the graphic image. The candidate's task is to impose an ordering on the areas (hotspots). The order hotspot interaction should only be used when the spacial relationship of the choices with respect to each other (as represented by the graphic image) is important to the needs of the item. Otherwise, orderInteraction should be used instead with separate material for each option. The delivery engine must clearly indicate all defined area(s) of the image. The order hotspot interaction must be bound to a response variable with a baseType of identifier and ordered cardinality.The relevant classes are:
A graphic associate interaction is a graphic interaction with a corresponding set of choices that are defined as areas of the graphic image. The candidate's task is to associate the areas (hotspots) with each other. The graphic associate interaction should only be used when the graphical relationship of the choices with respect to each other (as represented by the graphic image) is important to the needs of the item. Otherwise, associateInteraction should be used instead with separate Material for each option. The delivery engine must clearly indicate all defined area(s) of the image. The graphicAssociateInteraction must be bound to a response variable with base-type pair and either single or multiple cardinality. The relevant classes are:
A graphic gap-match interaction is a graphical interaction with a set of gaps that are defined as areas (hotspots) of the graphic image and an additional set of gap choices that are defined outside the image. The candidate must associate the gap choices with the gaps in the image and be able to review the image with the gaps filled in context, as indicated by their choices. Care should be taken when designing these interactions to ensure that the gaps in the image are a suitable size to receive the required gap choices. It must be clear to the candidate which hotspot each choice has been associated with. When associated, choices must appear wholly inside the gaps if at all possible and, where overlaps are required, should not hide each other completely. If the candidate indicates the association by positioning the choice over the gap (e.g. drag and drop) the system should 'snap' it to the nearest position that satisfies these requirements. The graphicGapMatchInteraction must be bound to a response variable with base-type directedPair and multiple cardinality. The choices represent the source of the pairing and the gaps in the image (the hotspots) the targets. Unlike the simple gapMatchInteraction, each gap can have several choices associated with it if desired, furthermore, the same choice may be associated with an associableHotspot multiple times, in which case the corresponding directed pair appears multiple times in the value of the response variable. The relevant classes are:
Like hotspotInteraction, a select point interaction is a graphic interaction. The candidate's task is to select one or more points. The associated response may have an areaMapping that scores the response on the basis of comparing it against predefined areas but the delivery engine must not indicate these areas of the image. Only the actual point(s) selected by the candidate shall be indicated. The select point interaction must be bound to a response variable with a baseType of point and single or multiple cardinality. The relevant class is:
The position object interaction consists of a single image which must be positioned on another graphic image (the stage) by the candidate. Like selectPointInteraction, the associated response may have an areaMapping that scores the response on the basis of comparing it against predefined areas but the delivery engine must not indicate these areas of the stage. Only the actual position(s) selected by the candidate shall be indicated. The position object interaction must be bound to a response variable with a baseType of point and single or multiple cardinality. The point records the coordinates, with respect to the stage, of the centre point of the image being positioned. The relevant classes are:
The set of miscellaneous interactions are:
The slider interaction presents the candidate with a control for selecting a numerical value between a lower and upper bound. It must be bound to a response variable with single cardinality with a base-type of either integer or float. The relevant class is:
The media interaction allows more control over the way the candidate interacts with a time-based media object and allows the number of times the media object was experienced to be reported in the value of the associated response variable, which must be of base-type integer and single cardinality. The relevant class is:
The drawing interaction allows the candidate to use a common set of drawing tools to modify a given graphical image (the canvas). It must be bound to a response variable with base-type file and single cardinality. The result is a file in the same format as the original image. The relevant class is:
The upload interaction allows the candidate to upload a pre-prepared file representing their response. It must be bound to a response variable with base-type file and single cardinality. The relevant class is:
Custom Interaction - the custom interaction provides an opportunity for extensibility of this specification to include support for interactions not currently documented. The relevant class is:
The end attempt interaction is a special type of interaction which allows item authors to provide the candidate with control over the way in which the candidate terminates an attempt. The candidate can use the interaction to terminate the attempt (triggering response processing) immediately, typically to request a hint. It must be bound to a response variable with base-type boolean and single cardinality.
If the candidate invokes response processing using an endAttemptInteraction then the associated response variable is set to true. If response processing is invoked in any other way, either through a different endAttemptInteraction or through the default method for the delivery engine, then the associated response variable is set to false. The default value of the response variable is always ignored. The relevant class is:
The 'infoControl' element is a means to provide the candidate with extra information about the item when s/he chooses to trigger the control. The extra information can be a hint, but could also be additional tools such as a ruler or a (JavaScript) calculator. Unlike endAttemptInteraction, triggering infoControl has no consequence for response processing. That means that its triggering won't be recorded, nor the candidate penalised for triggering it. The relevant class is:
Response processing is the process by which the Delivery Engine assigns outcomes based on the candidate's responses. The state representation for the response processing is shown in Figure 2.2. The outcomes may be used to provide feedback to the candidate. Feedback is either provided immediately following the end of the candidate's attempt or it is provided at some later time, perhaps as part of a summary report on the item session.
Figure 2.2 - The state diagram for response processing.
The end of an attempt, and therefore response processing, must only take place in direct response to a user action or in response to some expected event, such as the end of a test. An item session that enters the suspended state may have values for the response variables that have yet to be submitted for response processing.
For a Non-adaptive Item the values of the outcome variables are reset to their default values (or NULL if no default is given) before each invocation of response processing. However, although a Delivery Engine may invoke response processing multiple times for a Non-adaptive Item it must only report the first set of outcomes produced or limit the number of attempts to some predefined limit agreed outside the scope of this specification.
For an Adaptive Item the values of the outcome variables are not reset to their defaults. A Delivery Engine that supports Adaptive Items must allow the candidate to revise and submit their responses for response processing and must only report the last set of outcomes produced. Furthermore, it must present all applicable modal and integrated feedback to the candidate. Subsequent response processing may take into consideration the feedback seen by the candidate when updating the session outcomes. An adaptive item can signal to the delivery engine that the candidate has completed the interaction and no more attempts are to be allowed by setting the built-in outcome variable 'completionStatus' to completed.
Response processing involves the application of a set of responseRules, including the testing of responseConditions and the evaluation of expressions involving the item variables. For delivery engines that are only designed to support very simple use cases the implementation of a system for carrying out this evaluation, conditional testing and processing may pose a barrier to the adoption of the specification.
To alleviate this problem, the implementation of generalized response processing is an optional feature. Engines that do not support it can instead implement a smaller number of standard response processors called response processing templates described below. These templates are described using the processing language defined in this specification and are distributed (in XML form) along with it. Delivery engines that support generalized response processing do not need to implement special mechanisms to support them as a template file can be parsed directly while processing the assessmentItem that refers to it.
Delivery engines that do not support generalized response processing but do support response processing mechanisms that go beyond the standard templates described below should, where possible, define templates of their own. Authors wishing to write items for those delivery engines can then refer to these custom templates. Publishing these custom templates will then ensure that these items can be used with delivery engines that do support generalized response processing.
There are three standard response processing templates available:
The components for generalized response processing are shown in Figure 2.3.
Figure 2.3 - The components for the response processing.
The classes that are defined to provide the generalized processing are:
Modal feedback is shown to the candidate directly following response processing. The value of an outcome variable is used in conjunction with the 'showHide' and 'identifier' attributes to determine whether or not the feedback is shown in a similar way to feedbackElement. The modal feedback is described using the classes:
Item templates are templates that can be used for producing large numbers of similar items. Such items are often called cloned items. Item templates can be used to produce items by special purpose Cloning Engines or, where delivery engines support them, be used directly to produce a dynamically chosen clone at the start of an item session.
Each item cloned from an item template is identical except for the values given to a set of template variables. An assessmentItem is therefore an item template if it contains one or more templateDeclarations and a set of templateProcessing rules for assigning them values.
A cloning engine that creates cloned items must assign a different identifier to each clone and record the values of the template variables used to create it. A report of an item session with such a clone can then be transformed into an equivalent report for the original item template by substituting the item template's identifier for the cloned item's identifier and adding the values of the template variables to the report. The class that supports template declaration is:
Template variables can be referred to by printedVariable objects in the item body. The value of the template variable is used to create an appropriate run of text that is displayed. Template variables can also be used to conditionally control content through templateBlocks and templateInlines in a similar way to outcome variables with feedbackElements. Finally, template variables can be used to control the visibility of choices in interactions. The set of classes that support the use of template variables in an Item are:
Some of the operators used in expressions have attributes to control their behaviour. The value of a template variable evaluated at the time the operator itself is evaluated, can be used as the value of some such attributes by using a reference to a template variable of the appropriate baseType and cardinality instead of a value from the value space of the attribute's target type. Attributes that support this type of attribute value substitution are declared with one of the following types.
When binding variable references as strings the variable's identifier must be enclosed in braces. For example, the string "{myVariable}" refers to the template variable with identifier myVariable. A references must match the identifier in a corresponding 'templateDeclaration'.
Template processing consists of one or more TemplateRules that are followed by the cloning engine or delivery system in order to assign values to the template variables. Template processing is identical in form to responseProcessing except that the purpose is to assign values to template variables, not outcome variables. The classes that provide template processing are:
A test is represented by the AssessmentTest class. A test is a group of assessmentItems with an associated set of rules that determine which of the items the candidate sees, in what order, and in what way the candidate interacts with them. The rules describe the valid paths through the test, when responses are submitted for response processing and when (if at all) feedback is to be given.
There are two constructs that are used to group togther Items: TestParts and Sections. A TestPart is used to divide a Test into parts that would normally be undertaken in separate test sessions. Whereas, a Section establishes groups of Items that have some common pedagogic testing objective. Sections are used to collect together Items which will then be presented to the learner. The order of presentation can be controlled using selection and ordering algorithms. A Test must have at lest one TestPart. A TestPart must have at least one Section. A Section may contain child Sections. A Section must contain at least one other Section or Item. The set of classes that realise the core test structures are:
Any Test, Section and/or Item or combination is exchanged as a '.zip' file. The format of this file is based upon the IMS Content Packaging v1.2 specification [CP, 12]. See the QTI ASI v2.2 XSD Binding specification [QTI, 15e] for further details on how content packaging is used.
This specification defines two ways in which the overall behaviour of each test part can be controlled: the navigation mode and the submission mode (both of which are characteristics on the TestPart class).
The navigation mode determines the general paths that the candidate may take. A testPart in linear mode restricts the candidate to attempt each item in turn. Once the candidate moves on they are not permitted to return. A testPart in nonlinear mode removes this restriction - the candidate is free to navigate to any item in the test at any time. Test delivery systems are free to implement their own user interface elements to facilitate navigation provided they honour the navigation mode currently in effect. A test delivery system may implement nonlinear mode simply by providing a method to step forward or backwards through the test part.
The submission mode determines when the candidate's responses are submitted for response processing. A testPart in individual mode requires the candidate to submit their responses on an item-by-item basis. In simultaneous mode the candidate's responses are all submitted together at the end of the testPart.
The choice of submission mode determines the states through which each item's session can pass during the test. In simultaneous mode, response processing cannot take place until the testPart is complete so each item session passes between the interacting and suspended states only. By definition the candidate can take one and only one attempt at each item and feedback cannot be seen during the test. Whether or not the candidate can return to review their responses and/or any item-level feedback after the test, is outside the scope of this specification. Simultaneous mode is typical of paper-based tests.
In individual mode response processing may take place during the test and the item session may pass through any of the states described in Items, subject to the itemSessionControl settings in force. Care should be taken when designing user interfaces for systems that support nonlinear navigation mode in combination with individual submission. With this combination candidates may change their responses for an item and then leave it in the suspended state by navigating to a different item in the same part of the test. Test delivery systems need to make it clear to candidates that there are unsubmitted responses (akin to unsaved changes in a traditional document editing system) at the end of the test part. A test delivery system may force candidates to submit or discard such responses before moving to a different item in individual mode if this is more appropriate.
For each test session, items and sub-sections are selected and arranged into order according to rules defined in the containing section. This process of selection and ordering defines a basic structure for each part of the test on a per-session basis. The paths that a candidate may take through this structure are then controlled by the mode settings for the test part and possibly by further preConditions or branchRules evaluated during the test session itself. Figure 2.4 illustrates part of a test and the way the items are structured into sections and sub-sections.
Figure 2.4 - The structure of the test for selection and ordering.
Figure 2.5 illustrates a specific instance of the same test part after the application of selection and ordering rules. A rule in section S01 selects just one of S01A and S01B, a rule in S02 shuffles the order of the items contained by it and, finally, rules in S03 select 2 out of the 3 items it contains and shuffles the result.
Figure 2.5 - The delivered test after selection and ordering.
The classes that support selection and ordering are:
In the context of a specific assessmentTest an item, or group of items, may be subject to a time constraint. This specification supports both minimum and maximum time constraints. The controlled time for a single item is simply the duration of the item session as defined by the builtin response variable duration. For assessmentSections, testParts and whole assessmentTests the time limits relate to the durations of all the item sessions plus any other time spent navigating that part of the test. In other words, the time includes time spent in states where no item is being interacted with, such as dedicated navigation screens.
The allowLateSubmission attribute regulates whether a candidate's response that is beyond the maxTime should still be accepted.
Minimum times are applicable to assessmentSections and assessmentItems only when linear navigation mode is in effect.
Delivery Engines are required to track and report the time spent on each test part when time limits are in force. If no time limit is in force for a given test part or section then the time spent may be tracked and reported but it is not required. Similarly, if no time limit is in force for an item that is not a Time Dependent Item then the time spent may be reported but is not required either.
The time spent on the test is recorded as if it were a built-in response variable called duration delcared at the test-level and of base-type duration and single cardinality. Similarly, time spent on test parts or sections are treated as built-in response variables declared within each respective scope. The values of these durations can be refered to during outcomeProcessing by using the variable name duration prefixed with the identifier of the part or section followed by the period character. See the variable expression for further information. The classes that realise the time limits are:
Outcome processing takes place each time the candidate submits the responses for an item (when in individual submission mode) or a group of items (when in simultaneous submission mode). It happens after any (item level) response processing triggered by the submission. The values of the test's outcome variables are always reset to their defaults prior to carrying out the instructions described by the outcomeRules. Because outcome processing occurs each time the candidate submits responses the resulting values of the test-level outcomes may be used to activate test-level feedback during the test or to control the behaviour of subsequent parts through the use of preConditions and branchRules. The structure of outcome processing is similar to that or responseProcessing. The outcomes processing functionality is described in the classes:
Test feedback is shown to the candidate either directly following outcome processing (during the test) or at the end of the testPart or assessmentTest as appropriate (referred to as atEnd). The core functionality of a test feedback is defined using the classes:
Pre-conditions and branch rules are advanced concepts used to introduce an element of adaptivity into the specification of an assessmentTest. The concepts were introduced in version 1.2 (as pre-conditions and post-conditions) but their specification was postponed until version 2.1. A primary consideration in introducing these features has been to limit the complexity of supporting delivery engines while still enabling some items (or whole sections and test parts) to be skipped depending on the candidate's responses to items presented earlier in the test.
Pre-conditions and branch rules are only applicable to parts of the test that are navigated in linear mode. In nonlinear mode they are ignored. The overarching test parts are effectively navigated in nonlinear mode and so can therefore have associated pre-conditions and branch rules. The pre-condition functionality is provided through the attribute:
A branch-rule is a simple expression attached to an assessmentItemRef, assessmentSection or testPart that is evaluated after the item, section or part has been presented to the candidate. If the expression evaluates to true the test jumps forward to the item, section or part referred to by the target identifier. In the case of an item or section, the target must refer to an item or section in the same testPart that has not yet been presented. For testParts, the target must refer to another testPart. The branching functionality is provded in the class:
[Comment] The above definition restricts the navigation paths through a linear test part to being trees. In other words, cycles are not allowed. In most cases, repitition can be achieved by using a section that selects withReplacement up to a suitable upper bound of repitition in combination with a preCondition or branchRule that terminates the section early when (or if) a certain outcome has been achieved. This technique might be used in conjunction with one or more Item Templates to achieve drill and practice, for example. However, unbounded repetition is not supported. Comments are sought on whether this approach is too restrictive.
QTI contains a wide range of expressions used to support the response processing, outcomes processing and template processing capabilities. Expressions are used to assign values to variables and to control conditional actions in response, outcomes and template processing. An expression can be a simple reference to the value of an item variable, a constant value from one of the value sets defined by baseTypes or a hierarchical expression operator. Like itemVariables, each expression can also have the special value NULL. The expressions are grouped into two abstract classes:
There are several built-in general expressions for handling constants, random values and the values of the varous item variables (response, outcome and template). These built-in expressions are realised using the classes:
The simplest expression returns a single value from the set defined by the given baseType.
This expression looks up the value of an itemVariable that has been declared in a corresponding variableDeclaration or is one of the built-in variables. The result has the base-type and cardinality declared for the variable subject to the type promotion of weighted outcomes.
During outcomes processing, values taken from an individual item session can be looked up by prefixing the name of the item variable with the identifier assigned to the item in the assessmentItemRef, separated by a period character. For example, to obtain the value of the SCORE variable in the item referred to as Q01 you would use a variable instance with identifier Q01.SCORE.
In adaptive tests that contain items that are allowed to be replaced (i.e. that have the withReplacement attribute set to "true"), the same item can be instantiated more than once. In order to access the outcome variable values of each instantiation, a number that denotes the instance's place in the sequence of the item's instantiation is inserted between the item variable identifier and the item variable, separated by a period character. For example, to obtain the value of the SCORE variable in the item referred to as Q01 in its second instantiation you would use a variable instance, prefixed by the instantiation sequence number, prefixed by an identifier Q01.2.SCORE.
When looking up the value of a response variable it always takes the value assigned to it by the candidate's last submission. Unsubmitted responses are not available during expression evaluation.
The value of an item variable taken from an item instantiated multiple times from the same assessmentItemRef (through the use of selection withReplacement) is taken from the last instance submitted if submission is simultaneous, otherwise it is undefined.
This expression looks up the declaration of an itemVariable and returns the associated defaultValue or NULL if no default value was declared. When used in outcomes processing item identifier prefixing (see variable) may be used to obtain the default value from an individual item.
This expression looks up the declaration of a response variable and returns the associated correctResponse or NULL if no correct value was declared. When used in outcomes processing item identifier prefixing (see variable) may be used to obtain the correct response from an individual item.
This expression looks up the value of a response variable and then transforms it using the associated mapping, which must have been declared. The result is a single float. If the response variable has single cardinality then the value returned is simply the mapped target value from the map. If the response variable has multiple or ordered cardinality then the value returned is the sum of the mapped target values. This expression cannot be applied to variables of record cardinality.
For example, if a mapping associates the identifiers {A,B,C,D} with the values {0,1,0.5,0} respectively then mapResponse will map the single value 'C' to the numeric value 0.5 and the set of values {C,B} to the value 1.5.
If a container contains multiple instances of the same value then that value is counted once only. To continue the example above {B,B,C} would still map to 1.5 and not 2.5.
This expression looks up the value of a response variable that must be of base-type point, and transforms it using the associated areaMapping. The transformation is similar to mapResponse except that the points are tested against each area in turn. When mapping containers each area can be mapped once only. For example, if the candidate identified two points that both fall in the same area then the mappedValue is still added to the calculated total just once.
The result is a mathematical constant returned as a single float, e.g. Pi and e.
There are several expressions for handling outcomes processing only. These expressions are realised using the classes:
This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set, for which the all defined response variables match their associated correctResponse. Only items for which all declared response variables have correct responses defined are considered. The result is an integer with single cardinality.
This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set, for which at least one of the defined response variables does not match its associated correctResponse. Only items for which all declared response variables have correct responses defined and have been attempted at least once are considered. The result is an integer with single cardinality.
This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set that have been attempted (at least once). In other words, items with which the user has interacted, whether or not they provided a response. The result is an integer with single cardinality.
This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set that have been attempted (at least once) and for which a response was given. In other words, items for which at least one declared response has a value that differs from its declared default (typically NULL). The result is an integer with single cardinality.
This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set that have been selected for presentation to the candidate, regardless of whether the candidate has attempted them or not. The result is an integer with single cardinality.
This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, simultaneously looks up the normalMaximum value of an outcome variable in a sub-set of the items referred to in a test. Only variables with single cardinality are considered. If any of the items within the given subset have no declared maximum the result is NULL, otherwise the result has cardinality multiple and base-type float.
This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, simultaneously looks up the value of an itemVariable in a sub-set of the items referred to in a test. Only variables with single cardinality are considered, all NULL values are ignored. The result has cardinality multiple and base-type as specified below.
Operators are a family of classes derived from expression that obtain their value (referred to as their result) either by modifying a single sub-expression or by combining two or more sub-expressions in a specified way. Operators never effect the values of itemVariables directly, in other words, there are no 'side effects'. All operators have a baseType and cardinality though these may be dependent on the sub-expression(s) they contain. The set of classes that realise these operators are:
The anyN operator takes one or more sub-expressions each with a base-type of boolean and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean which is true if at least min of the sub-expressions are true and at most max of the sub-expressions are true. If more than n - min sub-expressions are false (where n is the total number of sub-expressions) or more than max sub-expressions are true then the result is false. If one or more sub-expressions are NULL then it is possible that neither of these conditions is satisfied, in which case the operator results in NULL. For example, if min is 3 and max is 4 and the sub-expressions have values {true,true,false,NULL} then the operator results in NULL whereas {true,false,false,NULL} results in false and {true,true,true,NULL} results in true. The result NULL indicates that the correct value for the operator cannot be determined.
The custom operator provides an extension mechanism for defining operations not currently supported by this specification.
The equal operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the two expressions are numerically equal and false if they are not. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The equalRounded operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the two expressions are numerically equal after rounding and false if they are not. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The identifier of the field to be selected. The field-value operator takes a sub-expression with a record container value. The result is the value of the field with the specified fieldIdentifier. If there is no field with that identifier then the result of the operator is NULL.
The index operator takes a sub-expression with an ordered container value and any base-type. The result is the nth value of the container. The result has the same base-type as the sub-expression but single cardinality. The first value of a container has index 1, the second 2 and so on. n must be a positive integer. If n exceeds the number of values in the container (or the sub-expression is NULL) then the result of the index operator is NULL. If n is an identifier, it is the value of n at runtime that is used.
The inside operator takes a single sub-expression which must have a baseType of point. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the given point is inside the area defined by shape and coords. If the sub-expression is a container the result is true if any of the points are inside the area. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The multiple operator takes 0 or more sub-expressions all of which must have either single or multiple cardinality. Although the sub-expressions may be of any base-type they must all be of the same base-type. The result is a container with multiple cardinality containing the values of the sub-expressions, sub-expressions with multiple cardinality have their individual values added to the result: containers cannot contain other containers. For example, when applied to A, B and {C,D} the multiple operator results in {A,B,C,D}. All sub-expressions with NULL values are ignored. If no sub-expressions are given (or all are NULL) then the result is NULL.
The ordered operator takes 0 or more sub-expressions all of which must have either single or ordered cardinality. Although the sub-expressions may be of any base-type they must all be of the same base-type. The result is a container with ordered cardinality containing the values of the sub-expressions, sub-expressions with ordered cardinality have their individual values added (in order) to the result: contains cannot contain other containers. For example, when applied to A, B, {C,D} the ordered operator results in {A,B,C,D}. Note that the ordered operator never results in an empty container. All sub-expressions with NULL values are ignored. If no sub-expressions are given (or all are NULL) then the result is NULL.
The and operator takes one or more sub-expressions each with a base-type of boolean and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean which is true if all sub-expressions are true and false if any of them are false. If one or more sub-expressions are NULL and all others are true then the operator also results in NULL.
The gcd operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have base-type integer and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single integer equal in value to the greatest common divisor (gcd) of the argument values. If all the arguments are zero, the result is 0, gcd(0,0)=0; authors should beware of this in calculations which require division by the gcd of random values. If some, but not all, of the arguments are zero, the result is the gcd of the non-zero arguments, gcd(0,n)=n if n!=0. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL.
The lcm operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have base-type integer and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single integer equal in value to the lowest common multiple (lcm) of the argument values. If any argument is zero, the result is 0, lcm(0,n)=0; authors should beware of this in calculations which require division by the lcm of random values. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL.
The min operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float, or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer, equal in value to the smallest of the argument values, i.e. the result is the argument closest to negative infinity. If the arguments have the same value, the result is that same value. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL.
The max operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float, or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer, equal in value to the greatest of the argument values, i.e. the result is the argument closest to positive infinity. If the arguments have the same value, the result is that same value. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL.
The or operator takes one or more sub-expressions each with a base-type of boolean and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean which is true if any of the sub-expressions are true and false if all of them are false. If one or more sub-expressions are NULL and all the others are false then the operator also results in NULL.
The product operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer that corresponds to the product of the numerical values of the sub-expressions. If any of the sub-expressions are NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The contains operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have the same base-type and cardinality - either multiple or ordered. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the container given by the first sub-expression contains the value given by the second sub-expression and false if it doesn't. Note that the contains operator works differently depending on the cardinality of the two sub-expressions. For unordered containers the values are compared without regard for ordering, for example, [A,B,C] contains [C,A]. Note that [A,B,C] does not contain [B,B] but that [A,B,B,C] does. For ordered containers the second sub-expression must be a strict sub-sequence within the first. In other words, [A,B,C] does not contain [C,A] but it does contain [B,C].
If either sub-expression is NULL then the result of the operator is NULL. Like the member operator, the contains operator should not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of float and must not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of duration.
The delete operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have the same base-type. The first sub-expression must have single cardinality and the second must be a multiple or ordered container. The result is a new container derived from the second sub-expression with all instances of the first sub-expression removed. For example, when applied to A and {B,A,C,A} the result is the container {B,C}. If either sub-expression is NULL the result of the operator is NULL. The restrictions that apply to the member operator also apply to the delete operator.
The divide operator takes 2 sub-expressions which both have single cardinality and numerical base-types. The result is a single float that corresponds to the first expression divided by the second expression. If either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
Item authors should make every effort to ensure that the value of the second expression is never 0, however, if it is zero or the resulting value is outside the value set defined by float (not including positive and negative infinity) then the operator should result in NULL.
The durationGTE operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and base-type duration. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the first duration is longer (or equal, within the limits imposed by truncation as described above) than the second and false if it is shorter than the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. See durationLT for more information about testing the equality of durations.
The durationLT operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and base-type duration. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the first duration is shorter than the second and false if it is longer than (or equal) to the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
There is no 'durationLTE' or 'durationGT' because equality of duration is meaningless given the variable precision allowed by duration. Given that duration values are obtained by truncation rather than rounding it makes sense to test only less-than or greater-than-equal inequalities only. For example, if we want to determine if a candidate took less than 10 seconds to complete a task in a system that reports durations to a resolution of epsilon seconds (epsilon<1) then a value equal to 10 would cover all durations in the range [10,10+epsilon).
The gt operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the first expression is numerically greater than the second and false if it is less than or equal to the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NU
The gte operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the first expression is numerically greater than or equal to the second and false if it is less than the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The integer divide operator takes 2 sub-expressions which both have single cardinality and base-type integer. The result is the single integer that corresponds to the first expression (x) divided by the second expression (y) rounded down to the greatest integer (i) such that i LTE (x/y). If y is 0, or if either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The integer modulus operator takes 2 sub-expressions which both have single cardinality and base-type integer. The result is the single integer that corresponds to the remainder when the first expression (x) is divided by the second expression (y). If z is the result of the corresponding integerDivide operator then the result is x-z*y. If y is 0, or if either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The lt operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the first expression is numerically less than the second and false if it is greater than or equal to the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The lte operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the first expression is numerically less than or equal to the second and false if it is greater than the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The match operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have the same base-type and cardinality. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the two expressions represent the same value and false if they do not. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The match operator must not be confused with broader notions of equality such as numerical equality. To avoid confusion, the match operator should not be used to compare subexpressions with base-types of float and must not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of duration.
The member operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have the same base-type. The first sub-expression must have single cardinality and the second must be a multiple or ordered container. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the value given by the first sub-expression is in the container defined by the second sub-expression. If either sub-expression is NULL then the result of the operator is NULL. The member operator should not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of float because of the poorly defined comparison of values. It must not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of duration.
The power operator takes 2 sub-expression which both have single cardinality and numerical base-types. The result is a single float that corresponds to the first expression raised to the power of the second. If either or the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. If the resulting value is outside the value set defined by float (not including positive and negative infinity) then the operator shall result in NULL.
The subtract operator takes 2 sub-expressions which all have single cardinality and numerical base-types. The result is a single float or, if both sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer that corresponds to the first value minus the second. If either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The containerSize operator takes a sub-expression with any base-type and either multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is an integer giving the number of values in the sub-expression, in other words, the size of the container. If the sub-expression is NULL the result is 0. This operator can be used for determining how many choices were selected in a multiple-response choiceInteraction, for example.
The integer to float conversion operator takes a single sub-expression which must have single cardinality and base-type integer. The result is a value of base type float with the same numeric value. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The isNull operator takes a sub-expression with any base-type and cardinality. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the sub-expression is NULL and false otherwise. Note that empty containers and empty strings are both treated as NULL.
The not operator takes a single sub-expression with a base-type of boolean and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean with a value obtained by the logical negation of the sub-expression's value. If the sub-expression is NULL then the not operator also results in NULL.
The random operator takes a sub-expression with a multiple or ordered container value and any base-type. The result is a single value randomly selected from the container. The result has the same base-type as the sub-expression but single cardinality. If the sub-expression is NULL then the result is also NULL.
The round operator takes a single sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a numerical base-type. The result is a value of base-type integer formed by rounding the value of the sub-expression. The result is the integer n for all input values in the range [n-0.5,n+0.5). In other words, 6.8 and 6.5 both round up to 7, 6.49 rounds down to 6 and -6.5 rounds up to -6. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. If the sub-expression is NaN, then the result is NULL. If the sub-expression is INF, then the result is INF. If the sub-expression is -INF, then the result is -INF.
The truncate operator takes a single sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a numerical base-type. The result is a value of base-type integer formed by truncating the value of the sub-expression towards zero. For example, the value 6.8 becomes 6 and the value -6.8 becomes -6. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. If the sub-expression is NaN, then the result is NULL. If the sub-expression is INF, then the result is INF. If the sub-expression is -INF, then the result is -INF.
The mathOperator operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have single cardinality and have numerical base-types. The trigonometric functions, sin, cos and tan, take one argument in radians, which evaluates to a single float. Other functions take one numerical argument. Further functions might take more than one numerical argument, e.g. atan2 (two argument arc tan). The result is a single float, except for the functions signum, floor and ceil, which return a single integer. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions falls outside the natural domain of the function called by mathOperator, e.g. log(0) or asin(2), then the result is NULL.
The reciprocal trigonometric functions also follow these rules:
The reciprocal trigonometric and hyperbolic functions also follow these rules:
The function atan2 also follows these rules:
The sum operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer that corresponds to the sum of the numerical values of the sub-expressions. If any of the sub-expressions are NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The patternMatch operator takes a sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a base-type of string. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the sub-expression matches the regular expression given by pattern and false if it doesn't. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The repeat operator takes 0 or more sub-expressions, all of which must have either single or ordered cardinality and the same baseType. The result is an ordered container having the same baseType as its sub-expressions. The container is filled sequentially by evaluating each sub-expression in turn and adding the resulting single values to the container, iterating this process numberRepeats times in total. If numberRepeats refers to a variable whose value is less than 1, the value of the whole expression is NULL. Any sub-expressions evaluating to NULL are ignored. If all sub-expressions are NULL then the result is NULL.
The roundTo operator takes one sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a numerical base-type. The result is a single float with the value nearest to that of the expression's value such that when converted to a decimal string it represents the expression rounded by the specified rounding method to the specified precision. If the sub-expression is NULL, then the result is NULL. If the sub-expression is INF, then the result is INF. If the sub-expression is -INF, then the result is -INF. If the argument is NaN, then the result is NULL.
When rounding to n significant figures, the deciding digit is the (n+1)th digit counting from the first non-zero digit from the left in the number. If the deciding digit is 5 or greater, the nth digit is increased by 1 and all digits to its right are discarded; if the deciding digit is less than 5, all digits to the right of the nth digit are discarded.
When rounding to n decimal places, the deciding digit is the (n+1)th digit counting to the right from the decimal point. If the deciding digit is 5 or greater, the nth digit is increased by 1 and all digits to its right are discarded; if the deciding digit is less than 5, all digits to the right of the nth digit are discarded.
The statsOperator operator takes 1 sub-expression which is a container of multiple or ordered cardinality and has a numerical base-type. The result is a single float. If the sub-expression or any value contained therein is NULL, the result is NULL. If any value contained in the sub-expression is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL.
The stringMatch operator takes two sub-expressions which must have single and a base-type of string. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the two strings match according to the comparison rules defined by the attributes below and false if they don't. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL.
The substring operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have an effective base-type of string and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the first expression is a substring of the second expression and false if it isn't. If either sub-expression is NULL then the result of the operator is NULL.
An Item Fragment is part of an item that is managed independently of the items that depend on it. Similarly, a Test Fragment is part of a test that is managed independently of the tests that depend on it. Fragments are packaged as separate resources and can be transported independently. A fragment may appear anywhere in the model where one of the following abstract classes may appear: flowStatic, inlineStatic, blockStatic, responseRule, sectionPart or outcomeRule. For example, an item fragment may be a division of the itemBody represented by an instance of the 'Div' class or a single interaction.
Fragments are included using the Include mechanism (the actual form of implementation is dependent on the binding approach). The instance of include is treated as if it was actually an instance of the root element of the fragment referred to by the 'href' chracteristic of the 'Include' class. For the purposes of this specification, when using an XML binding, the xpointer mechanism defined by the XInclude specification must not be used. Also, all included fragments must be treated as parsed xml.
This technique is similar to the inclusion of media objects (using object) but allows the inclusion of data that conforms to this specification, specifically, it allows the inclusion of interactions, static content, processing rules or, at test level whole sections, to be included from externally defined fragments.
When including externally defined fragments the content of the fragment must satisfy the requirements of the specification in the context of the item in which it is being included. For example, interactions included from fragments must be correctly bound to response variables declared in the items. Item and Test fragments are supported using the classes:
There are three accessibility features that are supported by QTI 2.2:
The Accessible Portable Item Protocol (APIP) specification provides a rich set of accessibility annotation capabilities to the core QTI ASI functionality [APIP, 14]. There are five components to the APIP annotation:
APIP functionality is provided through the APIPAccessibility class that is imported. APIP anotations, for QTI ASI these are always optional content , are permitted on the following classes:
Further information on on how to apply, and the consequences of, APIP annotation is available in [APIP, 14]. An example of how to use APIP is given in the QTI Best Practices document [QTI, 15f].
The Speech Synthesis Markup Language Specification is designed to provide a rich, XML-based markup language for assisting the generation of synthetic speech in Web and other applications. The essential role of the markup language is to provide authors of synthesizable content a standard way to control aspects of speech such as pronunciation, volume, pitch, rate, etc. across different synthesis-capable platforms.
SSML functionality is provided through the SSMLGroup class that is imported. The SSML tags that are supported are 'p', 's', 'say-as', 'phoneme', 'sub', 'voice', 'emphasis', 'break', 'prosody' 'mark', 'audio' and 'speak'. SSML anotations are supplied through the following classes:
Further information on SSMLv1.1 is available in [SSML, 10]. An example of how to use SSML is given in the QTI Best Practices document [QTI, 15f].
The Accessible Rich Internet Applications (ARIA) specification from W3C [ARIA, 14] provides an ontology of roles, states, and properties that define accessible user interface elements and can be used to improve the accessibility and interoperability of web content and applications. These semantics are designed to allow an author to properly convey user interface behaviors and structural information to assistive technologies in document-level markup. In QTI the ARIA characteristics are used on the following classes:
These classes are used to define the HTML4 and the QTI Interactions. The ARIA features are also supported on the HTML5 tags [QTI, 15a]. The ARIA features that are supported, this is a subset of the possible set of ARIA characteristics, in QTI are:
Further information on WAI-ARIA 1.0 is available in [ARIA, 14]. An example of how to use ARIA is given in the QTI Best Practices document [QTI, 15f].
As part of the QTIv2.2 new features, support for internationalization was added. The internationalization features now supported are:
For different languages the text is presented and read either from 'left-to-right' or 'right-to-left'. The corresponding rendering must take into account word and character spacng and justification. The classes that enable the bi-directional text layout support are:
Ruby allows one or more spans of phrasing content to be marked with ruby annotations. Ruby annotations are short runs of text presented alongside base text, primarily used in East Asian typography as a guide for pronunciation or to include other annotations. In Japanese, this form of typography is also known as furigana. Ruby text can appear on either side, and sometimes both sides, of the base text, and it is possible to control its position using CSS. A more complete introduction to ruby can be found in the Use Cases and Exploratory Approaches for Ruby Markup document as well as in CSS Ruby Module Level 1. [RUBYUC, 13] [CSSRUBY, 15]. The classes that enable the Ruby support are:
All of the Root attributes (the root name for the instances that can be exchanged) used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.3. The root attributes are:
The definition of the "assessmentItem" root attribute is shown in Table 3.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentItem |
Data Type | AssessmentItem |
Description | This is the root element for the exchange of items. The assessmentItem may reference any required content stimuli contained within an assessmentStimulus. The exchange of a single assessmentItem instance is permitted; |
The definition of the "assessmentSection" root attribute is shown in Table 3.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentSection |
Data Type | AssessmentSection |
Description | This is the root element for the exchange of sections. An assessmentSection can contain any order and hierarchy of contained/referenced assessmentSections and referenced assessmentItems. The assessmentItems can only be referenced from within an assessmentSection i.e. they cannot be contained in the same instance as the assessmentSection. The exchange of a single root assessmentSection instance is permitted but any number of contained assessmentSections can also be exchanged; |
The definition of the "assessmentStimulus" root attribute is shown in Table 3.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentStimulus |
Data Type | AssessmentStimulus |
Description | This is the root element for the exchange of stimuli i.e. content that is to be shared and referenced by multiple items. This allows the stimulus content to be managed as a separate first class object. The exchange of a single assessmentStimulus instance is permitted; |
The definition of the "assessmentTest" root attribute is shown in Table 3.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentTest |
Data Type | AssessmentTest |
Description | This is the root element for the exchange of tests, quizzes, etc. The test must contain at least one test part which in turn must contain, or reference, at least one assessmentSection. The associated assessmentItems can only be referenced from within an assessmentSection and cannot be contained in the same instance as the assessmentTest. The exchange of a single assessmentTest instance is permitted; |
The definition of the "outcomeDeclaration" root attribute is shown in Table 3.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeDeclaration |
Data Type | OutcomeDeclaration |
Description | This is the root element for the exchange of outcomes declarations. These declarations are typically used to identify the relationship between an outcome and the associated curriculum standard i.e. to indicate which outcomes support specific learning objectives. The exchange of a single outcome declaration instance is permitted; |
The definition of the "responseProcessing" root attribute is shown in Table 3.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseProcessing |
Data Type | ResponseProcessing |
Description | This is the root element for the exchange of response processing templates. Response processing templates are used to define generic templates that can be applied to response processing for a range of types of assessmentItems. The exchange of a single response processing template instance is permitted. |
All of the Root data classes (the first class objects that can be exchanged using the data model) used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.2.
The data model for the "AssessmentItem" root class is shown in Figure 4.1 and the accompanying definition in Table 4.1.
Figure 4.1 - AssessmentItem class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.1
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The principle identifier of the item. This identifier must have a corresponding entry in the item's metadata. See QTI Metadata [QTI, 15b] for more information. |
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.2
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The title of an assessmentItem is intended to enable the item to be selected in situations where the full text of the itemBody is not available, for example when a candidate is browsing a set of items to determine the order in which to attempt them. Therefore, delivery engines may reveal the title to candidates at any time but are not required to do so. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.3
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | A human readable label that can be used to describe the Item. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.4
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The default language for the Item. Natural language identifiers as defined by [RFC 3066]. |
The description of the "toolName" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.5
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | toolName |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The tool name characteristic allows the tool creating the item to identify itself. Other processing systems may use this information to interpret the content of application specific data, such as labels on the elements of the item's itemBody. |
The description of the "toolVersion" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.6
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | toolVersion |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The tool version characteristic allows the tool creating the item to identify its version. This value must only be interpreted in the context of the toolName. |
The description of the "adaptive" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.7
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | adaptive |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Denotes the adaptive nature of the Item. Items are classified as either Adaptive or Non-adaptive. |
The description of the "timeDependent" characteristic for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.8
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | timeDependent |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Denotes if the Item must be answered within some defined time limit. |
The description of the "responseDeclaration" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseDeclaration |
Data Type | ResponseDeclaration |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the set of response variable declarations that are associated with the Item. Response variables are only relevant within the parent Item and so every declared variable must be referenced in the corresponding response processing. |
The description of the "outcomeDeclaration" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeDeclaration |
Data Type | OutcomeDeclaration |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the set of outcome variable declarations that are associated with the Item. Outcome variables are only relevant within the parent Item and so every declared variable must be referenced in the corresponding outcomes processing. |
The description of the "templateDeclaration" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateDeclaration |
Data Type | TemplateDeclaration |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the set of template variable declarations that are associated with the Item. Template variables are only relevant within the parent Item and so every declared variable must be referenced in the corresponding template processing. |
The description of the "templateProcessing" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateProcessing |
Data Type | TemplateProcessing |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The response processing rules that are used for this Item. These rules are embedded within the ItemBody. |
The description of the "assessmentStimulusRef" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentStimulusRef |
Data Type | AssessmentStimulusRef |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The set of identifier references to the stimulus content that should be associated with the Item. Each identifier must resolve to some AssessmentStimulus object that has been associated with the Item. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The set of external style sheets that are associated with the Item. The order of definition is significant. |
The description of the "itemBody" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | itemBody |
Data Type | ItemBody |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The item body for the Item. The itembody contains the text, graphics, media objects and interactions that describe the item's content and information about how it is structured. |
The description of the "responseProcessing" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseProcessing |
Data Type | ResponseProcessing |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The response processing rules that are used for this Item. These rules may either be embedded within the ItemBody or a reference to some external response processing template may be supplied. If both embedded rules and a template reference are supplied then the internal rules take precedence. |
The description of the "modalFeedback" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | modalFeedback |
Data Type | ModalFeedback |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The Modal feedback that is to be shown to the candidate directly following response processing. |
The description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "AssessmentItem" root class is given in Table 4.1.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | apipAccessibility |
Data Type | APIPAccessibility |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The accessibility information that is to be associated with the content in the ItemBody. The structure of this content is defined in [APIP, 14]. |
The data model for the "AssessmentSection" root class is shown in Figure 4.2 and the accompanying definition in Table 4.2.
Figure 4.2 - AssessmentSection class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.1
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The unique identifier for the Section. The identifier of the section or item reference must be unique within the test and must not be the identifier of any testPart. The identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 00]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The description of the "required" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.2
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | required |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If a child element is required it must appear (at least once) in the selection. It is in error if a section contains a selection rule that selects fewer child elements than the number of required elements it contains. |
The description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.3
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | fixed |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If a child element is fixed it must never be shuffled. When used in combination with a selection rule fixed elements do not have their position fixed until after selection has taken place. For example, selecting 3 elements from {A,B,C,D} without replacement might result in the selection {A,B,C}. If the section is subject to shuffling but B is fixed then permutations such as {A,C,B} are not allowed whereas permutations like {C,B,A} are. |
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.4
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The title of the section is intended to enable the section to be selected in situations where the contents of the section are not available, for example when a candidate is browsing a test. Therefore, delivery engines may reveal the title to candidates at any time during the test but are not required to do so. |
The description of the "visible" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.5
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | visible |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | A visible section is one that is identifiable by the candidate. For example, delivery engines might provide a hierarchical view of the test to aid navigation. In such a view, a visible section would be a visible node in the hierarchy. Conversely, an invisible section is one that is not visible to the candidate - the child elements of an invisible section appear to the candidate as if they were part of the parent section (or testPart). The visibility of a section does not affect the visibility of its child elements. The visibility of each section is determined solely by the value of its own visible attribute. |
The description of the "keepTogether" characteristic for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.6
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | keepTogether |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "true". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An invisible section with a parent that is subject to shuffling can specify whether or not its children, which will appear to the candidate as if they were part of the parent, are shuffled as a block or mixed up with the other children of the parent section. |
The description of the "preCondition" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | preCondition |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An optional set of conditions evaluated during the test, that determine if the item or section is to be skipped (in nonlinear mode, pre-conditions are ignored). The order of the conditions is significant. |
The description of the "branchRule" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | branchRule |
Data Type | BranchRule |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An optional set of rules, evaluated during the test, for setting an alternative target as the next item or section (in nonlinear mode, branch rules are ignored). |
The description of the "itemSessionControl" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | itemSessionControl |
Data Type | ItemSessionControl |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Parameters used to control the allowable states of each item session (may be overridden at sub-section or item level). |
The description of the "timeLimits" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | timeLimits |
Data Type | TimeLimits |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Optionally controls the amount of time a candidate is allowed for this item or section. |
The description of the "selection" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | selection |
Data Type | Selection |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The rules used to select which children of the section are to be used for each instance of the test. Each child section has its own selection and ordering rules followed before those of its parent. A child section may shuffle the order of its own children while still requiring that they are kept together when shuffling the parent section. |
The description of the "ordering" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ordering |
Data Type | Ordering |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The rules used to determine the order in which the children of the section are to be arranged for each instance of the test. Each child section has its own selection and ordering rules followed before those of its parent. A child section may shuffle the order of its own children while still requiring that they are kept together when shuffling the parent section. |
The description of the "rubricBlock" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | rubricBlock |
Data Type | RubricBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | Section rubric is presented to the candidate with each item contained (directly or indirectly) by the section. As sections are nestable the rubric presented for each item is the concatenation of the rubric blocks from the top-most section down to the item's immediately enclosing section. |
The description of the "sectionPart" attribute for the "AssessmentSection" root class is given in Table 4.2.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sectionPart |
Data Type | SectionPart |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the definition of the set of assessmentItemRefs, assessmentSectionRefs and assessmentSections to be included as children of the parent assessmentSection. Sections group together individual item references and/or sub-sections. |
The data model for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is shown in Figure 4.3 and the accompanying definition in Table 4.3.
Figure 4.3 - AssessmentStimulus class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is given in Table 4.3.1
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The unique identifier for the Stimulus. The identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 10]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is given in Table 4.3.2
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The title of the stimulus is intended to enable the stimulus to be selected in situations where the contents are not available, for example when an author is browsing a repository. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is given in Table 4.3.3
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | A human readable label that can be used to describe the Stimulus. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is given in Table 4.3.4
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The default language for the Stimulus. Natural language identifiers as defined by [RFC 3066]. |
The description of the "toolName" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is given in Table 4.3.5
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | toolName |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The tool name characteristic allows the tool creating the stimulus to identify itself. Other processing systems may use this information to interpret the content of application specific data, such as labels on the elements of the stimulus's stimulusBody. |
The description of the "toolVersion" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is given in Table 4.3.6
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | toolVersion |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The tool version characteristic allows the tool creating the item to identify its version. This value must only be interpreted in the context of the toolName. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is given in Table 4.3.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The set of external style sheets that are associated with the Stimulus. The order of definition is significant. |
The description of the "stimulusBody" attribute for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is given in Table 4.3.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stimulusBody |
Data Type | StimulusBody |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The stimulus body for the Stimulus. The itembody contains the text, graphics, media objects and interactions that describe the simulus's content and information about how it is structured. |
The description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "AssessmentStimulus" root class is given in Table 4.3.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | apipAccessibility |
Data Type | APIPAccessibility |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The accessibility information that is to be associated with the content in the ItemBody. The structure of this content is defined in [APIP, 14]. |
The data model for the "AssessmentTest" root class is shown in Figure 4.4 and the accompanying definition in Table 4.4.
Figure 4.4 - AssessmentTest class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.1
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The principle identifier of the test. This identifier must have a corresponding entry in the test's metadata. See QTI Metadata and QTI Usage Data for more information [QTI, 15d], [QTI, 15e]. |
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.2
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The title of an assessmentTest is intended to enable the test to be selected outside of any test session. Therefore, delivery engines may reveal the title to candidates at any time, but are not required to do so. |
The description of the "toolName" characteristic for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.3
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | toolName |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The tool name characteristic allows the tool creating the test to identify itself. Other processing systems may use this information to interpret the content of application specific data, such as labels on the elements of the test rubric. |
The description of the "toolVersion" characteristic for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.4
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | toolVersion |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The tool version characteristic allows the tool creating the test to identify its version. This value must only be interpreted in the context of the toolName. |
The description of the "outcomeDeclaration" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeDeclaration |
Data Type | OutcomeDeclaration |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | Each test has an associated set of outcomes. The values of these outcomes are set by the test's outcomeProcessing rules. |
The description of the "timeLimits" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | timeLimits |
Data Type | TimeLimits |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Optionally controls the amount of time a candidate is allowed for the entire test. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | Used to associate an external stylesheet with an assessmentTest. |
The description of the "testPart" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | testPart |
Data Type | TestPart |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | Each test is divided into one or more parts which may in turn be divided into sections, sub-sections and so on. A testPart represents a major division of the test and is used to control the basic mode parameters that apply to all sections and sub-sections within that part. |
The description of the "outcomeProcessing" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeProcessing |
Data Type | OutcomeProcessing |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The set of rules used for calculating the values of the test outcomes. |
The description of the "testFeedback" attribute for the "AssessmentTest" root class is given in Table 4.4.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | testFeedback |
Data Type | TestFeedback |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | Contains the test-level feedback controlled by the test outcomes. |
The data model for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is shown in Figure 4.5 and the accompanying definition in Table 4.5.
Figure 4.5 - OutcomeDeclaration class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.1
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifiers of the built-in session variables are reserved. They are completionStatus, numAttempts and duration. All item variables declared in an item share the same namespace. Different items have different namespaces. |
The description of the "cardinality" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.2
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | cardinality |
Data Type | Cardinality |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { multiple | ordered | record | single } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Each variable is either single valued or multi-valued. Multi-valued variables are referred to as containers and come in ordered, unordered and record types. See the cardinality enumerated vocabulary for more information. |
The description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.3
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | baseType |
Data Type | BaseType |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { boolean | directedPair | duration | file | float | identifier | integer | pair | point | string | uri } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The value space from which the variable's value can be drawn (or in the case of containers, from which the individual values are drawn) is identified with a baseType. The baseType selects one of a small set of predefined types that are considered to have atomic values within the runtime data model. Variables with record cardinality have no base-type. |
The description of the "view" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.4
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | view |
Data Type | View |
Value Space | A list from an enumerated value set of: { author | candidate | proctor | scorer | testConstructor | tutor } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The intended audience for an outcome variable can be set with the view attribute. If no view is specified the outcome is treated as relevant to all views. Complex items, such as adaptive items or complex templates, may declare outcomes that are of no interest to the candidate at all, but are merely used to hold intermediate values or other information useful during the item or test session. Such variables should be declared with a view of author (for item outcomes) or testConstructor (for test outcomes). Systems may exclude outcomes from result reports on the basis of their declared view if appropriate. Where more than one class of user should be able to view an outcome variable the view attribute should contain a comma delimited list. |
The description of the "interpretation" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.5
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | interpretation |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | A human interpretation of the variable's value. |
The description of the "longInterpretation" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.6
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | longInterpretation |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional link to an extended interpretation of the outcome variable's value. |
The description of the "normalMaximum" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.7
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | normalMaximum |
Data Type | NonNegativeDouble |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The normalMaximum characteristic optionally defines the maximum magnitude of numeric outcome variables, it must be a positive value. If given, the outcome's value can be divided by normalMaximum and then truncated (if necessary) to obtain a normalized score in the range [-1.0,1.0]. normalMaximum has no affect on responseProcessing or the values that the outcome variable itself can take. |
The description of the "normalMinimum" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.8
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | normalMinimum |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The normalMinimum characteristic optionally defines the minimum value of numeric outcome variables, it may be negative. |
The description of the "masteryValue" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.9
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | masteryValue |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The masteryValue characteristic optionally defines a value for numeric outcome variables above which the aspect being measured is considered to have been mastered by the candidate. |
The description of the "externalScored" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.10
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | externalScored |
Data Type | ExternalScored |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { externalMachine | human } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This identifies whether or not the value for this outcome is produced by human and machine scoring. |
The description of the "variableIdentifierRef" characteristic for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.11
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | variableIdentifierRef |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifierRef |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the identifier for an external variable that will be used to provide the external scoring value. |
The description of the "defaultValue" attribute for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | defaultValue |
Data Type | DefaultValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The default outcome value to be used when no matching tabel entry is found. If omitted, the NULL value is used. |
The description of the "lookupTable" attribute for the "OutcomeDeclaration" root class is given in Table 4.5.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | lookupTable |
Data Type | LookupTable |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An abstract attribute to create a lookup table from a numeric source value to a single outcome value in the declared value set. A lookup table works in the reverse sense to the similar mapping as it defines how a source numeric value is transformed into the outcome value, whereas a (response) mapping defines how the response value is mapped onto a target numeric value. |
The data model for the "ResponseProcessing" root class is shown in Figure 4.6 and the accompanying definition in Table 4.6.
Figure 4.6 - ResponseProcessing class definitions.
The description of the "template" characteristic for the "ResponseProcessing" root class is given in Table 4.6.1
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | template |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If a template identifier is given it may be used to locate an externally defined responseProcessing template. The rules obtained from the external template may be used instead of the rules defined within the item itself, though if both are given the internal rules are still preferred. |
The description of the "templateLocation" characteristic for the "ResponseProcessing" root class is given in Table 4.6.2
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateLocation |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | In practice, the template attribute may well contain a URN or the URI of a template stored on a remote web server, such as the standard response processing templates defined by this specification. When processing an assessmentItem tools working offline will not be able to obtain the template from a URN or remote URI. The templateLocation attribute provides an alternative URI, typically a relative URI to be resolved relative to the location of the assessmentItem itself, that can be used to obtain a copy of the response processing template. If a delivery system is able to determine the correct behaviour from the template identifier alone the templateLocation should be ignored. For example, a delivery system may have built-in procedures for handling the standard templates defined above. |
The description of the "responseRuleGroup" attribute for the "ResponseProcessing" root class is given in Table 4.6.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseRuleGroup |
Data Type | ResponseRuleGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that provides the selection of the constructs that can be used to compose a response rule group. This allows arbitraily complex response processing rules to be constructed for the processing of the responses to the presented item interactions. |
All of the data classes used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.2.
The data model for the "A" class is shown in Figure 5.1 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.1.
Figure 5.1 - A class definitions.
The description of the "href" characteristic for the "A" class is given in Table 5.1.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | href |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The URL for the hyperlink. |
The description of the "type" characteristic for the "A" class is given in Table 5.1.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | type |
Data Type | MimeType |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If present, this gives the MIME type of the linked resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid MIME type. User agents must not consider the type attribute authoritative. |
The description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "A" class is given in Table 5.1.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineGroup |
Data Type | InlineGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of the inline content (inline content as defined for HTML). Any combination of the inline content is permitted. |
The data model for the "AnyN" class is shown in Figure 5.2 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.2.
Figure 5.2 - AnyN class definitions.
The description of the "min" characteristic for the "AnyN" class is given in Table 5.2.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | min |
Data Type | IntegerOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Integer (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The minimum number of sub-expressions that must be true. |
The description of the "max" characteristic for the "AnyN" class is given in Table 5.2.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | max |
Data Type | IntegerOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Integer (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The maximum number of sub-expressions that must be true. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "AnyN" class is given in Table 5.2.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that allows any combination of QTI expressions to be inserted. There must be a least one child expression. |
The data model for the "AreaMapping" class is shown in Figure 5.3 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.3.
Figure 5.3 - AreaMapping class definitions.
The description of the "lowerBound" characteristic for the "AreaMapping" class is given in Table 5.3.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | lowerBound |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The lower bound on the value. |
The description of the "upperBound" characteristic for the "AreaMapping" class is given in Table 5.3.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | upperBound |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The upper bound on the value. |
The description of the "defaultValue" characteristic for the "AreaMapping" class is given in Table 5.3.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | defaultValue |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The default value. |
The description of the "areaMapEntry" attribute for the "AreaMapping" class is given in Table 5.3.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | areaMapEntry |
Data Type | AreaMapEntry |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The map is defined by a set of areaMapEntries, each of which maps an area of the coordinate space onto a single float. When mapping points each area is tested in turn, with those listed first taking priority in the case where areas overlap and a point falls in the intersection |
The data model for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is shown in Figure 5.4 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.4.
Figure 5.4 - AssessmentItemRef class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the item reference must be unique within the test. |
The description of the "required" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | required |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If a child element is required it must appear (at least once) in the selection. It is in error if a section contains a selection rule that selects fewer child elements than the number of required elements it contains. |
The description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | fixed |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If a child element is fixed it must never be shuffled. When used in combination with a selection rule fixed elements do not have their position fixed until after selection has taken place. For example, selecting 3 elements from {A,B,C,D} without replacement might result in the selection {A,B,C}. If the section is subject to shuffling but B is fixed then permutations such as {A,C,B} are not allowed whereas permutations like {C,B,A} are. |
The description of the "href" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | href |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The uri used to refer to the item's file (e.g., elsewhere in the same content package). There is no requirement that this be unique. A test may refer to the same item multiple times within a test. Note however that each reference must have a unique identifier. |
The description of the "category" characteristic for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | category |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Items can optionally be assigned to one or more categories. Categories are used to allow custom sets of item outcomes to be aggregated during outcomes processing. |
The description of the "preCondition" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | preCondition |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An optional set of conditions evaluated during the test, that determine if the item or section is to be skipped (in nonlinear mode, pre-conditions are ignored). |
The description of the "branchRule" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | branchRule |
Data Type | BranchRule |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An optional set of rules, evaluated during the test, for setting an alternative target as the next item or section (in nonlinear mode, branch rules are ignored). |
The description of the "itemSessionControl" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | itemSessionControl |
Data Type | ItemSessionControl |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Parameters used to control the allowable states of each item session. |
The description of the "timeLimits" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | timeLimits |
Data Type | TimeLimits |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Optionally controls the amount of time a candidate is allowed for this item. |
The description of the "variableMapping" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | variableMapping |
Data Type | VariableMapping |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | Variable mappings are used to alter the name of an item outcome for the purposes of this test. |
The description of the "weight" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | weight |
Data Type | Weight |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | Weights allow custom values to be defined for scaling an item's outcomes. |
The description of the "templateDefault" attribute for the "AssessmentItemRef" class is given in Table 5.4.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateDefault |
Data Type | TemplateDefault |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | A template default is used to alter the default value of a template variable declared by the item based on an expression evaluated at test-level. See templateDefault for more information. |
The data model for the "AssociableHotspot" class is shown in Figure 5.5 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.5.
Figure 5.5 - AssociableHotspot class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class is given in Table 5.5.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the hotspot. This identifier must not be used by any other hotspot or item variable. |
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class is given in Table 5.5.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the templateElement is controlled by the value of the variable. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class is given in Table 5.5.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the hotspot is controlled. If set to show then the hotspot is hidden by default and shown only if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the identifier of the hotspot. If set to hide then the hotspot is shown by default and hidden if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the hotspot's identifier. |
The description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class is given in Table 5.5.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchGroup |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | [ ED NOTE: How is this used?] |
The description of the "shape" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class is given in Table 5.5.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shape |
Data Type | Shape |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { circle | default | ellipse | poly | rect } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The shape of the hotspot. |
The description of the "coords" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class is given in Table 5.5.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | coords |
Data Type | Coords |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The size and position of the hotspot, interpreted in conjunction with the shape. |
The description of the "hotspotLabel" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class is given in Table 5.5.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | hotspotLabel |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The alternative text for this (hot) area of the image, if specified it must be treated in the same way as alternative text for img. For hidden hotspots this label is ignored. |
The description of the "matchMax" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class is given in Table 5.5.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchMax |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The maximum number of choices this choice may be associated with. If matchMax is 0 there is no restriction. |
The description of the "matchMin" characteristic for the "AssociableHotspot" class is given in Table 5.5.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchMin |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of choices this choice must be associated with to form a valid response. If matchMin is 0 then the candidate is not required to associate this choice with any others at all. matchMin must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by matchMax. |
The data model for the "AssociateInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.6 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.6.
Figure 5.6 - AssociateInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "AssociateInteraction" class is given in Table 5.6.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shuffle |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the shuffle characteristic is 'true' then the delivery engine must randomize the order in which the choices are initially presented, subject to the value of the fixed attribute of each choice. |
The description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "AssociateInteraction" class is given in Table 5.6.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of associations that the candidate is allowed to make. If maxAssociations is 0 then there is no restriction. If maxAssociations is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "AssociateInteraction" class is given in Table 5.6.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of associations that the candidate is required to make to form a valid response. If minAssociations is 0 then the candidate is not required to make any associations. minAssociations must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxAssociations. |
The description of the "simpleAssociableChoice" attribute for the "AssociateInteraction" class is given in Table 5.6.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | simpleAssociableChoice |
Data Type | SimpleAssociableChoice |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | An ordered set of choices. |
The data model for the "BDO" class is shown in Figure 5.7 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.7.
Figure 5.7 - BDO class definitions.
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "BDO" class is given in Table 5.7.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The title for the content. This is used to provide advisory information for the tag. |
The description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "BDO" class is given in Table 5.7.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineContentModel |
Data Type | InlineContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the abstract attribute that enables the insertion of the inline content (as defined in HTML). |
The data model for the "BR" class is shown in Figure 5.8 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.8.
Figure 5.8 - BR class definitions.
The data model for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.9 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.9.
Figure 5.9 - BasePromptInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The unique identifier assigned to the HTML tag. This must be unique otherwise features such as the APIP accessibilty text cannot be supplied as an alternative. |
The description of the "class" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | class |
Data Type | StringList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Every HTML tag may have a class characteristic specified. If specified, it must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens representing the various classes to which the element belongs. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic specifies the primary language for the element's contents and for any of the element's characteristics that contain text. Its value must be a valid [RFC 3066] language tag, or the empty string. Setting the characteristic to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The label characteristic provides authoring systems with a mechanism for labelling elements of the content model with application specific data. If an item uses labels then values for the associated toolName and toolVersion characteristics must also be provided. |
The description of the "base" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | base |
Data Type | Base (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional URI used to change the base for resolving relative URI for the scope of this object. Particular care needs to be taken when resolving relative URI included as part of an Item Fragment. See Item and Test Fragments for more information. |
The description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | responseIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The response variable associated with the interaction. |
The description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dir |
Data Type | DIR |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { ltr | rtl | auto } Default = "auto". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Specifies the element's text directionality. |
The description of the "role" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | role |
Data Type | ARIARoleValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { article | columnheader | definition | directory | document | group | heading | img | list | listitem | math | note | presentation | region | row | rowgroup | rowheader | separator | toolbar | button | checkbox | gridcell | link | log | option | radio | slider | spinbutton | status | tab | tabpanel | textbox | timer | listbox | radiogroup | tablist | complementary | contentinfo } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the ARIA role. Roles are defined and described by their characteristics. Characteristics define the structural function of a role, such as what a role is, concepts behind it, and what instances the role can or must contain. |
The description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-controls |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. This identifies the element (or elements) whose contents or presence are controlled by the current element. |
The description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-describedby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the element (or elements) that describes the object. |
The description of the "aria-flowsto" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-flowsto |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the next element (or elements) in an alternate reading order of content which, at the user's discretion, allows assistive technology to override the general default of reading in document source order. |
The description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines a string value that labels the current element. See related aria-labelledby. The purpose of aria-label is the same as that of aria-labelledby. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. |
The description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-labelledby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the tag (or tags) that labels the current element. See related aria-label and aria-describedby. The purpose of aria-labelledby is the same as that of aria-label. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. The most common accessibility API mapping for a label is the accessible name property. If the label text is visible on screen, authors SHOULD use aria-labelledby and SHOULD NOT use aria-label. Use aria-label only if the interface is such that it is not possible to have a visible label on the screen. As required by the text alternative computation, user agents give precedence to aria-labelledby over aria-label when computing the accessible name property. The aria-labelledby attribute is similar to aria-describedby in that both reference other elements to calculate a text alternative, but a label should be concise, where a description is intended to provide more verbose information. |
The description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-level |
Data Type | ARIALevelInteger |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines the hierarchical level of an element within a structure. This can be applied inside trees to tree items, to headings inside a document, to nested grids, nested tablists and to other structural items that may appear inside a container or participate in an ownership hierarchy. The value for aria-level is an integer greater than or equal to 1. |
The description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-live |
Data Type | ARIALiveValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { off | polite | assertive } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates that an element will be updated, and describes the types of updates the user agents, assistive technologies, and user can expect from the live region. The values of this attribute are expressed in degrees of importance. When regions are specified as polite, assistive technologies will notify users of updates but generally do not interrupt the current task, and updates take low priority. When regions are specified as assertive, assistive technologies will immediately notify the user, and could potentially clear the speech queue of previous updates. |
The description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-orientation |
Data Type | ARIAOrientationValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { vertical | horizontal } Default = "horizontal". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates whether the element and orientation is horizontal or vertical. |
The description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-owns |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. See related aria-controls. The value of the aria-owns attribute is a space-separated list of IDREFS that reference one or more elements in the document by ID. |
The description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dataExtension |
Data Type | DataHTML5Extension |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the HTML5 extension characteristic. A custom data characteristic is a characteristic in no namespace whose name starts with the string 'data-', has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. |
The description of the "prompt" attribute for the "BasePromptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.9.19.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | prompt |
Data Type | Prompt |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is an optional prompt that can be used to guide the learner. A prompt must not contain any nested interactions. A prompt is NOT the same as the actual question construct. |
The data model for the "BaseSequence" class is shown in Figure 5.10 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.10.
Figure 5.10 - BaseSequence class definitions.
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The unique identifier assigned to the HTML tag. This must be unique otherwise features such as the APIP accessibilty text cannot be supplied as an alternative. |
The description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | class |
Data Type | StringList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Every HTML tag may have a class characteristic specified. If specified, it must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens representing the various classes to which the element belongs. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic specifies the primary language for the element's contents and for any of the element's characteristics that contain text. Its value must be a valid [RFC 3066] language tag, or the empty string. Setting the characteristic to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The label characteristic provides authoring systems with a mechanism for labelling elements of the content model with application specific data. If an item uses labels then values for the associated toolName and toolVersion characteristics must also be provided. |
The description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dir |
Data Type | DIR |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { ltr | rtl | auto } Default = "auto". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Specifies the element's text directionality. |
The description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | role |
Data Type | ARIARoleValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { article | columnheader | definition | directory | document | group | heading | img | list | listitem | math | note | presentation | region | row | rowgroup | rowheader | separator | toolbar | button | checkbox | gridcell | link | log | option | radio | slider | spinbutton | status | tab | tabpanel | textbox | timer | listbox | radiogroup | tablist | complementary | contentinfo } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the ARIA role. Roles are defined and described by their characteristics. Characteristics define the structural function of a role, such as what a role is, concepts behind it, and what instances the role can or must contain. |
The description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-controls |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. This identifies the element (or elements) whose contents or presence are controlled by the current element. |
The description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-describedby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the element (or elements) that describes the object. |
The description of the "aria-flowto" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-flowto |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the next element (or elements) in an alternate reading order of content which, at the user's discretion, allows assistive technology to override the general default of reading in document source order. |
The description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines a string value that labels the current element. See related aria-labelledby. The purpose of aria-label is the same as that of aria-labelledby. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. |
The description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-labelledby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the tag (or tags) that labels the current element. See related aria-label and aria-describedby. The purpose of aria-labelledby is the same as that of aria-label. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. The most common accessibility API mapping for a label is the accessible name property. If the label text is visible on screen, authors SHOULD use aria-labelledby and SHOULD NOT use aria-label. Use aria-label only if the interface is such that it is not possible to have a visible label on the screen. As required by the text alternative computation, user agents give precedence to aria-labelledby over aria-label when computing the accessible name property. The aria-labelledby attribute is similar to aria-describedby in that both reference other elements to calculate a text alternative, but a label should be concise, where a description is intended to provide more verbose information. |
The description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-level |
Data Type | ARIALevelInteger |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines the hierarchical level of an element within a structure. This can be applied inside trees to tree items, to headings inside a document, to nested grids, nested tablists and to other structural items that may appear inside a container or participate in an ownership hierarchy. The value for aria-level is an integer greater than or equal to 1. |
The description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-live |
Data Type | ARIALiveValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { off | polite | assertive } Default = "off". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates that an element will be updated, and describes the types of updates the user agents, assistive technologies, and user can expect from the live region. The values of this attribute are expressed in degrees of importance. When regions are specified as polite, assistive technologies will notify users of updates but generally do not interrupt the current task, and updates take low priority. When regions are specified as assertive, assistive technologies will immediately notify the user, and could potentially clear the speech queue of previous updates. |
The description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-orientation |
Data Type | ARIAOrientationValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { vertical | horizontal } Default = "horizontal". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates whether the element and orientation is horizontal or vertical. |
The description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-owns |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. See related aria-controls. The value of the aria-owns attribute is a space-separated list of IDREFS that reference one or more elements in the document by ID. |
The description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequence" class is given in Table 5.10.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dataExtension |
Data Type | DataHTML5Extension |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the HTML5 extension characteristic. A custom data characteristic is a characteristic in no namespace whose name starts with the string 'data-', has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. |
The data model for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is shown in Figure 5.11 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.11.
Figure 5.11 - BaseSequenceFull class definitions.
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The unique identifier assigned to the HTML tag. This must be unique otherwise features such as the APIP accessibilty text cannot be supplied as an alternative. |
The description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | class |
Data Type | StringList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Every HTML tag may have a class characteristic specified. If specified, it must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens representing the various classes to which the element belongs. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic specifies the primary language for the element's contents and for any of the element's characteristics that contain text. Its value must be a valid [RFC 3066] language tag, or the empty string. Setting the characteristic to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The label characteristic provides authoring systems with a mechanism for labelling elements of the content model with application specific data. If an item uses labels then values for the associated toolName and toolVersion characteristics must also be provided. |
The description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | responseIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The response variable associated with the interaction. |
The description of the "base" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | base |
Data Type | Base (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional URI used to change the base for resolving relative URI for the scope of this object. Particular care needs to be taken when resolving relative URI included as part of an Item Fragment. See Item and Test Fragments (Section 2) for more information. |
The description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dir |
Data Type | DIR |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { ltr | rtl | auto } Default = "auto". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Specifies the element's text directionality. |
The description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | role |
Data Type | ARIARoleValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { article | columnheader | definition | directory | document | group | heading | img | list | listitem | math | note | presentation | region | row | rowgroup | rowheader | separator | toolbar | button | checkbox | gridcell | link | log | option | radio | slider | spinbutton | status | tab | tabpanel | textbox | timer | listbox | radiogroup | tablist | complementary | contentinfo } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the ARIA role. Roles are defined and described by their characteristics. Characteristics define the structural function of a role, such as what a role is, concepts behind it, and what instances the role can or must contain. |
The description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-controls |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. This identifies the element (or elements) whose contents or presence are controlled by the current element. |
The description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-describedby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the element (or elements) that describes the object. |
The description of the "aria-flowto" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-flowto |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the next element (or elements) in an alternate reading order of content which, at the user's discretion, allows assistive technology to override the general default of reading in document source order. |
The description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines a string value that labels the current element. See related aria-labelledby. The purpose of aria-label is the same as that of aria-labelledby. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. |
The description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-labelledby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the tag (or tags) that labels the current element. See related aria-label and aria-describedby. The purpose of aria-labelledby is the same as that of aria-label. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. The most common accessibility API mapping for a label is the accessible name property. If the label text is visible on screen, authors SHOULD use aria-labelledby and SHOULD NOT use aria-label. Use aria-label only if the interface is such that it is not possible to have a visible label on the screen. As required by the text alternative computation, user agents give precedence to aria-labelledby over aria-label when computing the accessible name property. The aria-labelledby attribute is similar to aria-describedby in that both reference other elements to calculate a text alternative, but a label should be concise, where a description is intended to provide more verbose information. |
The description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-level |
Data Type | ARIALevelInteger |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines the hierarchical level of an element within a structure. This can be applied inside trees to tree items, to headings inside a document, to nested grids, nested tablists and to other structural items that may appear inside a container or participate in an ownership hierarchy. The value for aria-level is an integer greater than or equal to 1. |
The description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-live |
Data Type | ARIALiveValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { off | polite | assertive } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates that an element will be updated, and describes the types of updates the user agents, assistive technologies, and user can expect from the live region. The values of this attribute are expressed in degrees of importance. When regions are specified as polite, assistive technologies will notify users of updates but generally do not interrupt the current task, and updates take low priority. When regions are specified as assertive, assistive technologies will immediately notify the user, and could potentially clear the speech queue of previous updates. |
The description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-orientation |
Data Type | ARIAOrientationValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { vertical | horizontal } Default = "horizontal". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates whether the element and orientation is horizontal or vertical. |
The description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-owns |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. See related aria-controls. The value of the aria-owns attribute is a space-separated list of IDREFS that reference one or more elements in the document by ID. |
The description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceFull" class is given in Table 5.11.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dataExtension |
Data Type | DataHTML5Extension |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the HTML5 extension characteristic. A custom data characteristic is a characteristic in no namespace whose name starts with the string 'data-', has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. |
The data model for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is shown in Figure 5.12 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.12.
Figure 5.12 - BaseSequenceRIdent class definitions.
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The unique identifier assigned to the HTML tag. This must be unique otherwise features such as the APIP accessibilty text cannot be supplied as an alternative. |
The description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | class |
Data Type | StringList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Every HTML tag may have a class characteristic specified. If specified, it must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens representing the various classes to which the element belongs. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic specifies the primary language for the element's contents and for any of the element's characteristics that contain text. Its value must be a valid [RFC 3066] language tag, or the empty string. Setting the characteristic to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The label characteristic provides authoring systems with a mechanism for labelling elements of the content model with application specific data. If an item uses labels then values for the associated toolName and toolVersion characteristics must also be provided. |
The description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | responseIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The response variable associated with the interaction. |
The description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dir |
Data Type | DIR |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { ltr | rtl | auto } Default = "auto". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Specifies the element's text directionality. |
The description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | role |
Data Type | ARIARoleValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { article | columnheader | definition | directory | document | group | heading | img | list | listitem | math | note | presentation | region | row | rowgroup | rowheader | separator | toolbar | button | checkbox | gridcell | link | log | option | radio | slider | spinbutton | status | tab | tabpanel | textbox | timer | listbox | radiogroup | tablist | complementary | contentinfo } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the ARIA role. Roles are defined and described by their characteristics. Characteristics define the structural function of a role, such as what a role is, concepts behind it, and what instances the role can or must contain. |
The description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-controls |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. This identifies the element (or elements) whose contents or presence are controlled by the current element. |
The description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-describedby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the element (or elements) that describes the object. |
The description of the "aria-flowto" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-flowto |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the next element (or elements) in an alternate reading order of content which, at the user's discretion, allows assistive technology to override the general default of reading in document source order. |
The description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines a string value that labels the current element. See related aria-labelledby. The purpose of aria-label is the same as that of aria-labelledby. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. |
The description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-labelledby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the tag (or tags) that labels the current element. See related aria-label and aria-describedby. The purpose of aria-labelledby is the same as that of aria-label. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. The most common accessibility API mapping for a label is the accessible name property. If the label text is visible on screen, authors SHOULD use aria-labelledby and SHOULD NOT use aria-label. Use aria-label only if the interface is such that it is not possible to have a visible label on the screen. As required by the text alternative computation, user agents give precedence to aria-labelledby over aria-label when computing the accessible name property. The aria-labelledby attribute is similar to aria-describedby in that both reference other elements to calculate a text alternative, but a label should be concise, where a description is intended to provide more verbose information. |
The description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-level |
Data Type | ARIALevelInteger |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines the hierarchical level of an element within a structure. This can be applied inside trees to tree items, to headings inside a document, to nested grids, nested tablists and to other structural items that may appear inside a container or participate in an ownership hierarchy. The value for aria-level is an integer greater than or equal to 1. |
The description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-live |
Data Type | ARIALiveValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { off | polite | assertive } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates that an element will be updated, and describes the types of updates the user agents, assistive technologies, and user can expect from the live region. The values of this attribute are expressed in degrees of importance. When regions are specified as polite, assistive technologies will notify users of updates but generally do not interrupt the current task, and updates take low priority. When regions are specified as assertive, assistive technologies will immediately notify the user, and could potentially clear the speech queue of previous updates. |
The description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-orientation |
Data Type | ARIAOrientationValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { vertical | horizontal } Default = "horizontal". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates whether the element and orientation is horizontal or vertical. |
The description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-owns |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. See related aria-controls. The value of the aria-owns attribute is a space-separated list of IDREFS that reference one or more elements in the document by ID. |
The description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceRIdent" class is given in Table 5.12.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dataExtension |
Data Type | DataHTML5Extension |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the HTML5 extension characteristic. A custom data characteristic is a characteristic in no namespace whose name starts with the string 'data-', has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. |
The data model for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is shown in Figure 5.13 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.13.
Figure 5.13 - BaseSequenceXBase class definitions.
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The unique identifier assigned to the HTML tag. This must be unique otherwise features such as the APIP accessibilty text cannot be supplied as an alternative. |
The description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | class |
Data Type | StringList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Every HTML tag may have a class characteristic specified. If specified, it must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens representing the various classes to which the element belongs. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic specifies the primary language for the element's contents and for any of the element's characteristics that contain text. Its value must be a valid [RFC 3066] language tag, or the empty string. Setting the characteristic to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The label characteristic provides authoring systems with a mechanism for labelling elements of the content model with application specific data. If an item uses labels then values for the associated toolName and toolVersion characteristics must also be provided. |
The description of the "base" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | base |
Data Type | Base (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional URI used to change the base for resolving relative URI for the scope of this object. Particular care needs to be taken when resolving relative URI included as part of an Item Fragment. See Item and Test Fragments (Section 2) for more information. |
The description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dir |
Data Type | DIR |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { ltr | rtl | auto } Default = "auto". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Specifies the element's text directionality. |
The description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | role |
Data Type | ARIARoleValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { article | columnheader | definition | directory | document | group | heading | img | list | listitem | math | note | presentation | region | row | rowgroup | rowheader | separator | toolbar | button | checkbox | gridcell | link | log | option | radio | slider | spinbutton | status | tab | tabpanel | textbox | timer | listbox | radiogroup | tablist | complementary | contentinfo } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the ARIA role. Roles are defined and described by their characteristics. Characteristics define the structural function of a role, such as what a role is, concepts behind it, and what instances the role can or must contain. |
The description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-controls |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. This identifies the element (or elements) whose contents or presence are controlled by the current element. |
The description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-describedby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the element (or elements) that describes the object. |
The description of the "aria-flowto" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-flowto |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the next element (or elements) in an alternate reading order of content which, at the user's discretion, allows assistive technology to override the general default of reading in document source order. |
The description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines a string value that labels the current element. See related aria-labelledby. The purpose of aria-label is the same as that of aria-labelledby. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. |
The description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-labelledby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the tag (or tags) that labels the current element. See related aria-label and aria-describedby. The purpose of aria-labelledby is the same as that of aria-label. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. The most common accessibility API mapping for a label is the accessible name property. If the label text is visible on screen, authors SHOULD use aria-labelledby and SHOULD NOT use aria-label. Use aria-label only if the interface is such that it is not possible to have a visible label on the screen. As required by the text alternative computation, user agents give precedence to aria-labelledby over aria-label when computing the accessible name property. The aria-labelledby attribute is similar to aria-describedby in that both reference other elements to calculate a text alternative, but a label should be concise, where a description is intended to provide more verbose information. |
The description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-level |
Data Type | ARIALevelInteger |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines the hierarchical level of an element within a structure. This can be applied inside trees to tree items, to headings inside a document, to nested grids, nested tablists and to other structural items that may appear inside a container or participate in an ownership hierarchy. The value for aria-level is an integer greater than or equal to 1. |
The description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-live |
Data Type | ARIALiveValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { off | polite | assertive } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates that an element will be updated, and describes the types of updates the user agents, assistive technologies, and user can expect from the live region. The values of this attribute are expressed in degrees of importance. When regions are specified as polite, assistive technologies will notify users of updates but generally do not interrupt the current task, and updates take low priority. When regions are specified as assertive, assistive technologies will immediately notify the user, and could potentially clear the speech queue of previous updates. |
The description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-orientation |
Data Type | ARIAOrientationValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { vertical | horizontal } Default = "horizontal". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates whether the element and orientation is horizontal or vertical. |
The description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-owns |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. See related aria-controls. The value of the aria-owns attribute is a space-separated list of IDREFS that reference one or more elements in the document by ID. |
The description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBase" class is given in Table 5.13.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dataExtension |
Data Type | DataHTML5Extension |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the HTML5 extension characteristic. A custom data characteristic is a characteristic in no namespace whose name starts with the string 'data-', has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. |
The data model for the "BlockQuote" class is shown in Figure 5.14 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.14.
Figure 5.14 - BlockQuote class definitions.
The description of the "cite" characteristic for the "BlockQuote" class is given in Table 5.14.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | cite |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the 'cite' characteristic is present, it must be a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces. To obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute must be resolved relative to the element. User agents may allow users to follow such citation links, but they are primarily intended for private use (e.g. by server-side scripts collecting statistics about a site's use of quotations), not for readers. |
The description of the "blockGroup" attribute for the "BlockQuote" class is given in Table 5.14.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockGroup |
Data Type | BlockGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of HTML block content. |
The data model for the "BranchRule" class is shown in Figure 5.15 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.15.
Figure 5.15 - BranchRule class definitions.
The description of the "target" characteristic for the "BranchRule" class is given in Table 5.15.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | target |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The following values are reserved and have special meaning when used as a target identifier: EXIT_SECTION jumps over all the remaining children of the current section to the item (or section) immediately following it; EXIT_TESTPART finishes the current testPart immediately and EXIT_TEST finishes the entire assessmentTest immediately. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "BranchRule" class is given in Table 5.15.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of a single QTI expression function. |
The data model for the "Caption" class is shown in Figure 5.16 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.16.
Figure 5.16 - Caption class definitions.
The description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "Caption" class is given in Table 5.16.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineGroup |
Data Type | InlineGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the inline content (as defined in HTML) to be included. |
The data model for the "ChoiceInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.17 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.17.
Figure 5.17 - ChoiceInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "ChoiceInteraction" class is given in Table 5.17.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shuffle |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the shuffle characteristic is 'true' then the delivery engine must randomize the order in which the choices are initially presented, subject to the value of the fixed attribute of each choice. |
The description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "ChoiceInteraction" class is given in Table 5.17.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of choices that the candidate is allowed to select. If maxChoices is 0 then there is no restriction. If maxChoices is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "ChoiceInteraction" class is given in Table 5.17.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of choices that the candidate is required to select to form a valid response. If minChoices is 0 then the candidate is not required to select any choices. minChoices must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxChoices. |
The description of the "orientation" characteristic for the "ChoiceInteraction" class is given in Table 5.17.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | orientation |
Data Type | Orientation |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { horizontal | vertical } Default = "vertical". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The orientation characteristic provides a hint to rendering systems that the choices have an inherent vertical or horizontal interpretation. |
The description of the "simpleChoice" attribute for the "ChoiceInteraction" class is given in Table 5.17.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | simpleChoice |
Data Type | SimpleChoice |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an ordered list of the choices that are displayed to the user. The order is the order of the choices presented to the user unless shuffle is true. |
The data model for the "Col" class is shown in Figure 5.18 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.18.
Figure 5.18 - Col class definitions.
The description of the "span" characteristic for the "Col" class is given in Table 5.18.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | span |
Data Type | Int (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Defines the number of columns spanned by the 'col' tag. |
The data model for the "ColGroup" class is shown in Figure 5.19 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.19.
Figure 5.19 - ColGroup class definitions.
The description of the "span" characteristic for the "ColGroup" class is given in Table 5.19.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | span |
Data Type | Int (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Defnes the number of columns spanned by the colgroup. |
The description of the "col" attribute for the "ColGroup" class is given in Table 5.19.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | col |
Data Type | Col |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This enables the set of 'col' tag children to be entered. |
The data model for the "CorrectResponse" class is shown in Figure 5.20 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.20.
Figure 5.20 - CorrectResponse class definitions.
The description of the "interpretation" characteristic for the "CorrectResponse" class is given in Table 5.20.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | interpretation |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | A human readable interpretation of the correct value. |
The description of the "value" attribute for the "CorrectResponse" class is given in Table 5.20.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | value |
Data Type | Value |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The order of the values is signficant only when the response is of ordered cardinality. |
The data model for the "CustomInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.21 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.21.
Figure 5.21 - CustomInteraction class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | CustomInteraction |
Class Type | Container [ Sequence ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | The set of classes from which this class is derived: |
Characteristics | The set of characteristics are: The set of inherited characteristics are: |
Children | The set of children attributes are: |
Description | The custom interaction provides an opportunity for extensibility of this specification to include support for interactions not currently documented. The Portable Custom Interaction specification should be used in conjunction with this class [PCI, 14]. |
The description of the "extension" characteristic for the "CustomInteraction" class is given in Table 5.21.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | extension |
Data Type | NamespaceLax (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an extension point to enable any set of characteristics to be entered to support the definition of the custom interaction(s). |
The description of the "extension" attribute for the "CustomInteraction" class is given in Table 5.21.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | extension |
Data Type | AnyTypeLax (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an extension point to enable any set of child tags to be entered. The child tags must be new tags and not the reuse of other tags available in QTI ASI. Note that this class is used to support the definition of all of the types of custom interactions used in the content. |
The data model for the "CustomOperator" class is shown in Figure 5.22 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.22.
Figure 5.22 - CustomOperator class definitions.
The description of the "class" characteristic for the "CustomOperator" class is given in Table 5.22.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | class |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The class characteristic allows simple sub-classes to be named. The definition of a sub-class is tool specific and may be inferred from toolName and toolVersion. |
The description of the "definition" characteristic for the "CustomOperator" class is given in Table 5.22.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | definition |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | A URI that identifies the definition of the custom operator in the global namespace. |
The description of the "extension" characteristic for the "CustomOperator" class is given in Table 5.22.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | extension |
Data Type | NamespaceLax (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | In addition to the class and definition characteristic, sub-classes may add any number of characteristics of their own. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "CustomOperator" class is given in Table 5.22.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class that enables the entry of any number of QTI expressions to form the basis of the functional capability of the custom operator. |
The description of the "extension" attribute for the "CustomOperator" class is given in Table 5.22.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | extension |
Data Type | NamespaceLax (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an extension point to enable any set of child tags to be entered. The child tags must be new tags and not reused tags available in QTI ASI. Note that this class is used to support the definition of all of the types of custom interactions used in the content. |
The data model for the "DD" class is shown in Figure 5.23 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.23.
Figure 5.23 - DD class definitions.
The description of the "flowGroup" attribute for the "DD" class is given in Table 5.23.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowGroup |
Data Type | FlowGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the HTML-defined flow content to be added as children of the 'dd' tag. |
The data model for the "DL" class is shown in Figure 5.24 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.24.
Figure 5.24 - DL class definitions.
The description of the "dlSelection" attribute for the "DL" class is given in Table 5.24.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | dlSelection |
Data Type | DLSelection |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the HTML-defined flow content and block content to be added as children of the 'dl' tag. |
The data model for the "DT" class is shown in Figure 5.25 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.25.
Figure 5.25 - DT class definitions.
The description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "DT" class is given in Table 5.25.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineGroup |
Data Type | InlineGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that is used to enable the insertion of any combination of the tags defined as HTML inline content. |
The data model for the "DefaultValue" class is shown in Figure 5.26 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.26.
Figure 5.26 - DefaultValue class definitions.
The description of the "interpretation" characteristic for the "DefaultValue" class is given in Table 5.26.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | interpretation |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | A human readable interpretation of the default value. |
The description of the "value" attribute for the "DefaultValue" class is given in Table 5.26.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | value |
Data Type | Value |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The default value(s). The order of the values is significant only if the variable being set has ordered cardinality. |
The data model for the "Div" class is shown in Figure 5.27 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.27.
Figure 5.27 - Div class definitions.
The description of the "divSelection" attribute for the "Div" class is given in Table 5.27.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | divSelection |
Data Type | DivSelection |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the selection of an arbitrary number and ordering of the permitted children for a 'div tag' (see the associated abstract data-type definition). |
The data model for the "DrawingInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.28 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.28.
Figure 5.28 - DrawingInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "object" attribute for the "DrawingInteraction" class is given in Table 5.28.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The image that acts as the canvas on which the drawing takes place is given as an object which must be of an image type, as specified by the type attribute. |
The data model for the "EndAttemptInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.29 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.29.
Figure 5.29 - EndAttemptInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "EndAttemptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.29.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | responseIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The response variable associated with the interaction. |
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "EndAttemptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.29.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The string that should be displayed to the candidate as a prompt for ending the attempt using this interaction. This should be short, preferably one word. A typical value would be "Hint". For example, in a graphical environment it would be presented as the label on a button that, when pressed, ends the attempt. |
The description of the "countAttempt" characteristic for the "EndAttemptInteraction" class is given in Table 5.29.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | countAttempt |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Defines the number of attempts that a user can make using the 'endAttemptInteraction' mechanism (this can be used to limit the number of hints, etc.). |
The data model for the "Equal" class is shown in Figure 5.30 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.30.
Figure 5.30 - Equal class definitions.
The description of the "toleranceMode" characteristic for the "Equal" class is given in Table 5.30.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | toleranceMode |
Data Type | ToleranceMode |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { absolute | exact | relative } Default = "exact". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | When comparing two floating point numbers for equality it is often desirable to have a tolerance to ensure that spurious errors in scoring are not introduced by rounding errors. The tolerance mode determines whether the comparison is done exactly, using an absolute range or a relative range. |
The description of the "tolerance" characteristic for the "Equal" class is given in Table 5.30.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | tolerance |
Data Type | ToleranceList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type), Double (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the tolerance mode is absolute or relative then the tolerance must be specified. The tolerance consists of two positive numbers, t0 and t1, that define the lower and upper bounds. If only one value is given it is used for both. In absolute mode the result of the comparison is true if the value of the second expression, y is within the following range defined by the first value, x: x-t0,x+t1. In relative mode, t0 and t1 are treated as percentages and the following range is used instead: x*(1-t0/100),x*(1+t1/100) |
The description of the "includeLowerBound" characteristic for the "Equal" class is given in Table 5.30.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | includeLowerBound |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "true". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Controls whether or not the lower bound is included in the comparison. |
The description of the "includeUpperBound" characteristic for the "Equal" class is given in Table 5.30.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | includeUpperBound |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "true". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Controls whether or not the upper bound is included in the comparison. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "Equal" class is given in Table 5.30.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [2] |
Description | This is an abstract class that enables the two required QTI expressions to be identifed. |
The data model for the "EqualRounded" class is shown in Figure 5.31 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.31.
Figure 5.31 - EqualRounded class definitions.
The description of the "roundingMode" characteristic for the "EqualRounded" class is given in Table 5.31.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | roundingMode |
Data Type | RoundingMode |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { decimalPlaces | significantFigures } Default = "significantFigures". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Numbers are rounded to a given number of significantFigures or decimalPlaces. |
The description of the "figures" characteristic for the "EqualRounded" class is given in Table 5.31.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | figures |
Data Type | IntegerOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Integer (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The number of figures to round to. If roundingMode= 'significantFigures', the value of figures must be a non-zero positive integer. If roundingMode='decimalPlaces', the value of figures must be an integer greater than or equal to zero. For example, if significantFigures mode is used with figures=3, and the values are 3.175 and 3.183, the result is 'true', but for 3.175 and 3.1749, the result is 'false'; if decimalPlaces mode is used with figures=2, 1.68572 and 1.69 the result is 'true', but for 1.68572 and 1.68432, the result is 'false'. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "EqualRounded" class is given in Table 5.31.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [2] |
Description | This is an abstract class that enables the two required QTI expressions to be identifed. |
The data model for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.32 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.32.
Figure 5.32 - ExtendedTextInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "base" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.32.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | base |
Data Type | Int (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "10". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the string interaction is bound to a numeric response variable then the base attribute must be used to set the number base in which to interpret the value entered by the candidate. |
The description of the "stringIdentifier" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.32.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | stringIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the string interaction is bound to a numeric response variable then the actual string entered by the candidate can also be captured by binding the interaction to a second response variable (of base-type string). |
The description of the "expectedLength" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.32.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | expectedLength |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The expectedLength characteristic provides a hint to the candidate as to the expected overall length of the desired response measured in number of characters. A Delivery Engine should use the value of this characteristic to set the size of the response box, where applicable. This is not a validity constraint. |
The description of the "patternMask" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.32.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | patternMask |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If given, the pattern mask specifies a regular expression that the candidate's response must match in order to be considered valid. The regular expression language used is defined in Appendix F of [XSCHEMA2, 01]. Care is needed to ensure that the format of the required input is clear to the candidate, especially when validity checking of responses is required for progression through a test. This could be done by providing an illustrative sample response in the prompt, for example. |
The description of the "placeholderText" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.32.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | placeholderText |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | In visual environments, string interactions are typically represented by empty boxes into which the candidate writes or types. However, in speech based environments it is helpful to have some placeholder text that can be used to vocalize the interaction. Delivery engines should use the value of this attribute (if provided) instead of their default placeholder text when this is required. Implementors should be aware of the issues concerning the use of default values described in the section on Response Variables. |
The description of the "maxStrings" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.32.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxStrings |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maxStrings characteristic is required when the interaction is bound to a response variable that is a container. A Delivery Engine must use the value of this attribute to control the maximum number of separate strings accepted from the candidate. When multiple strings are accepted, expectedLength applies to each string. |
The description of the "minStrings" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.32.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minStrings |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minStrings attribute specifies the minimum number separate (non-empty) strings required from the candidate to form a valid response. If minStrings is 0 then the candidate is not required to enter any strings at all. minStrings must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxStrings. If the interaction is not bound to a container then there is a special case in which minStrings may be 1. In this case the candidate must enter a non-empty string to form a valid response. More complex constraints on the form of the string can be controlled with the patternMask attribute. |
The description of the "expectedLines" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.32.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | expectedLines |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The expectedLines characteristic provides a hint to the candidate as to the expected number of lines of input required. A line is expected to have about 72 characters. A Delivery Engine should use the value of this attribute to set the size of the response box, where applicable. This is not a validity constraint. |
The description of the "format" characteristic for the "ExtendedTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.32.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | format |
Data Type | TextFormat |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { plain | preformatted | xhtml } Default = "plain". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Used to control the format of the text entered by the candidate. This characteristic affects the way the value of the associated response variable should be interpreted by response processing engines and also controls the way it should be captured in the delivery engine. |
The data model for the "FeedbackBlock" class is shown in Figure 5.33 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.33.
Figure 5.33 - FeedbackBlock class definitions.
The description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "FeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.33.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | outcomeIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of an outcome variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the feedback is controlled by assigning a value (or values) to this outcome variable during responseProcessing. |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "FeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.33.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier that determines the visibility of the feedback in conjunction with the showHide attribute. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "FeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.33.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the feedbackElement is controlled. If set to show then the feedback is hidden by default and shown only if the associated outcome variable matches, or contains, the value of the identifier characteristic. If set to hide then the feedback is shown by default and hidden if the associated outcome variable matches, or contains, the value of the identifier characteristic. |
The description of the "feedbackBlockStatic" attribute for the "FeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.33.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackBlockStatic |
Data Type | FeedbackBlockStatic |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | Defines the actual content that can be presented as the feedback. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "FeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.33.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This allows the identification of the set of CSS stylesheets that are to be used to define the presentation styling of the feedback. |
The description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "FeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.33.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | apipAccessibility |
Data Type | APIPAccessibility |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This allows the APIP-based alternative accessibility content to be assigned to this feedback [APIP, 14]. |
The data model for the "FeedbackInline" class is shown in Figure 5.34 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.34.
Figure 5.34 - FeedbackInline class definitions.
The description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "FeedbackInline" class is given in Table 5.34.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | outcomeIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of an outcome variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the feedbackElement is controlled by assigning a value (or values) to this outcome variable during responseProcessing. |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "FeedbackInline" class is given in Table 5.34.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier that determines the visibility of the feedback in conjunction with the showHide characteristic. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "FeedbackInline" class is given in Table 5.34.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the feedbackElement is controlled. If set to show then the feedback is hidden by default and shown only if the associated outcome variable matches, or contains, the value of the identifier characteristic. If set to hide then the feedback is shown by default and hidden if the associated outcome variable matches, or contains, the value of the identifier characteristic. |
The description of the "feedbackInlineGroup" attribute for the "FeedbackInline" class is given in Table 5.34.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackInlineGroup |
Data Type | FeedbackInlineGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the actual inline content to be placed. |
The data model for the "FieldValue" class is shown in Figure 5.35 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.35.
Figure 5.35 - FieldValue class definitions.
The description of the "fieldIdentifier" characteristic for the "FieldValue" class is given in Table 5.35.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | fieldIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the field to be selected. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "FieldValue" class is given in Table 5.35.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute to enable the insertion of the required child expression. |
The data model for the "Gap" class is shown in Figure 5.36 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.36.
Figure 5.36 - Gap class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Gap" class is given in Table 5.36.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the gap. This identifier must not be used by any other gap or item variable. |
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "Gap" class is given in Table 5.36.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be either single of multiple cardinality. When the associated interaction is part of an Item Template the value of the identified template variable is used to control the visibility of the mgap. When a gap is hidden it is not selectable and its content is not visible to the candidate unless otherwise stated. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "Gap" class is given in Table 5.36.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the gap is controlled. If set to show then the gap is hidden by default and shown only if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the identifier of the gap. If set to hide then the gap is shown by default and hidden if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the gap's identifier. |
The description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "Gap" class is given in Table 5.36.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchGroup |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is used to identify the set of entities that can be matched with this gap. This is used to enable the author to constrain the set of objects (images and text) that can be matched with the target gap. This is a list of the identifiers for the objects that can be matched with this gap. |
The description of the "required" characteristic for the "Gap" class is given in Table 5.36.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | required |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If true then this gap must be filled by the candidate inorder to form a valid response to the interaction. |
The data model for the "GapImg" class is shown in Figure 5.37 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.37.
Figure 5.37 - GapImg class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the gap image. This identifier must not be used by any other image or item variable. |
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be either single of multiple cardinality. When the associated interaction is part of an Item Template the value of the identified template variable is used to control the visibility of the image. When the image is hidden it is not selectable and its content is not visible to the candidate unless otherwise stated. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the image is controlled. If set to 'show' then the text is hidden by default and shown only if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the identifier of the choice. If set to 'hide' then the image is shown by default and hidden if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the image's identifier. |
The description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchGroup |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is used to identify the set of entities that can be matched with this gapImage. This is used to enable the author to constrain the set of objects (image) that can be matched with the target gapImage. This is a list of the identifiers for the objects that can be matched with this gapImage. |
The description of the "matchMax" characteristic for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchMax |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The maximum number of choices this choice may be associated with. If matchMax is 0 there is no restriction. |
The description of the "matchMin" characteristic for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchMin |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of gaps this choice must be associated with to form a valid response. If matchMin is 0 then the candidate is not required to associate this choice with any gaps at all. matchMin must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by matchMax. |
The description of the "objectLabel" characteristic for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | objectLabel |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional label for the image object to be inserted. |
The description of the "top" characteristic for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | top |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the 'Y' co-ordinate of the top left corner of the image i.e. the value for the top. |
The description of the "left" characteristic for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | left |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the 'X' co-ordinate of the top left corner of the image i.e. the value for the left. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "GapImg" class is given in Table 5.37.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the required image to be used. The 'object' tag must be used for this description. |
The data model for the "GapMatchInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.38 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.38.
Figure 5.38 - GapMatchInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "GapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.38.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shuffle |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the shuffle characteristic is 'true' then the delivery engine must randomize the order in which the choices (not the gaps) are initially presented, subject to the value of the fixed attribute of each choice. |
The description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "GapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.38.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of associations that the candidate is required to make to form a valid response. If minAssociations is 0 then the candidate is not required to make any associations. minAssociations must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxAssociations. |
The description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "GapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.38.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of associations that the candidate is allowed to make. If maxAssociations is 0 then there is no restriction. If maxAssociations is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "gapChoice" attribute for the "GapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.38.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gapChoice |
Data Type | GapChoice |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute to allow the definition of an ordered list of choices for filling the gaps. There may be fewer choices than gaps if required. |
The description of the "blockStaticGroup" attribute for the "GapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.38.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockStaticGroup |
Data Type | BlockStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute to enable the entry of the content of the interaction is simply a piece of content that contains the gaps. If the block contains more than one gap then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The data model for the "GapText" class is shown in Figure 5.39 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.39.
Figure 5.39 - GapText class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "GapText" class is given in Table 5.39.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the gap text. This identifier must not be used by any other text or item variable. |
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "GapText" class is given in Table 5.39.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be either single of multiple cardinality. When the associated interaction is part of an Item Template the value of the identified template variable is used to control the visibility of the text. When the text is hidden it is not selectable and its content is not visible to the candidate unless otherwise stated. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "GapText" class is given in Table 5.39.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the text is controlled. If set to 'show' then the text is hidden by default and shown only if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the identifier of the choice. If set to 'hide' then the text is shown by default and hidden if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the text's identifier. |
The description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "GapText" class is given in Table 5.39.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchGroup |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is used to identify the set of entities that can be matched with this gapText. This is used to enable the author to constrain the set of objects (text) that can be matched with the target gapText. This is a list of the identifiers for the objects that can be matched with this gapText. |
The description of the "matchMax" characteristic for the "GapText" class is given in Table 5.39.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchMax |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The maximum number of choices this choice may be associated with. If matchMax is 0 there is no restriction. |
The description of the "matchMin" characteristic for the "GapText" class is given in Table 5.39.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchMin |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of gaps this choice must be associated with to form a valid response. If matchMin is 0 then the candidate is not required to associate this choice with any gaps at all. matchMin must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by matchMax. |
The description of the "inlineChoiceGroup" attribute for the "GapText" class is given in Table 5.39.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineChoiceGroup |
Data Type | InlineChoiceGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the inline content to be added including the HTML inline content. |
The data model for the "GraphicAssociateInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.40 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.40.
Figure 5.40 - GraphicAssociateInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "GraphicAssociateInteraction" class is given in Table 5.40.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of associations that the candidate is required to make to form a valid response. If minAssociations is 0 then the candidate is not required to make any associations. minAssociations must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxAssociations. |
The description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "GraphicAssociateInteraction" class is given in Table 5.40.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of associations that the candidate is allowed to make. If maxAssociations is 0 there is no restriction. If maxAssociations is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "GraphicAssociateInteraction" class is given in Table 5.40.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the required base graphical object to be positioned. |
The description of the "associableHotspot" attribute for the "GraphicAssociateInteraction" class is given in Table 5.40.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | associableHotspot |
Data Type | AssociableHotspot |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The hotspots that define the choices that are to be associated by the candidate. If the delivery system does not support pointer-based selection then the order in which the choices are given must be the order in which they are offered to the candidate for selection. For example, the 'tab order' in simple keyboard navigation. |
The data model for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.41 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.41.
Figure 5.41 - GraphicGapMatchInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.41.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of associations that the candidate is required to make to form a valid response. If minAssociations is 0 then the candidate is not required to make any associations. minAssociations must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxAssociations. |
The description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.41.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of associations that the candidate is allowed to make. If maxAssociations is 0 then there is no restriction. If maxAssociations is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "prompt" attribute for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.41.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | prompt |
Data Type | Prompt |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional prompt for the interaction. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.41.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The associated image which is given as an object that must be of an image type, as specified by the type attribute. |
The description of the "gapChoice" attribute for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.41.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gapChoice |
Data Type | GapChoice |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract child that allows the insertion of the choices that are used to fill the gaps in a gapMatchInteraction are either simple runs of text or single image objects, both derived from gapChoice. |
The description of the "associableHotspot" attribute for the "GraphicGapMatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.41.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | associableHotspot |
Data Type | AssociableHotspot |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The hotspots that define the gaps that are to be filled by the candidate. If the delivery system does not support pointer-based selection then the order in which the gaps is given must be the order in which they are offered to the candidate for selection. For example, the 'tab order' in simple keyboard navigation. The default hotspot must not be defined. |
The data model for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.42 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.42.
Figure 5.42 - GraphicOrderInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.42.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of choices that the candidate must select and order to form a valid response to the interaction. If specified, minChoices must be 1 or greater but must not exceed the number of choices available. If unspecified, all of the choices must be ordered and maxChoices is ignored. |
The description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.42.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of choices that the candidate may select and order when responding to the interaction. Used in conjunction with minChoices, if specified, maxChoices must be greater than or equal to minChoices and must not exceed the number of choices available. If unspecified, all of the choices may be ordered. |
The description of the "prompt" attribute for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.42.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | prompt |
Data Type | Prompt |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional prompt for the interaction. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.42.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the required base graphical object. |
The description of the "hotspotChoice" attribute for the "GraphicOrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.42.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hotspotChoice |
Data Type | HotspotChoice |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The hotspots that define the choices that are to be ordered by the candidate. If the delivery system does not support pointer-based selection then the order in which the choices are given must be the order in which they are offered to the candidate for selection. For example, the 'tab order' in simple keyboard navigation. |
The data model for the "HR" class is shown in Figure 5.43 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.43.
Figure 5.43 - HR class definitions.
The data model for the "HTMLText" class is shown in Figure 5.44 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.44.
Figure 5.44 - HTMLText class definitions.
The description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "HTMLText" class is given in Table 5.44.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineGroup |
Data Type | InlineGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of HTML inline content. |
The data model for the "HotText" class is shown in Figure 5.45 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.45.
Figure 5.45 - HotText class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "HotText" class is given in Table 5.45.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the hottext choice. This identifier must not be used by any other hottext choice or item variable. |
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "HotText" class is given in Table 5.45.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be either single of multiple cardinality. When the associated interaction is part of an Item Template the value of the identified template variable is used to control the visibility of the choice. When a choice is hidden it is not selectable and its content is not visible to the candidate unless otherwise stated. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "HotText" class is given in Table 5.45.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the hottext choice is controlled. If set to 'show' then the choice is hidden by default and shown only if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the identifier of the choice. If set to 'hide' then the choice is shown by default and hidden if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the choice's identifier. |
The description of the "inlineChoiceGroup" attribute for the "HotText" class is given in Table 5.45.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineChoiceGroup |
Data Type | InlineChoiceGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class that enables the insertion of of the permitted inline content (includng the HTML tags). |
The data model for the "HotTextInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.46 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.46.
Figure 5.46 - HotTextInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "HotTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.46.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of choices that can be selected by the candidate. If matchChoices is 0 there is no restriction. If maxChoices is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "HotTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.46.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of choices that the candidate is required to select to form a valid response. If minChoices is 0 then the candidate is not required to select any choices. minChoices must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxChoices. |
The description of the "blockStaticGroup" attribute for the "HotTextInteraction" class is given in Table 5.46.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockStaticGroup |
Data Type | BlockStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class that enables the definition of the content of the interaction that is simply a piece of content, such as a simple passage of text, that contains the hottext areas. |
The data model for the "HotspotChoice" class is shown in Figure 5.47 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.47.
Figure 5.47 - HotspotChoice class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class is given in Table 5.47.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the choice. This identifier must not be used by any other choice or item variable. |
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class is given in Table 5.47.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the template feature is controlled by the value of the variable. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class is given in Table 5.47.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide attribute determins how the visbility of the choice is controlled. If set to show then the choice is hidden by default and shown only if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the identifier of the choice. If set to hide then the choice is shown by default and hidden if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the choice's identifier. |
The description of the "shape" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class is given in Table 5.47.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shape |
Data Type | Shape |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { circle | default | ellipse | poly | rect } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The shape of the hotspot. |
The description of the "coords" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class is given in Table 5.47.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | coords |
Data Type | Coords |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The size and position of the hotspot, interpreted in conjunction with the shape. |
The description of the "hotspotLabel" characteristic for the "HotspotChoice" class is given in Table 5.47.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | hotspotLabel |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The alternative text for this (hot) area of the image, if specified it must be treated in the same way as alternative text for 'img'. For hidden hotspots this label is ignored. |
The data model for the "HotspotInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.48 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.48.
Figure 5.48 - HotspotInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "HotspotInteraction" class is given in Table 5.48.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of choices that the candidate is required to select to form a valid response. If minChoices is 0 then the candidate is not required to select any choices. minChoices must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxChoices. |
The description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "HotspotInteraction" class is given in Table 5.48.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of choices that the candidate is allowed to select. If maxChoices is 0 there is no restriction. If maxChoices is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "HotspotInteraction" class is given in Table 5.48.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the required base image (object) upon which the hotspots are superposed. |
The description of the "hotspotChoice" attribute for the "HotspotInteraction" class is given in Table 5.48.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hotspotChoice |
Data Type | HotspotChoice |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The hotspots that define the choices that can be selected by the candidate. If the delivery system does not support pointer-based selection then the order in which the choices are given must be the order in which they are offered to the candidate for selection. For example, the 'tab order' in simple keyboard navigation. If hotspots overlap then those listed first hide overlapping hotspots that appear later. The default hotspot, if defined, must appear last. |
The data model for the "Img" class is shown in Figure 5.49 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.49.
Figure 5.49 - Img class definitions.
The description of the "src" characteristic for the "Img" class is given in Table 5.49.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | src |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The address (URI) for the image. |
The description of the "alt" characteristic for the "Img" class is given in Table 5.49.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | alt |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The replacement text for use when images are not available |
The description of the "longdesc" characteristic for the "Img" class is given in Table 5.49.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | longdesc |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The address for a resource that contains the long description of the image. |
The description of the "height" characteristic for the "Img" class is given in Table 5.49.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | height |
Data Type | Length |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The vertical dimension for the image. |
The description of the "width" characteristic for the "Img" class is given in Table 5.49.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | width |
Data Type | Length |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The horizontal dimension for the image. |
The data model for the "Index" class is shown in Figure 5.50 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.50.
Figure 5.50 - Index class definitions.
The description of the "n" characteristic for the "Index" class is given in Table 5.50.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | n |
Data Type | IntOrIdentifier |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type), Int (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Identification of the index ordinal value required. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "Index" class is given in Table 5.50.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of the QTI expression. |
The data model for the "InfoControl" class is shown in Figure 5.51 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.51.
Figure 5.51 - InfoControl class definitions.
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "InfoControl" class is given in Table 5.51.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the title that may be presented to the learner to indicate the action being supported e.g. the title for the hint. |
The description of the "flowStaticGroup" attribute for the "InfoControl" class is given in Table 5.51.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowStaticGroup |
Data Type | FlowStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class that enables the arbitrary flow content, as defined for HTML, to be inserted. |
The data model for the "InlineChoice" class is shown in Figure 5.52 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.52.
Figure 5.52 - InlineChoice class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "InlineChoice" class is given in Table 5.52.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the choice. This identifier must not be used by any other choice or item variable. |
The description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "InlineChoice" class is given in Table 5.52.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | fixed |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If fixed is true for a choice then the position of this choice within the interaction must not be changed by the delivery engine even if the immediately enclosing interaction supports the shuffling of choices. If no value is specified then the choice is free to be shuffled. In Item Templates, the visibility of choices can be controlled by setting the value(s) of an associated template variable during template processing. For information about item templates see Item Templates. |
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "InlineChoice" class is given in Table 5.52.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be either single of multiple cardinality. When the associated interaction is part of an Item Template the value of the identified template variable is used to control the visibility of the choice. When a choice is hidden it is not selectable and its content is not visible to the candidate unless otherwise stated. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "InlineChoice" class is given in Table 5.52.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the choice is controlled. If set to 'show' then the choice is hidden by default and shown only if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the identifier of the choice. If set to 'hide' then the choice is shown by default and hidden if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the choice's identifier. |
The description of the "inlineChoiceGroup" attribute for the "InlineChoice" class is given in Table 5.52.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineChoiceGroup |
Data Type | InlineChoiceGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class to enable the insertion of the line content i.e. inline HTML content and other QTI-specific features. |
The data model for the "InlineChoiceInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.53 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.53.
Figure 5.53 - InlineChoiceInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "InlineChoiceInteraction" class is given in Table 5.53.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shuffle |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the shuffle characteristic is true then the delivery engine must randomize the order in which the choices are initially presented, subject to the value of the fixed attribute of each choice. |
The description of the "required" characteristic for the "InlineChoiceInteraction" class is given in Table 5.53.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | required |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If 'true' then a choice must be selected by the candidate in order to form a valid response to the interaction. |
The description of the "label" attribute for the "InlineChoiceInteraction" class is given in Table 5.53.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | label |
Data Type | Label |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This enables an annotation label to be defined. This is use to provide a visible label of the choice. |
The description of the "inlineChoice" attribute for the "InlineChoiceInteraction" class is given in Table 5.53.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineChoice |
Data Type | InlineChoice |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the creation of complex content. This is the ordered list of the choices that are displayed to the user. The order is the order of the choices presented to the user unless shuffle is true. |
The data model for the "Inside" class is shown in Figure 5.54 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.54.
Figure 5.54 - Inside class definitions.
The description of the "shape" characteristic for the "Inside" class is given in Table 5.54.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shape |
Data Type | Shape |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { circle | default | ellipse | poly | rect } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The shape of the area. |
The description of the "coords" characteristic for the "Inside" class is given in Table 5.54.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | coords |
Data Type | Coords |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The size and position of the area, interpreted in conjunction with the shape. The coords type provides the coordinates that determine the size and location of an area defined by a corresponding shape. The coordinates themselves are an ordered list of lengths (as defined in [XHTML, 10]). The interpretation of each length value is dependent on the value of the associated shape as follows. (a) rect: left-x, top-y, right-x, bottom-y; (b) circle: center-x, center-y, radius. Note. When the radius value is a percentage value, user agents should calculate the final radius value based on the associated object's width and height. The radius should be the smaller value of the two; (c) poly: x1, y1, x2, y2, ..., xN, yN. The first x and y coordinate pair and the last should be the same to close the polygon. When these coordinate values are not the same, user agents should infer an additional coordinate pair to close the polygon; (d) ellipse: center-x, center-y, h-radius, v-radius. Note that the ellipse shape is deprecated as it is not defined by XHTML; (e) default: no coordinates should be given. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "Inside" class is given in Table 5.54.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the required QTI expression to be identified. |
The data model for the "InterpolationTable" class is shown in Figure 5.55 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.55.
Figure 5.55 - InterpolationTable class definitions.
The description of the "defaultValue" characteristic for the "InterpolationTable" class is given in Table 5.55.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | defaultValue |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The default outcome value to be used when no matching tabel entry is found. If omitted, the NULL value is used. |
The description of the "interpolationTableEntry" attribute for the "InterpolationTable" class is given in Table 5.55.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | interpolationTableEntry |
Data Type | InterpolationTableEntry |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the set of interpolation table entries that constitute the interpolation table. |
The data model for the "ItemBody" class is shown in Figure 5.56 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.56.
Figure 5.56 - ItemBody class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | ItemBody |
Class Type | Container [ Sequence ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | This class is not derived from another class. |
Characteristics | The set of characteristics are: |
Children | The set of children attributes are: |
Description | The item body contains the text, graphics, media objects and interactions that describe the item's content and information about how it is structured. The body is presented by combining it with stylesheet information, either explicitly or implicitly using the default style rules of the delivery or authoring system. The body must be presented to the candidate when the associated item session is in the interacting state. In this state, the candidate must be able to interact with each of the visible interactions and therefore set or update the values of the associated response variables. The body may be presented to the candidate when the item session is in the closed or review state. In these states, although the candidate's responses should be visible, the interactions must be disabled so as to prevent the candidate from setting or updating the values of the associated response variables. Finally, the body may be presented to the candidate in the solution state, in which case the correct values of the response variables must be visible and the associated interactions disabled. The content model employed by this specification uses many concepts taken directly from [XHTML, 10]. In effect, this part of the specification defines a profile of XHTML. Only some of the elements defined in XHTML are allowable in an assessmentItem and of those that are, some have additional constraints placed on their attributes. Only those elements from XHTML that are explicitly defined within this specification can be used. See XHTML Elements for details. Finally, this specification defines some new elements which are used to represent the interactions and to control the display of Integrated Feedback and content restricted to one or more of the defined content views. |
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class is given in Table 5.56.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The 'id' of a body element must be unique within the item. This is used to enable reference links for other features e.g. APIP accessibility. |
The description of the "class" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class is given in Table 5.56.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | class |
Data Type | StringList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Classes can be assigned to individual body elements. Multiple class names can be given. These class names identify the element as being a member of the listed classes. Membership of a class can be used by authoring systems to distinguish between content objects that are not differentiated by this specification. Typically, this information is used to apply different formatting based on definitions in an associated stylesheet, but can also be used for user interface designs that go beyond. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class is given in Table 5.56.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The main language of the element. This characteristic is optional and will usually be inherited from the enclosing element. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class is given in Table 5.56.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The label characteristic provides authoring systems with a mechanism for labelling elements of the content model with application specific data. If an item uses labels then values for the associated toolName and toolVersion attributes must also be provided. |
The description of the "dir" characteristic for the "ItemBody" class is given in Table 5.56.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dir |
Data Type | DIR |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { ltr | rtl | auto } Default = "auto". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Specifies the directionality of the text within the itemBody as a whole. |
The description of the "itemBodySelect" attribute for the "ItemBody" class is given in Table 5.56.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | itemBodySelect |
Data Type | ItemBodySelect |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the complex content for the Item be be constructed. This content consists of the rubric block(s), HTML block tags and QTI interactions. |
The data model for the "LI" class is shown in Figure 5.57 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.57.
Figure 5.57 - LI class definitions.
The description of the "flowGroup" attribute for the "LI" class is given in Table 5.57.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowGroup |
Data Type | FlowGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the HTML-defined flow content to be added as children of the 'li' tag. |
The data model for the "Label" class is shown in Figure 5.58 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.58.
Figure 5.58 - Label class definitions.
The description of the "inlineChoiceGroup" attribute for the "Label" class is given in Table 5.58.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineChoiceGroup |
Data Type | InlineChoiceGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the inline content to be entered including the HTML inline tags. |
The data model for the "Logic0toMany" class is shown in Figure 5.59 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.59.
Figure 5.59 - Logic0toMany class definitions.
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "Logic0toMany" class is given in Table 5.59.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the abstract attribute that enables the unbounded set of child expressions to be identified (see the abstract class ExpressionGroup for the set of permitted expressions). |
The data model for the "Logic1toMany" class is shown in Figure 5.60 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.60.
Figure 5.60 - Logic1toMany class definitions.
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "Logic1toMany" class is given in Table 5.60.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the abstract attribute that enables the set of child expressions to be identified (see the abstract class ExpressionGroup for the set of permitted expressions). |
The data model for the "LogicPair" class is shown in Figure 5.61 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.61.
Figure 5.61 - LogicPair class definitions.
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "LogicPair" class is given in Table 5.61.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [2] |
Description | This is the abstract attribute that enables the set of child expressions to be identified (see the abstract class ExpressionGroup for the set of permitted expressions). |
The data model for the "LogicSingle" class is shown in Figure 5.62 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.62.
Figure 5.62 - LogicSingle class definitions.
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "LogicSingle" class is given in Table 5.62.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the abstract attribute that enables the child expression to be identified (see the abstract class ExpressionGroup for the set of permitted expressions). |
The data model for the "LookupOutcomeValue" class is shown in Figure 5.63 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.63.
Figure 5.63 - LookupOutcomeValue class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "LookupOutcomeValue" class is given in Table 5.63.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the outcome variable to be set. |
The description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "LookupOutcomeValue" class is given in Table 5.63.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | expressionGroup |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the single expression to be defined. An expression which must have single cardinality and an effective baseType of either integer, float or duration. Integer type is required when the associated table is a matchTable. |
The data model for the "Mapping" class is shown in Figure 5.64 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.64.
Figure 5.64 - Mapping class definitions.
The description of the "lowerBound" characteristic for the "Mapping" class is given in Table 5.64.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | lowerBound |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The lower bound for the result of mapping a container. If unspecified there is no lower-bound. |
The description of the "upperBound" characteristic for the "Mapping" class is given in Table 5.64.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | upperBound |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The upper bound for the result of mapping a container. If unspecified there is no upper-bound. |
The description of the "defaultValue" characteristic for the "Mapping" class is given in Table 5.64.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | defaultValue |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The default value from the target set to be used when no explicit mapping for a source value is given. |
The description of the "mapEntry" attribute for the "Mapping" class is given in Table 5.64.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mapEntry |
Data Type | MapEntry |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The map is defined by a set of mapEntries, each of which maps a single value from the source set onto a single float. |
The data model for the "MatchInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.65 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.65.
Figure 5.65 - MatchInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "MatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.65.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shuffle |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the shuffle characteristic is 'true' then the delivery engine must randomize the order in which the choices are initially presented, subject to the value of the fixed attribute of each choice. |
The description of the "maxAssociations" characteristic for the "MatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.65.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of associations that the candidate is allowed to make. If maxAssociations is 0 then there is no restriction. If maxAssociations is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "minAssociations" characteristic for the "MatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.65.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minAssociations |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of associations that the candidate is required to make to form a valid response. If minAssociations is 0 then the candidate is not required to make any associations. minAssociations must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxAssociations. |
The description of the "simpleMatchSet" attribute for the "MatchInteraction" class is given in Table 5.65.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | simpleMatchSet |
Data Type | SimpleMatchSet |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [2] |
Description | The two sets of choices, the first set defines the source choices and the second set the targets. |
The data model for the "MatchTable" class is shown in Figure 5.66 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.66.
Figure 5.66 - MatchTable class definitions.
The description of the "defaultValue" characteristic for the "MatchTable" class is given in Table 5.66.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | defaultValue |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The default outcome value to be used when no matching table entry is found. If omitted, the NULL value is used. |
The description of the "matchTableEntry" attribute for the "MatchTable" class is given in Table 5.66.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | matchTableEntry |
Data Type | MatchTableEntry |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The set of MatchTableEntry allow the definition of each entry in the table. |
The data model for the "MathOperator" class is shown in Figure 5.67 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.67.
Figure 5.67 - MathOperator class definitions.
The description of the "name" characteristic for the "MathOperator" class is given in Table 5.67.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | name |
Data Type | MathOperatorName |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { sin | cos | tan | sec | csc | cot | asin | acos | atan | atan2 | asec | acsc | acot | sinh | cosh | tanh | sech | csch | coth | log | ln | exp | abs | signum | floor | ceil | toDegrees | toRadians } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the name of the math operator (this is from an enumerated list). |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "MathOperator" class is given in Table 5.67.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The mathOperator operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have single cardinality and have numerical base-types. The trigonometric functions, sin, cos and tan, take one argument in radians, which evaluates to a single float. Other functions take one numerical argument. Further functions might take more than one numerical argument, e.g. atan2 (two argument arc tan). The result is a single float, except for the functions signum, floor and ceil, which return a single integer. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions falls outside the natural domain of the function called by mathOperator, e.g. log(0) or asin(2), then the result is NULL. See Subsection 2.12 for the set of associated rules. |
The data model for the "MediaInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.68 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.68.
Figure 5.68 - MediaInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "autostart" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class is given in Table 5.68.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | autostart |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The autostart characteristic determines if the media object should begin as soon as the candidate starts the attempt (true) or if the media object should be started under the control of the candidate (false). |
The description of the "minPlays" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class is given in Table 5.68.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minPlays |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minPlays attribute indicates that the media object should be played a minimum number of times by the candidate. The techniques required to enforce this will vary from system to system, in some systems it may not be possible at all. By default there is no minimum. Failure to play the media object the minimum number of times constitutes an invalid response. |
The description of the "maxPlays" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class is given in Table 5.68.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxPlays |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maxPlays attribute indicates that the media object can be played at most maxPlays times - it must not be possible for the candidate to play the media object more than maxPlay times. A value of 0 (the default) indicates that there is no limit. |
The description of the "loop" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class is given in Table 5.68.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | loop |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The loop attribute is used to set continuous play mode. In continuous play mode, once the media object has started to play it should play continuously (subject to maxPlays). |
The description of the "coords" characteristic for the "MediaInteraction" class is given in Table 5.68.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | coords |
Data Type | Coords |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This provides the coordinates that determine the size and location of an area defined by a corresponding rectange as defined by: left-x, top-y, right-x, bottom-y. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "MediaInteraction" class is given in Table 5.68.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The media object itself. |
The description of the "audio" attribute for the "MediaInteraction" class is given in Table 5.68.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | audio |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Permits the insertion audio (as per the HTML5 tag).of |
The description of the "video" attribute for the "MediaInteraction" class is given in Table 5.68.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | video |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Permits the insertion of a video (as per the HTML5 tag). |
The data model for the "ModalFeedback" class is shown in Figure 5.69 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.69.
Figure 5.69 - ModalFeedback class definitions.
The description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "ModalFeedback" class is given in Table 5.69.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | outcomeIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of an outcome variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the feedback is controlled by assigning a value (or values) to this outcome variable during responseProcessing. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "ModalFeedback" class is given in Table 5.69.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the feedbackElement is controlled. If set to 'show' then the feedback is hidden by default and shown only if the associated outcome variable matches, or contains, the value of the identifier attribute. If set to 'hide' then the feedback is shown by default and hidden if the associated outcome variable matches, or contains, the value of the identifier characteristic. |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "ModalFeedback" class is given in Table 5.69.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier that determines the visibility of the feedback in conjunction with the showHide characteristic. |
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "ModalFeedback" class is given in Table 5.69.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Delivery engines are not required to present the title to the candidate but may do so, for example as the title of a modal pop-up window. |
The description of the "feedbackFlowStaticGroup" attribute for the "ModalFeedback" class is given in Table 5.69.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackFlowStaticGroup |
Data Type | FeedbackFlowStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract child that enables the definition of the actal content to be displayed. The content of the modalFeedback must not contain any interactions. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "ModalFeedback" class is given in Table 5.69.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | Permits the identification of the stylesheets that are to be use to define the styling of the content. |
The description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "ModalFeedback" class is given in Table 5.69.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | apipAccessibility |
Data Type | APIPAccessibility |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Enables the association of the corresponding APIP accessibility to be use for this feedback [APIP, 14]. |
The data model for the "NumericLogic1toMany" class is shown in Figure 5.70 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.70.
Figure 5.70 - NumericLogic1toMany class definitions.
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "NumericLogic1toMany" class is given in Table 5.70.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | NumericExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the abstract attribute that enables the set of child numeric expressions to be identified (see the abstract class NumericExpressionGroup for the set of permitted expressions). |
The data model for the "OUL" class is shown in Figure 5.71 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.71.
Figure 5.71 - OUL class definitions.
The description of the "li" attribute for the "OUL" class is given in Table 5.71.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | li |
Data Type | LI |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The list of child 'li' tags i.e. the HTML 'li' tags. This is the content list. |
The data model for the "Object" class is shown in Figure 5.72 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.72.
Figure 5.72 - Object class definitions.
The description of the "data" characteristic for the "Object" class is given in Table 5.72.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | data |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The data characteristic provides a URI for locating the data associated with the object. |
The description of the "type" characteristic for the "Object" class is given in Table 5.72.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | type |
Data Type | MimeType |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The Mime-type for the object. |
The description of the "width" characteristic for the "Object" class is given in Table 5.72.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | width |
Data Type | Length |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The width of the canvas for the object. |
The description of the "height" characteristic for the "Object" class is given in Table 5.72.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | height |
Data Type | Length |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The height of the canvas for the object. |
The description of the "objectFlowGroup" attribute for the "Object" class is given in Table 5.72.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | objectFlowGroup |
Data Type | ObjectFlowGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An abstract attribute that enables the relevant complex content/parameters for the object to be defined. |
The data model for the "OrderInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.73 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.73.
Figure 5.73 - OrderInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "OrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.73.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shuffle |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the shuffle characteristic is 'true' then the delivery engine must randomize the order in which the choices are initially presented, subject to the value of the fixed attribute of each choice. |
The description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "OrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.73.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of choices that the candidate must select and order to form a valid response to the interaction. If specified, minChoices must be '1' or greater but must not exceed the number of choices available. If unspecified, all of the choices must be ordered and maxChoices is ignored.' |
The description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "OrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.73.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of choices that the candidate may select and order when responding to the interaction. Used in conjunction with minChoices, if specified, maxChoices must be greater than or equal to minChoices and must not exceed the number of choices available. If unspecified, all of the choices may be ordered. |
The description of the "orientation" characteristic for the "OrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.73.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | orientation |
Data Type | Orientation |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { horizontal | vertical } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The orientation attribute provides a hint to rendering systems that the ordering has an inherent vertical or horizontal interpretation. |
The description of the "simpleChoice" attribute for the "OrderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.73.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | simpleChoice |
Data Type | SimpleChoice |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | An ordered list of the choices that are displayed to the user. The order is the initial order of the choices presented to the user unless shuffle is true. |
The data model for the "Ordering" class is shown in Figure 5.74 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.74.
Figure 5.74 - Ordering class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | Ordering |
Class Type | Container [ Sequence ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | This class is not derived from another class. |
Characteristics | The set of characteristics are: |
Children | The set of children attributes are: |
Description | The ordering class specifies the rule used to arrange the child elements of a section following selection. If no ordering rule is given, assume that the elements are to be ordered in the order in which they are defined. A sub-section is always treated as a single block for selection but the way it is treated when shuffling depends on its visibility. A visible sub-section is always treated as a single block but an invisible sub-section is only treated as a single block if its keepTogether characteristic is 'true'. Otherwise, the child elements of the invisible sub-section are mixed into the parent's selection prior to shuffling. The ordering class also provides an opportunity for extensions to this specification to include support for more complex ordering algorithms. The selection and ordering rules define a sequence of items for each instance of the test. The sequence starts with the first item of the first section of the first test part and continues through to the last item of the last section of the last test part. This sequence is constant throughout the test. Normally this is the logical sequence perceived by the candidate but the use of preConditions and/or branchRules can affect the specific path taken. The use of selection with replacement enables two or more instances of an item referred to by the same assessmentItemRef to appear in the sequence of items for a test. It is therefore an error to make such an item the target of a branchRule. Furthermore, when reporting test results the sequence number of each item must also be reported to avoid ambiguity. See QTI Results Reporting [QTI, 15c]. The ordering class also provides an opportunity for extensions to this specification to include support for more complex ordering algorithms. |
The description of the "shuffle" characteristic for the "Ordering" class is given in Table 5.74.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shuffle |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If 'true' causes the order of the child elements to be randomized. If 'false' uses the order in which the child elements are defined. |
The description of the "extension" characteristic for the "Ordering" class is given in Table 5.74.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | extension |
Data Type | Namespace (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is an extension point. It allows new proprietary characteristics to be defined and used for the ordering. The extension mechanism is dependent on the form of binding. |
The description of the "extensions" attribute for the "Ordering" class is given in Table 5.74.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | extensions |
Data Type | NamespaceLax (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an extension point to enable any set of child tags to be entered. The child tags must be new tags i.e. not reused QTI ASI tags. Note that this class is used to support the definition of all of the types of custom interactions used in the content. |
The data model for the "OutcomeCondition" class is shown in Figure 5.75 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.75.
Figure 5.75 - OutcomeCondition class definitions.
The description of the "outcomeIf" attribute for the "OutcomeCondition" class is given in Table 5.75.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeIf |
Data Type | OutcomeIf |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | A outcomeIf part, this must occur, consists of an expression which must have an effective baseType of boolean and single cardinality. For more information about the runtime data model employed see Expressions (Section 2). It also contains a set of sub-rules. If the expression is true then the sub-rules are processed, otherwise they are skipped (including if the expression is NULL) and the following outcomeElseIf or outcomeElse parts (if any) are considered instead. |
The description of the "outcomeElseIf" attribute for the "OutcomeCondition" class is given in Table 5.75.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeElseIf |
Data Type | OutcomeIf |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An outcomeElseIf part consists of an expression which must have an effective baseType of boolean and single cardinality. For more information about the runtime data model employed see Expressions (Section 2). It also contains a set of sub-rules. If the expression is true then the sub-rules are processed, otherwise they are skipped (including if the expression is NULL) and the following outcomeElseIf or outcomeElse parts (if any) are considered instead. |
The description of the "outcomeElse" attribute for the "OutcomeCondition" class is given in Table 5.75.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeElse |
Data Type | OutcomeElse |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the 'Else' part of the 'If..Then..Else' clause. There may be only one 'else' clause. |
The data model for the "OutcomeElse" class is shown in Figure 5.76 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.76.
Figure 5.76 - OutcomeElse class definitions.
The description of the "outcomeRule" attribute for the "OutcomeElse" class is given in Table 5.76.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeRule |
Data Type | OutcomeRule |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class that allow the insertion of the outcome rules that are compositions of a set of QTI tags such as 'setOutcomeValue', outcomeCondition', etc. The Outcome rules are followed in the order given. Variables updated by a rule take their new value when evaluated as part of any following rules. |
The data model for the "OutcomeIf" class is shown in Figure 5.77 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.77.
Figure 5.77 - OutcomeIf class definitions.
The description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "OutcomeIf" class is given in Table 5.77.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | expressionGroup |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the expression for the 'If' clause to be defined. |
The description of the "outcomeRule" attribute for the "OutcomeIf" class is given in Table 5.77.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeRule |
Data Type | OutcomeRule |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the set of outcome processing rules that define the 'If' clause to be entered. |
The data model for the "OutcomeProcessing" class is shown in Figure 5.78 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.78.
Figure 5.78 - OutcomeProcessing class definitions.
The description of the "outcomeRule" attribute for the "OutcomeProcessing" class is given in Table 5.78.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeRule |
Data Type | OutcomeRule |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the declaration of the set of outcome rules. Outcome rules are followed in the order given. Variables updated by a rule take their new value when evaluated as part of any following rules. |
The data model for the "OutcomeProcessingFragment" class is shown in Figure 5.79 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.79.
Figure 5.79 - OutcomeProcessingFragment class definitions.
The description of the "outcomeRule" attribute for the "OutcomeProcessingFragment" class is given in Table 5.79.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeRule |
Data Type | OutcomeRule |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the declaraion of the set of outcome rules. Outcome rules are followed in the order given. Variables updated by a rule take their new value when evaluated as part of any following rules. |
The data model for the "PatternMatch" class is shown in Figure 5.80 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.80.
Figure 5.80 - PatternMatch class definitions.
The description of the "pattern" characteristic for the "PatternMatch" class is given in Table 5.80.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | pattern |
Data Type | StringOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type), EncVariableString (Derived-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The syntax for the regular expression language is as defined in Appendix F of [XSCHEMA, 01]. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "PatternMatch" class is given in Table 5.80.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the required QTI expression to be identified. |
The data model for the "PositionObjectInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.81 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.81.
Figure 5.81 - PositionObjectInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "centerPoint" characteristic for the "PositionObjectInteraction" class is given in Table 5.81.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | centerPoint |
Data Type | IntegerList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): Int (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The centrePoint attribute defines the point on the image being positioned that is to be treated as the centre as an offset from the top-left corner of the image in horizontal, vertical order. By default this is the centre of the image's bounding rectangle. The stage on which the image is to be positioned may be shared amongst several position object interactions and is therefore defined in a class of its own: positionObjectStage. |
The description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "PositionObjectInteraction" class is given in Table 5.81.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of positions that the image must be placed to form a valid response to the interaction. If specified, minChoices must be 1 or greater but must not exceed the limit imposed by maxChoices. |
The description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "PositionObjectInteraction" class is given in Table 5.81.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The maximum number of positions (on the stage) that the image can be placed. If matchChoices is 0 there is no limit. If maxChoices is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "PositionObjectInteraction" class is given in Table 5.81.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The image, required, to be positioned on the stage by the candidate. |
The data model for the "PositionObjectStage" class is shown in Figure 5.82 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.82.
Figure 5.82 - PositionObjectStage class definitions.
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "PositionObjectStage" class is given in Table 5.82.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the unique identifier that is used by other tags to reference this tag e.g. by the APIP accessibility annotations [APIP, 14]. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "PositionObjectStage" class is given in Table 5.82.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The image to be used as a stage onto which individual positionObjectInteractions allow the candidate to place their objects. |
The description of the "positionObjectInteraction" attribute for the "PositionObjectStage" class is given in Table 5.82.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | positionObjectInteraction |
Data Type | PositionObjectInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | The set of ordered positionObjectInteractions that are used to create the item. |
The data model for the "Prompt" class is shown in Figure 5.83 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.83.
Figure 5.83 - Prompt class definitions.
The description of the "promptStaticGroup" attribute for the "Prompt" class is given in Table 5.83.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | promptStaticGroup |
Data Type | PromptStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of complex content that can be used to express the prompt. |
The data model for the "Q" class is shown in Figure 5.84 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.84.
Figure 5.84 - Q class definitions.
The description of the "cite" characteristic for the "Q" class is given in Table 5.84.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | cite |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the 'cite' characteristic is present, it must be a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces. To obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute must be resolved relative to the element. User agents may allow users to follow such citation links, but they are primarily intended for private use (e.g. by server-side scripts collecting statistics about a site's use of quotations), not for readers. |
The description of the "inlineGroup" attribute for the "Q" class is given in Table 5.84.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineGroup |
Data Type | InlineGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of HTML inline content. |
The data model for the "Repeat" class is shown in Figure 5.85 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.85.
Figure 5.85 - Repeat class definitions.
The description of the "numberRepeats" characteristic for the "Repeat" class is given in Table 5.85.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | numberRepeats |
Data Type | IntOrIdentifier |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type), Int (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Defines the number of iterations applied to the processing of the contents. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "Repeat" class is given in Table 5.85.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of an arbitrary set of child expressions. There must be at least one expression. |
The data model for the "ResponseCondition" class is shown in Figure 5.86 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.86.
Figure 5.86 - ResponseCondition class definitions.
The description of the "responseIf" attribute for the "ResponseCondition" class is given in Table 5.86.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseIf |
Data Type | ResponseIf |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | A responseIf part, this must occur, consists of an expression which must have an effective baseType of boolean and single cardinality. For more information about the runtime data model employed see Expressions (Section 2). It also contains a set of sub-rules. If the expression is true then the sub-rules are processed, otherwise they are skipped (including if the expression is NULL) and the following responseElseIf or responseElse parts (if any) are considered instead. |
The description of the "responseElseIf" attribute for the "ResponseCondition" class is given in Table 5.86.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseElseIf |
Data Type | ResponseIf |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | A responseElseIf part consists of an expression which must have an effective baseType of boolean and single cardinality. For more information about the runtime data model employed see Expressions (Section 2). It also contains a set of sub-rules. If the expression is true then the sub-rules are processed, otherwise they are skipped (including if the expression is NULL) and the following responseElseIf or responseElse parts (if any) are considered instead. |
The description of the "responseElse" attribute for the "ResponseCondition" class is given in Table 5.86.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseElse |
Data Type | ResponseElse |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the 'Else' part of the 'If..Then..Else' clause. There may be only one 'else' clause. |
The data model for the "ResponseDeclaration" class is shown in Figure 5.87 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.87.
Figure 5.87 - ResponseDeclaration class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "ResponseDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.87.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifiers of the built-in session variables are reserved. They are completionStatus, numAttempts and duration. All item variables declared in an item share the same namespace. Different items have different namespaces. |
The description of the "cardinality" characteristic for the "ResponseDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.87.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | cardinality |
Data Type | Cardinality |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { multiple | ordered | record | single } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Each variable is either single valued or multi-valued. Multi-valued variables are referred to as containers and come in ordered, unordered and record types. See cardinality for more information. |
The description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "ResponseDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.87.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | baseType |
Data Type | BaseType |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { boolean | directedPair | duration | file | float | identifier | integer | pair | point | string | uri } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The value space from which the variable's value can be drawn (or in the case of containers, from which the individual values are drawn) is identified with a baseType. The baseType selects one of a small set of predefined types that are considered to have atomic values within the runtime data model. Variables with record cardinality have no base-type. |
The description of the "defaultValue" attribute for the "ResponseDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.87.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | defaultValue |
Data Type | DefaultValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional default value for the variable. The point at which a variable is set to its default value varies depending on the type of item variable. |
The description of the "correctResponse" attribute for the "ResponseDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.87.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | correctResponse |
Data Type | CorrectResponse |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | A response declaration may assign an optional correctResponse. This value may indicate the only possible value of the response variable to be considered correct or merely just a correct value. For responses that are being measured against a more complex scale than correct/incorrect this value should be set to the (or an) optimal value. Finally, for responses for which no such optimal value is defined the correctResponse must be omitted. If a delivery system supports the display of a solution then it should display the correct values of responses (where defined) to the candidate. When correct values are displayed they must be clearly distinguished from the candidate's own responses (which may be hidden completely if necessary). |
The description of the "mapping" attribute for the "ResponseDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.87.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mapping |
Data Type | Mapping |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The mapping provides a mapping from the set of base values to a set of numeric values for the purposes of response processing. See the MapResponse class for information on how to use the mapping. |
The description of the "areaMapping" attribute for the "ResponseDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.87.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | areaMapping |
Data Type | AreaMapping |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The areaMapping, which may only be present in declarations of variables with baseType point, provides an alternative form of mapping which tests against areas of the coordinate space instead of mapping single values i.e. single points. |
The data model for the "ResponseElse" class is shown in Figure 5.88 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.88.
Figure 5.88 - ResponseElse class definitions.
The description of the "responseRuleGroup" attribute for the "ResponseElse" class is given in Table 5.88.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseRuleGroup |
Data Type | ResponseRuleGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the set of response rules that define the clause to be entered. |
The data model for the "ResponseIf" class is shown in Figure 5.89 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.89.
Figure 5.89 - ResponseIf class definitions.
The description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "ResponseIf" class is given in Table 5.89.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | expressionGroup |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the expression for the 'if' clause to be defined. |
The description of the "responseRuleGroup" attribute for the "ResponseIf" class is given in Table 5.89.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseRuleGroup |
Data Type | ResponseRuleGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the set of response rules that define the 'If' clause to be entered. |
The data model for the "ResponseProcessingFragment" class is shown in Figure 5.90 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.90.
Figure 5.90 - ResponseProcessingFragment class definitions.
The description of the "responseRuleGroup" attribute for the "ResponseProcessingFragment" class is given in Table 5.90.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseRuleGroup |
Data Type | ResponseRuleGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the set of response rules that define the response proessing fragment to be entered. |
The data model for the "RoundTo" class is shown in Figure 5.91 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.91.
Figure 5.91 - RoundTo class definitions.
The description of the "roundingMode" characteristic for the "RoundTo" class is given in Table 5.91.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | roundingMode |
Data Type | RoundingMode |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { decimalPlaces | significantFigures } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Numbers are rounded to a given number of significantFigures or decimalPlaces. |
The description of the "figures" characteristic for the "RoundTo" class is given in Table 5.91.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | figures |
Data Type | IntegerOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Integer (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The number of figures to round to. If roundingMode= "significantFigures", the value of figures must be a non-zero positive integer. If roundingMode="decimalPlaces", the value of figures must be an integer greater than or equal to zero. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "RoundTo" class is given in Table 5.91.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that allows the required QTI expression to be supplied. |
The data model for the "RubricBlock" class is shown in Figure 5.92 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.92.
Figure 5.92 - RubricBlock class definitions.
The description of the "use" characteristic for the "RubricBlock" class is given in Table 5.92.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | use |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The purpose for which the rubric is intended to be used. As a reading passage for multiple items, or instructions for a particular section, for example. |
The description of the "view" characteristic for the "RubricBlock" class is given in Table 5.92.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | view |
Data Type | View |
Value Space | A list from an enumerated value set of: { author | candidate | proctor | scorer | testConstructor | tutor } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The views in which the rubric block's content are to be shown. |
The description of the "contentModel" attribute for the "RubricBlock" class is given in Table 5.92.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | contentModel |
Data Type | RubricBlockContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An abstract class that is used to contain the complex content for the Rubric block. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "RubricBlock" class is given in Table 5.92.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The stylesheet is used to format just the contents of the rubricBlock. |
The description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "RubricBlock" class is given in Table 5.92.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | apipAccessibility |
Data Type | APIPAccessibility |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The alternative APIP content for the RubricBlock [APIP, 14]. |
The data model for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class is shown in Figure 5.93 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.93.
Figure 5.93 - RubricBlockTemplateBlock class definitions.
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.93.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the templateElement is controlled by the value of the variable. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.93.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide and identifier characteristics determine how the visibility of the template content is controlled in the same way as the similarly named showHide and identifier characteristics of feedback content. |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.93.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier that determines the visibility of the template content in conjunction with the showHide characteristic. |
The description of the "rtBlockContentModel" attribute for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.93.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | rtBlockContentModel |
Data Type | RubricTemplateBlockContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class that enables the complex content to be defined. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.93.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The stylesheet is used to format just the contents of the rubricBlock. |
The description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "RubricBlockTemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.93.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | apipAccessibility |
Data Type | APIPAccessibility |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The alternative APIP content for the RubricBlock [APIP, 14]. |
The data model for the "RubricBlockTemplateInline" class is shown in Figure 5.94 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.94.
Figure 5.94 - RubricBlockTemplateInline class definitions.
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateInline" class is given in Table 5.94.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the templateElement is controlled by the value of the variable. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateInline" class is given in Table 5.94.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide and identifier characteristics determine how the visibility of the template content is controlled in the same way as the similarly named showHide and identifier characteristics of feedback content. |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "RubricBlockTemplateInline" class is given in Table 5.94.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier that determines the visibility of the template content in conjunction with the showHide characteristic. |
The description of the "rtInlineStaticGroup" attribute for the "RubricBlockTemplateInline" class is given in Table 5.94.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | rtInlineStaticGroup |
Data Type | RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class that enables the complex content to be defined. |
The data model for the "SelectPointInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.95 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.95.
Figure 5.95 - SelectPointInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "minChoices" characteristic for the "SelectPointInteraction" class is given in Table 5.95.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of points that the candidate is required to select to form a valid response. If minChoices is 0 then the candidate is not required to select any points. minChoices must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by maxChoices. |
The description of the "maxChoices" characteristic for the "SelectPointInteraction" class is given in Table 5.95.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxChoices |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic is interpreted as the maximum number of points that the candidate is allowed to select. If maxChoices is 0 there is no restriction. If maxChoices is greater than 1 (or 0) then the interaction must be bound to a response with multiple cardinality. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "SelectPointInteraction" class is given in Table 5.95.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Each select point interaction has an associated image which is given as an object that must be of an image type, as specified by the type characteristic. |
The data model for the "Selection" class is shown in Figure 5.96 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.96.
Figure 5.96 - Selection class definitions.
The description of the "select" characteristic for the "Selection" class is given in Table 5.96.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | select |
Data Type | Int (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The number of child elements to be selected. Sub-sections always count as 1, regardless of how many child elements they have and whether or not they are visible. The number of children to select may exceed the number of child elements defined only if withReplacement is true. |
The description of the "withReplacement" characteristic for the "Selection" class is given in Table 5.96.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | withReplacement |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | When selecting child elements each element is normally eligible for selection once only. In other words, when selecting 3 elements from {A,B,C,D} the possible outcomes are {A,B,C}, {A,B,D}, {A,C,D}, and {B,C,D}. By setting withReplacement to true each element becomes eligible for selection multiple times. Selecting 3 nodes from {A,B,C,D} can then result in combinations such as {A,A,A}, {A,A,B} and so on. |
The description of the "extension" characteristic for the "Selection" class is given in Table 5.96.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | extension |
Data Type | Namespace (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is an extension point. It allows new proprietary characteristics to be defined and used for the ordering. The extension mechanism is dependent on the form of binding. |
The description of the "extensions" attribute for the "Selection" class is given in Table 5.96.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | extensions |
Data Type | NamespaceLax (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an extension point to enable any set of child tags to be entered. The child tags must be new tags i.e. not reused QTI ASI tags. Note that this class is used to support the definition of all of the types of custom interactions used in the content. |
The data model for the "SetValue" class is shown in Figure 5.97 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.97.
Figure 5.97 - SetValue class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "SetValue" class is given in Table 5.97.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the variable to be set. |
The description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "SetValue" class is given in Table 5.97.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | expressionGroup |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute to provide the mandatory expresson to be identified. The expression which must have an effective baseType and cardinality that matches the base-type and cardinality of the outcome variable being set. |
The data model for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class is shown in Figure 5.98 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.98.
Figure 5.98 - SimpleAssociableChoice class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class is given in Table 5.98.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the choice. This identifier must not be used by any other choice or item variable. |
The description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class is given in Table 5.98.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | fixed |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If fixed is 'true' for a choice then the position of this choice within the interaction must not be changed by the delivery engine even if the immediately enclosing interaction supports the shuffling of choices. If no value is specified then the choice is free to be shuffled. In Item Templates, the visibility of choices can be controlled by setting the value(s) of an associated template variable during template processing. For information about item templates see Item Templates (Section 2). |
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class is given in Table 5.98.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be either single of multiple cardinality. When the associated interaction is part of an Item Template the value of the identified template variable is used to control the visibility of the choice. When a choice is hidden it is not selectable and its content is not visible to the candidate unless otherwise stated. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class is given in Table 5.98.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the choice is controlled. If set to 'show' then the choice is hidden by default and shown only if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the identifier of the choice. If set to 'hide' then the choice is shown by default and hidden if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the choice's identifier. |
The description of the "matchGroup" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class is given in Table 5.98.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchGroup |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is used to identify the set of entities that can be matched with this choice. This is used to enable the author to constrain the set of objects that can be matched with the target choice. This is a list of the identifiers for the objects that can be matched with this choice. |
The description of the "matchMax" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class is given in Table 5.98.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchMax |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The maximum number of choices this choice may be associated with. If matchMax is 0 then there is no restriction. |
The description of the "matchMin" characteristic for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class is given in Table 5.98.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | matchMin |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The minimum number of choices this choice must be associated with to form a valid response. If matchMin is 0 then the candidate is not required to associate this choice with any others at all. matchMin must be less than or equal to the limit imposed by matchMax. |
The description of the "flowStaticGroup" attribute for the "SimpleAssociableChoice" class is given in Table 5.98.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowStaticGroup |
Data Type | FlowStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract child that allows the insertion of the content. AssociableChoice is a choice that contains flowStatic objects, it must not contain nested interactions. |
The data model for the "SimpleChoice" class is shown in Figure 5.99 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.99.
Figure 5.99 - SimpleChoice class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "SimpleChoice" class is given in Table 5.99.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the choice. This identifier must not be used by any other choice or item variable. |
The description of the "fixed" characteristic for the "SimpleChoice" class is given in Table 5.99.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | fixed |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If fixed is 'true' for a choice then the position of this choice within the interaction must not be changed by the delivery engine even if the immediately enclosing interaction supports the shuffling of choices. If no value is specified then the choice is free to be shuffled. In Item Templates, the visibility of choices can be controlled by setting the value(s) of an associated template variable during template processing. For information about item templates see Item Templates (Section 2). |
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "SimpleChoice" class is given in Table 5.99.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be either single of multiple cardinality. When the associated interaction is part of an Item Template the value of the identified template variable is used to control the visibility of the choice. When a choice is hidden it is not selectable and its content is not visible to the candidate unless otherwise stated. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "SimpleChoice" class is given in Table 5.99.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the choice is controlled. If set to 'show' then the choice is hidden by default and shown only if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the identifier of the choice. If set to 'hide' then the choice is shown by default and hidden if the associated template variable matches, or contains, the choice's identifier. |
The description of the "flowStaticGroup" attribute for the "SimpleChoice" class is given in Table 5.99.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowStaticGroup |
Data Type | FlowStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract child that is used to enable the inclusion of HTML flow content that includes support for feedback and template-base content. |
The data model for the "SimpleMatchSet" class is shown in Figure 5.100 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.100.
Figure 5.100 - SimpleMatchSet class definitions.
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "SimpleMatchSet" class is given in Table 5.100.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The unique identifier to allow links to other structures e.g. alternative APIP accessibility annotations. |
The description of the "simpleAssociableChoice" attribute for the "SimpleMatchSet" class is given in Table 5.100.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | simpleAssociableChoice |
Data Type | SimpleAssociableChoice |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An ordered set of choices for the set. |
The data model for the "SliderInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.101 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.101.
Figure 5.101 - SliderInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "lowerBound" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.101.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | lowerBound |
Data Type | NonNegativeDouble |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | If the associated response variable is of type integer then the lowerBound must be rounded down to the greatest integer less than or equal to the value given. |
The description of the "upperBound" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.101.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | upperBound |
Data Type | NonNegativeDouble |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | If the associated response variable is of type integer then the upperBound must be rounded up to the least integer greater than or equal to the value given. |
The description of the "step" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.101.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | step |
Data Type | NonNegativeDouble |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] Default = "1.0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The steps that the control moves in. For example, if the lowerBound and upperBound are [0,10] and step is 2 then the response would be constrained to the set of values {0,2,4,6,8,10}. If the response variable is bound to an integer, and the step attribute is not declared, the default step is 1. If the response variable is bound to a float, and the step attribute is not declared, the slider is assumed to operate on an approximately continuous scale. |
The description of the "stepLabel" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.101.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | stepLabel |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | By default, sliders are labelled only at their ends. The stepLabel attribute controls whether or not each step on the slider should also be labelled. It is unlikely that delivery engines will be able to guarantee to label steps so this attribute should be treated only as request. |
The description of the "orientation" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.101.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | orientation |
Data Type | Orientation |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { horizontal | vertical } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The orientation attribute provides a hint to rendering systems that the slider is being used to indicate the value of a quantity with an inherent vertical or horizontal interpretation. For example, an interaction that is used to indicate the value of height might set the orientation to vertical to indicate that rendering it horizontally could spuriously increase the difficulty of the item. |
The description of the "reverse" characteristic for the "SliderInteraction" class is given in Table 5.101.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | reverse |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The reverse attribute provides a hint to rendering systems that the slider is being used to indicate the value of a quantity for which the normal sense of the upper and lower bounds is reversed. For example, an interaction that is used to indicate a depth below sea level might specify both a vertical orientation and set reverse. |
The data model for the "StatsOperator" class is shown in Figure 5.102 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.102.
Figure 5.102 - StatsOperator class definitions.
The description of the "name" characteristic for the "StatsOperator" class is given in Table 5.102.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | name |
Data Type | StatsOperatorName |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { mean | sampleVariance | sampleSD | popVariance | popSD } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the name of the statistical operator (this is from an enumerated list). |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "StatsOperator" class is given in Table 5.102.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute to enable the insertion of the mandatory QTI expression. |
The data model for the "StimulusBody" class is shown in Figure 5.103 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.103.
Figure 5.103 - StimulusBody class definitions.
The description of the "blockGroup" attribute for the "StimulusBody" class is given in Table 5.103.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockGroup |
Data Type | BlockGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class that permits the Block Group content i.e. HTML block content and QTI interactions. |
The data model for the "StringMatch" class is shown in Figure 5.104 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.104.
Figure 5.104 - StringMatch class definitions.
The description of the "caseSensitive" characteristic for the "StringMatch" class is given in Table 5.104.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | caseSensitive |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Whether or not the match is to be carried out case sensitively. |
The description of the "substring" characteristic for the "StringMatch" class is given in Table 5.104.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | substring |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This attribute is now deprecated, the substring operator should be used instead. If true, then the comparison returns true if the first string contains the second one, otherwise it returns true only if they match entirely. |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "StringMatch" class is given in Table 5.104.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [2] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute to enable the insertion of the two mandatory QTI expression i.e. the two strings being matched. |
The data model for the "Substring" class is shown in Figure 5.105 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.105.
Figure 5.105 - Substring class definitions.
The description of the "caseSensitive" characteristic for the "Substring" class is given in Table 5.105.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | caseSensitive |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Used to control whether or not the substring is matched case sensitively. If 'true' then the match is case sensitive and, for example, "Hell" is not a substring of "Shell". If 'false' then the match is not case sensitive and "Hell" is a substring of "Shell". |
The description of the "logic" attribute for the "Substring" class is given in Table 5.105.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | logic |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [2] |
Description | The two required QTI expressions that provide the source string and the substring to be located in the full string. |
The data model for the "TDH" class is shown in Figure 5.106 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.106.
Figure 5.106 - TDH class definitions.
The description of the "headers" characteristic for the "TDH" class is given in Table 5.106.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | headers |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The header cells for this cell. This is a string consisting of an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are case-sensitive, each of which must have the value of an ID of a 'th' tag taking part in the same table as the 'td' or 'th' tag. |
The description of the "scope" characteristic for the "TDH" class is given in Table 5.106.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | scope |
Data Type | TableCellScope |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { col | colgroup | row | rowgroup } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Specifies which cells the header cell applies to. |
The description of the "abbr" characteristic for the "TDH" class is given in Table 5.106.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | abbr |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Alternative label to use for the header cell when referencing the cell in other contexts. |
The description of the "axis" characteristic for the "TDH" class is given in Table 5.106.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | axis |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The axis characteristic is used to categorize cells. This can be used to group related columns of information. |
The description of the "rowspan" characteristic for the "TDH" class is given in Table 5.106.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | rowspan |
Data Type | Int (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The number of rows that the cell is to span. |
The description of the "colspan" characteristic for the "TDH" class is given in Table 5.106.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | colspan |
Data Type | Int (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The number of columns that the cell is to span. |
The description of the "align" characteristic for the "TDH" class is given in Table 5.106.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | align |
Data Type | Align |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { left | center | right | justify | char } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The horizontal alignment of the content in the cell. |
The description of the "valign" characteristic for the "TDH" class is given in Table 5.106.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | valign |
Data Type | Valign |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { bottom | middle | top | baseline } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The vertical alignment of the content in the cell. |
The description of the "flowGroup" attribute for the "TDH" class is given in Table 5.106.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowGroup |
Data Type | FlowGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract child that allows the complex content of the cell to be defined i.e. HTML flow content (this includes the QTI interactions) |
The data model for the "TR" class is shown in Figure 5.107 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.107.
Figure 5.107 - TR class definitions.
The description of the "tableCellGroup" attribute for the "TR" class is given in Table 5.107.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | tableCellGroup |
Data Type | TableCellGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstact attribute that enables the table row to contain one or more 'th' or 'td' tags. |
The data model for the "Table" class is shown in Figure 5.108 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.108.
Figure 5.108 - Table class definitions.
The description of the "summary" characteristic for the "Table" class is given in Table 5.108.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | summary |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This allows a human readable summary of the Table to be provided. |
The description of the "caption" attribute for the "Table" class is given in Table 5.108.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | caption |
Data Type | Caption |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This allows the caption of the table to be supplied. |
The description of the "col" attribute for the "Table" class is given in Table 5.108.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | col |
Data Type | Col |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | If a table directly contains a col then it must not contain any colgroup elements. |
The description of the "colgroup" attribute for the "Table" class is given in Table 5.108.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | colgroup |
Data Type | ColGroup |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | If a table contains a colgroup it must not directly contain any col elements. |
The description of the "thead" attribute for the "Table" class is given in Table 5.108.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | thead |
Data Type | TablePart |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This permits the inclusion of the HTML 'thead' tag. |
The description of the "tfoot" attribute for the "Table" class is given in Table 5.108.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | tfoot |
Data Type | TablePart |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This permits the inclusion of the HTML 'tfoot' tag. |
The description of the "tbody" attribute for the "Table" class is given in Table 5.108.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | tbody |
Data Type | TablePart |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This permits the inclusion of the HTML 'tbody' tags. |
The data model for the "TablePart" class is shown in Figure 5.109 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.109.
Figure 5.109 - TablePart class definitions.
The description of the "tr" attribute for the "TablePart" class is given in Table 5.109.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | tr |
Data Type | TR |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This enables the set of HTML 'tr' tags to be inserted into the 'head', 'foot' and 'body' parts of the Table. |
The data model for the "TemplateBlock" class is shown in Figure 5.110 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.110.
Figure 5.110 - TemplateBlock class definitions.
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "TemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.110.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the templateBlock is controlled by the value of the variable. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "TemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.110.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the templateBlock is controlled in the same way as in the feedbackBlock. |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.110.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier that determines the visibility of the templateBlock in conjunction with the showHide characteristic. |
The description of the "fatBlockStatic" attribute for the "TemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.110.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | fatBlockStatic |
Data Type | FeedandTempBlockStatic |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract child that enables the complex content to be build upon HTML flow structures. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "TemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.110.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The set of external style sheets that are associated with the templateBlock. The order of definition is significant. |
The description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "TemplateBlock" class is given in Table 5.110.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | apipAccessibility |
Data Type | APIPAccessibility |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The accessibility information that is to be associated with the content in the templateBlock. The structure of this content is defined in [APIP, 2014]. |
The data model for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class is shown in Figure 5.111 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.111.
Figure 5.111 - TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock class definitions.
The description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.111.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | outcomeIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of an outcome variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the block content is controlled by assigning a value (or values) to this outcome variable during template Processing. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.111.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the content is controlled in the same way as in the feedbackBlock/templateBlock. |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.111.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier that determines the visibility of the content block in conjunction with the showHide characteristc. |
The description of the "fatBlockStatic" attribute for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.111.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | fatBlockStatic |
Data Type | FeedandTempBlockStatic |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract child that enables the complex content to be build upon HTML flow structures. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.111.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The set of external style sheets that are associated with the content Block. The order of definition is significant. |
The description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock" class is given in Table 5.111.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | apipAccessibility |
Data Type | APIPAccessibility |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The accessibility information that is to be associated with the content in the Block. The structure of this content is defined in [APIP, 2014]. |
The data model for the "TemplateCondition" class is shown in Figure 5.112 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.112.
Figure 5.112 - TemplateCondition class definitions.
The description of the "templateIf" attribute for the "TemplateCondition" class is given in Table 5.112.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateIf |
Data Type | TemplateIf |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | A templateIf part, this must occur, consists of an expression which must have an effective baseType of boolean and single cardinality. For more information about the runtime data model employed see Expressions (Section 2). It also contains a set of sub-rules. If the expression is true then the sub-rules are processed, otherwise they are skipped (including if the expression is NULL) and the following templateElseIf or templateElse parts (if any) are considered instead. |
The description of the "templateElseIf" attribute for the "TemplateCondition" class is given in Table 5.112.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateElseIf |
Data Type | TemplateIf |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | A templateElseIf part consists of an expression which must have an effective baseType of boolean and single cardinality. For more information about the runtime data model employed see Expressions (Section 2). It also contains a set of sub-rules. If the expression is true then the sub-rules are processed, otherwise they are skipped (including if the expression is NULL) and the following templateElseIf or templateElse parts (if any) are considered instead. |
The description of the "templateElse" attribute for the "TemplateCondition" class is given in Table 5.112.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateElse |
Data Type | TemplateElse |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the 'Else' part of the 'If..Then..Else' clause. There may be only one 'else' clause. |
The data model for the "TemplateConstraint" class is shown in Figure 5.113 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.113.
Figure 5.113 - TemplateConstraint class definitions.
The description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "TemplateConstraint" class is given in Table 5.113.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | expressionGroup |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the required QTI expression to be identified. |
The data model for the "TemplateDeclaration" class is shown in Figure 5.114 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.114.
Figure 5.114 - TemplateDeclaration class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.114.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifiers of the built-in session variables are reserved. They are completionStatus, numAttempts and duration. All Item variables declared in an item share the same namespace. Different items have different namespaces. |
The description of the "cardinality" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.114.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | cardinality |
Data Type | Cardinality |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { multiple | ordered | record | single } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Each variable is either single valued or multi-valued. Multi-valued variables are referred to as containers and come in ordered, unordered and record types. |
The description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.114.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | baseType |
Data Type | BaseType |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { boolean | directedPair | duration | file | float | identifier | integer | pair | point | string | uri } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The value space from which the variable's value can be drawn (or in the case of containers, from which the individual values are drawn) is identified with a baseType. The baseType selects one of a small set of predefined types that are considered to have atomic values within the runtime data model. Variables with record cardinality have no base-type. |
The description of the "paramVariable" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.114.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | paramVariable |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic determines whether or not the template variable's value should be substituted for object parameter values that match its name. |
The description of the "mathVariable" characteristic for the "TemplateDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.114.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | mathVariable |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic determines whether or not the template variable's value should be substituted for identifiers that match its name in MathML expressions. See Combining Template Variables and MathML (Section 2) for more information. |
The description of the "defaultValue" attribute for the "TemplateDeclaration" class is given in Table 5.114.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | defaultValue |
Data Type | DefaultValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional default value for the template variable. The point at which a variable is set to its default value varies depending on the type of item variable. |
The data model for the "TemplateDefault" class is shown in Figure 5.115 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.115.
Figure 5.115 - TemplateDefault class definitions.
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "TemplateDefault" class is given in Table 5.115.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the template variable affected. |
The description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "TemplateDefault" class is given in Table 5.115.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | expressionGroup |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the identifiation of the required expression. An expression which must result in a value with baseType and cardinality matching the declaration of the associated variable's templateDeclaration. |
The data model for the "TemplateElse" class is shown in Figure 5.116 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.116.
Figure 5.116 - TemplateElse class definitions.
The description of the "templateRuleGroup" attribute for the "TemplateElse" class is given in Table 5.116.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateRuleGroup |
Data Type | TemplateRuleGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the definition of the 'Else' clause. |
The data model for the "TemplateIf" class is shown in Figure 5.117 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.117.
Figure 5.117 - TemplateIf class definitions.
The description of the "expressionGroup" attribute for the "TemplateIf" class is given in Table 5.117.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | expressionGroup |
Data Type | ExpressionGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the expression for the 'If' clause to be defined. |
The description of the "templateRuleGroup" attribute for the "TemplateIf" class is given in Table 5.117.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateRuleGroup |
Data Type | TemplateRuleGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the set of template rules that define the 'If' clause to be entered. |
The data model for the "TemplateInline" class is shown in Figure 5.118 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.118.
Figure 5.118 - TemplateInline class definitions.
The description of the "templateIdentifier" characteristic for the "TemplateInline" class is given in Table 5.118.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | templateIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of a template variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the templateInline is controlled by the value of the variable. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "TemplateInline" class is given in Table 5.118.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } Default = "show". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the content is controlled in the same way as in the templateBlock. |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TemplateInline" class is given in Table 5.118.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier that determines the visibility of the content block in conjunction with the showHide characteristic. |
The description of the "inlineStaticGroup" attribute for the "TemplateInline" class is given in Table 5.118.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineStaticGroup |
Data Type | InlineStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract child that enables the complex content to be build upon HTML inline structures (interactions are not permitted). |
The data model for the "TemplateProcessing" class is shown in Figure 5.119 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.119.
Figure 5.119 - TemplateProcessing class definitions.
The description of the "templateRuleGroup" attribute for the "TemplateProcessing" class is given in Table 5.119.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateRuleGroup |
Data Type | TemplateRuleGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the definition of the each of the template rules used to generate the values for the template variables. |
The data model for the "TestFeedback" class is shown in Figure 5.120 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.120.
Figure 5.120 - TestFeedback class definitions.
The description of the "access" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class is given in Table 5.120.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | access |
Data Type | TestFeedbackAccess |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { atEnd | during } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is used to define when the test feedback will be avilable. Test feedback is shown to the candidate either directly following outcome processing (during the test) or at the end of the testPart or assessmentTest as appropriate (referred to as atEnd). |
The description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class is given in Table 5.120.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | outcomeIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of an outcome variable that must have a base-type of identifier and be of either single or multiple cardinality. The visibility of the test feedback is controlled by assigning a value (or values) to this outcome variable during Outcomes Processing. |
The description of the "showHide" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class is given in Table 5.120.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showHide |
Data Type | ShowHide |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { show | hide } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The showHide characteristic determines how the visibility of the content is controlled in the same way as in the feedbackBlock. |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class is given in Table 5.120.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier that determines the visibility of the test feedback in conjunction with the showHide characteristic. |
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "TestFeedback" class is given in Table 5.120.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Delivery engines are not required to present the title to the candidate but may do so, for example as the title of a modal pop-up window or sub-heading in a combined report. |
The description of the "feedbackFlowStaticGroup" attribute for the "TestFeedback" class is given in Table 5.120.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackFlowStaticGroup |
Data Type | FeedbackFlowStaticGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract child that enables the complex feedback content to be build upon HTML flow structures. This must not contain interactions. |
The description of the "stylesheet" attribute for the "TestFeedback" class is given in Table 5.120.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stylesheet |
Data Type | StyleSheet |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | The set of external style sheets that are associated with the templateBlock. The order of definition is significant. |
The description of the "apipAccessibility" attribute for the "TestFeedback" class is given in Table 5.120.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | apipAccessibility |
Data Type | APIPAccessibility |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The accessibility information that is to be associated with the content in the templateBlock. The structure of this content is defined in [APIP, 2014]. |
The data model for the "TestPart" class is shown in Figure 5.121 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.121.
Figure 5.121 - TestPart class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "TestPart" class is given in Table 5.121.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the test part must be unique within the test and must not be the identifier of any assessmentSection or assessmentItemRef. |
The description of the "navigationMode" characteristic for the "TestPart" class is given in Table 5.121.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | navigationMode |
Data Type | NavigationMode |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { linear | nonlinear } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The navigation mode determines the general paths that the candidate may take. A testPart in linear mode restricts the candidate to attempt each item in turn. Once the candidate moves on they are not permitted to return. A testPart in nonlinear mode removes this restriction - the candidate is free to navigate to any item in the test at any time. Test delivery systems are free to implement their own user interface elements to facilitate navigation provided they honour the navigation mode currently in effect. A test delivery system may implement nonlinear mode simply by providing a method to step forward or backwards through the test part. |
The description of the "submissionMode" characteristic for the "TestPart" class is given in Table 5.121.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | submissionMode |
Data Type | SubmissionMode |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { individual | simultaneous } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The submission mode determines when the candidate's responses are submitted for response processing. A testPart in individual mode requires the candidate to submit their responses on an item-by-item basis. In simultaneous mode the candidate's responses are all submitted together at the end of the testPart. The choice of submission mode determines the states through which each item's session can pass during the test. In simultaneous mode, response processing cannot take place until the testPart is complete so each item session passes between the interacting and suspended states only. By definition the candidate can take one and only one attempt at each item and feedback cannot be seen during the test. For this reason, adaptive items are not compatible with the simultaneous mode. Whether or not the candidate can return to review their responses and/or any item-level feedback after the test, is outside the scope of this specification. Simultaneous mode is typical of paper-based tests. In individual mode response processing may take place during the test and the item session may pass through any of the states described in Items, subject to the itemSessionControl settings in force. Care should be taken when designing user interfaces for systems that support nonlinear navigation mode in combination with individual submission. With this combination candidates may change their responses for an item and then leave it in the suspended state by navigating to a different item in the same part of the test. Test delivery systems need to make it clear to candidates that there are unsubmitted responses (akin to unsaved changes in a traditional document editing system) at the end of the test part. A test delivery system may force candidates to submit or discard such responses before moving to a different item in individual mode if this is more appropriate. |
The description of the "preCondition" attribute for the "TestPart" class is given in Table 5.121.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | preCondition |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An optional set of conditions evaluated during the test, that determine if this part is to be skipped. |
The description of the "branchRule" attribute for the "TestPart" class is given in Table 5.121.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | branchRule |
Data Type | BranchRule |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | An optional set of rules, evaluated during the test, for setting an alternative target as the next part of the test. |
The description of the "itemSessionControl" attribute for the "TestPart" class is given in Table 5.121.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | itemSessionControl |
Data Type | ItemSessionControl |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Parameters used to control the allowable states of each item session in this part. These values may be overridden at section and item level. |
The description of the "timeLimits" attribute for the "TestPart" class is given in Table 5.121.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | timeLimits |
Data Type | TimeLimits |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Optionally controls the amount of time a candidate is allowed for this part of the test. |
The description of the "assessmentSectionSelection" attribute for the "TestPart" class is given in Table 5.121.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentSectionSelection |
Data Type | AssessmentSectionSelection |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1.. unbounded] |
Description | This is an abstract class that allows the set of child items and sections to be identified. The items contained in each testPart are arranged into sections and sub-sections. |
The description of the "testFeedback" attribute for the "TestPart" class is given in Table 5.121.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | testFeedback |
Data Type | TestFeedback |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | Test-level feedback specific to this part of the test. |
The data model for the "TextEntryInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.122 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.122.
Figure 5.122 - TextEntryInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "responseIdentifier" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class is given in Table 5.122.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | responseIdentifier |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifierRef |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The response variable associated with the interaction. |
The description of the "base" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class is given in Table 5.122.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | base |
Data Type | Int (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "10". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the string interaction is bound to a numeric response variable then the base attribute must be used to set the number base in which to interpret the value entered by the candidate. |
The description of the "stringIdentifier" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class is given in Table 5.122.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | stringIdentifier |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifierRef |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the string interaction is bound to a numeric response variable then the actual string entered by the candidate can also be captured by binding the interaction to a second response variable (of base-type string). |
The description of the "expectedLength" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class is given in Table 5.122.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | expectedLength |
Data Type | NonNegativeInteger (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The expectedLength characteristic provides a hint to the candidate as to the expected overall length of the desired response measured in number of characters. A Delivery Engine should use the value of this attribute to set the size of the response box, where applicable. This is not a validity constraint. |
The description of the "patternMask" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class is given in Table 5.122.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | patternMask |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If given, the pattern mask specifies a regular expression that the candidate's response must match in order to be considered valid. The regular expression language used is defined in Appendix F of [XSCHEMA2, 01]. Care is needed to ensure that the format of the required input is clear to the candidate, especially when validity checking of responses is required for progression through a test. This could be done by providing an illustrative sample response in the prompt, for example. |
The description of the "placeholderText" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class is given in Table 5.122.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | placeholderText |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | In visual environments, string interactions are typically represented by empty boxes into which the candidate writes or types. However, in speech based environments it is helpful to have some placeholder text that can be used to vocalize the interaction. Delivery engines should use the value of this attribute (if provided) instead of their default placeholder text when this is required. Implementors should be aware of the issues concerning the use of default values described in the section on Response Variables. |
The description of the "format" characteristic for the "TextEntryInteraction" class is given in Table 5.122.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | format |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Used to control the format of the text entered by the candidate. This characteristic affects the way the value of the associated response variable should be interpreted by response processing engines and also controls the way it should be captured in the delivery engine. |
The data model for the "UploadInteraction" class is shown in Figure 5.123 and the accompanying definition in Table 5.123.
Figure 5.123 - UploadInteraction class definitions.
The description of the "type" characteristic for the "UploadInteraction" class is given in Table 5.123.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | type |
Data Type | MimeType |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The expected mime-type of the uploaded file. |
All of the abstract data classes used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.2.
The data model for the "AssessmentSectionSelection" class is shown in Figure 6.1 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.1
Figure 6.1 - AssessmentSectionSelection class definitions.
The description of the "assessmentSection" attribute for the "AssessmentSectionSelection" class is given in Table 6.1.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentSection |
Data Type | AssessmentSection |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Makes the choice for an assessmentSection available. |
The description of the "assessmentSectionRef" attribute for the "AssessmentSectionSelection" class is given in Table 6.1.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentSectionRef |
Data Type | AssessmentSectionRef |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Makes the choice for an assessmentSection reference available. |
The data model for the "BlockContentModel" class is shown in Figure 6.2 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.2
Figure 6.2 - BlockContentModel class definitions.
The description of the "pre" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | pre |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'pre' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h1" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h1 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h1' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h2" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h2 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h2' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h3" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h3 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h3' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h4" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h4 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h4' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h5" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h5 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h5' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h6" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h6 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h6' tag for block content. |
The description of the "p" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | p |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'p' tag for block content. |
The description of the "address" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | address |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'address' tag for block content. |
The description of the "dl" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | dl |
Data Type | DL |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'dl' tag for block content. |
The description of the "ol" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ol |
Data Type | OUL |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'ol' tag for block content. |
The description of the "ul" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ul |
Data Type | OUL |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'ul' tag for block content. |
The description of the "hr" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hr |
Data Type | HR |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'hr' tag for block content. |
The description of the "blockquote" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockquote |
Data Type | BlockQuote |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'blockquote' tag for block content. |
The description of the "table" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | table |
Data Type | Table |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'table' tag for block content. |
The description of the "div" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | div |
Data Type | Div |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'div' tag for block content. |
The description of the "article" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | article |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'article' tag for block content. |
The description of the "aside" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | aside |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'aside' tag for block content. |
The description of the "audio" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.19.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | audio |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'audio' tag for block content. |
The description of the "figure" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.20.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | figure |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'figure' tag for block content. |
The description of the "footer" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.21.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | footer |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'footer' tag for block content. |
The description of the "header" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.22.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | header |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'header' tag for block content. |
The description of the "nav" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.23.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | nav |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'nav' tag for block content. |
The description of the "section" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.24.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | section |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'section' tag for block content. |
The description of the "video" attribute for the "BlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.2.25.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | video |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'video' tag for block content. |
The data model for the "BlockGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.3 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.3
Figure 6.3 - BlockGroup class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | BlockGroup |
Class Type | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | This class is not derived from another class. |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children |
The set of children attributes are:
|
Description | This is the abstract class that is used to enable the insertion of content including HTML block content and the QTI interactions. |
The description of the "positionObjectStage" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | positionObjectStage |
Data Type | PositionObjectStage |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the 'positionObjectStage' feature from QTI. |
The description of the "customInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | customInteraction |
Data Type | CustomInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the custom interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "drawingInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | drawingInteraction |
Data Type | DrawingInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the drawing interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "gapMatchInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gapMatchInteraction |
Data Type | GapMatchInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the gapMatch interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "matchInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | matchInteraction |
Data Type | MatchInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the match interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "graphicGapMatchInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | graphicGapMatchInteraction |
Data Type | GraphicGapMatchInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the graphicGapMatch interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "hotspotInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hotspotInteraction |
Data Type | HotspotInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the hotspot interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "graphicOrderInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | graphicOrderInteraction |
Data Type | GraphicOrderInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the graphicOrder interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "selectPointInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | selectPointInteraction |
Data Type | SelectPointInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the selectPoint interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "graphicAssociateInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | graphicAssociateInteraction |
Data Type | GraphicAssociateInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the graphicAssociate interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "sliderInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sliderInteraction |
Data Type | SliderInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the slider interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "choiceInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | choiceInteraction |
Data Type | ChoiceInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the choice interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "mediaInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mediaInteraction |
Data Type | MediaInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the media interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "hottextInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hottextInteraction |
Data Type | HotTextInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the hottext interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "orderInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | orderInteraction |
Data Type | OrderInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the order interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "extendedTextInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | extendedTextInteraction |
Data Type | ExtendedTextInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the extendedText interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "uploadInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | uploadInteraction |
Data Type | UploadInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the upload interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "associateInteraction" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | associateInteraction |
Data Type | AssociateInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the associate interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.19.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackBlock |
Data Type | FeedbackBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the block feedback content. |
The description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.20.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateBlock |
Data Type | TemplateBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the block template content. |
The description of the "infoControl" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.21.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | infoControl |
Data Type | InfoControl |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the infoControl feature from QTI. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.22.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the MathML 2 markup. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.23.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the MathML 3 markup. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.24.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "blockContentModel" attribute for the "BlockGroup" class is given in Table 6.3.25.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockContentModel |
Data Type | BlockContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclsion of the HTML block content. |
The data model for the "BlockStaticGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.4 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.4
Figure 6.4 - BlockStaticGroup class definitions.
The description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.4.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackBlock |
Data Type | FeedbackBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of feedback blocks i.e. information that is to be used as feedback. |
The description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.4.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateBlock |
Data Type | TemplateBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of template blocks i.e. content that will be used to create templates. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.4.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.4.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.4.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "blockContentModel" attribute for the "BlockStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.4.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockContentModel |
Data Type | BlockContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of arbitrary HTML block content tags e.g. 'pre', 'h1', etc. |
The data model for the "DLSelection" class is shown in Figure 6.5 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.5
Figure 6.5 - DLSelection class definitions.
The description of the "dd" attribute for the "DLSelection" class is given in Table 6.5.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | dd |
Data Type | DD |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Provides the HTML 'dd' tag as one of the choices. |
The description of the "dt" attribute for the "DLSelection" class is given in Table 6.5.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | dt |
Data Type | DT |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Provides the HTML 'dt' tag as one of the choices. |
The data model for the "DivSelection" class is shown in Figure 6.6 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.6
Figure 6.6 - DivSelection class definitions.
The description of the "positionObjectStage" attribute for the "DivSelection" class is given in Table 6.6.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | positionObjectStage |
Data Type | PositionObjectStage |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Provides the 'positionObjectStage' HTML layout control as one of the selections. |
The description of the "flowGroup" attribute for the "DivSelection" class is given in Table 6.6.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowGroup |
Data Type | FlowGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the HTML flow content to be used. |
The data model for the "ExpressionGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.7 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.7
Figure 6.7 - ExpressionGroup class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | ExpressionGroup |
Class Type | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | This class is not derived from another class. |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children |
The set of children attributes are:
|
Description | This is an abstract class that makes the set of QTI expressions/operators available to define the associated response and/or outcome and/or template processing. |
The description of the "and" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | and |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the logic 'and' operation across one or more other operators. The and operator takes one or more sub-expressions each with a base-type of boolean and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean which is true if all sub-expressions are true and false if any of them are false. If one or more sub-expressions are NULL and all others are true then the operator also results in NULL. |
The description of the "gt" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gt |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the 'greater than' function on the enclosed expression. The gt operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the first expression is numerically greater than the second and false if it is less than or equal to the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "not" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | not |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the logic 'not' operation on the enclosed expression. The not operator takes a single sub-expression with a base-type of boolean and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean with a value obtained by the logical negation of the sub-expression's value. If the sub-expression is NULL then the not operator also results in NULL. |
The description of the "lt" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | lt |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the 'less than' function on the enclosed expression. |
The description of the "gte" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gte |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the 'greater than or equal' function on the enclosed expression. The gte operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the first expression is numerically greater than or equal to the second and false if it is less than the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "lte" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | lte |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the 'less than or equal' function on the enclosed expression. The lte operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the first expression is numerically less than or equal to the second and 'false' if it is greater than the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "or" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | or |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the logic 'or' operation across one or more other operators. The or operator takes one or more sub-expressions each with a base-type of boolean and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean which is 'true' if any of the sub-expressions are 'true' and 'false' if all of them are 'false'. If one or more sub-expressions are NULL and all the others are false then the operator also results in NULL. |
The description of the "sum" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sum |
Data Type | NumericLogic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the 'sum' function on the enclosed set of expressions. The sum operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer that corresponds to the sum of the numerical values of the sub-expressions. If any of the sub-expressions are NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "durationLT" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | durationLT |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The durationLT operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and base-type duration. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the first duration is shorter than the second and 'false' if it is longer than (or equal) to the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. There is no 'durationLTE' or 'durationGT' because equality of duration is meaningless given the variable precision allowed by duration. Given that duration values are obtained by truncation rather than rounding it makes sense to test only less-than or greater-than-equal inequalities only. For example, if we want to determine if a candidate took less than 10 seconds to complete a task in a system that reports durations to a resolution of epsilon seconds (epsilon less than 1) then a value equal to 10 would cover all durations in the range [10,10+epsilon). |
The description of the "durationGTE" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | durationGTE |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The durationGTE operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and base-type duration. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the first duration is longer (or equal, within the limits imposed by truncation as described above) than the second and 'false' if it is shorter than the second. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. See durationLT for more information about testing the equality of durations. |
The description of the "subtract" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | subtract |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The subtract operator takes 2 sub-expressions which all have single cardinality and numerical base-types. The result is a single float or, if both sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer that corresponds to the first value minus the second. If either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "divide" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | divide |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The divide operator takes 2 sub-expressions which both have single cardinality and numerical base-types. The result is a single float that corresponds to the first expression divided by the second expression. If either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. Item authors should make every effort to ensure that the value of the second expression is never 0, however, if it is zero or the resulting value is outside the value set defined by float (not including positive and negative infinity) then the operator should result in NULL. |
The description of the "multiple" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | multiple |
Data Type | Logic0toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The multiple operator takes 0 or more sub-expressions all of which must have either single or multiple cardinality. Although the sub-expressions may be of any base-type they must all be of the same base-type. The result is a container with multiple cardinality containing the values of the sub-expressions, sub-expressions with multiple cardinality have their individual values added to the result: containers cannot contain other containers. For example, when applied to A, B and {C,D} the multiple operator results in {A,B,C,D}. All sub-expressions with NULL values are ignored. If no sub-expressions are given (or all are NULL) then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "ordered" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ordered |
Data Type | Logic0toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The ordered operator takes 0 or more sub-expressions all of which must have either single or ordered cardinality. Although the sub-expressions may be of any base-type they must all be of the same base-type. The result is a container with ordered cardinality containing the values of the sub-expressions, sub-expressions with ordered cardinality have their individual values added (in order) to the result: contains cannot contain other containers. For example, when applied to A, B, {C,D} the ordered operator results in {A,B,C,D}. Note that the ordered operator never results in an empty container. All sub-expressions with NULL values are ignored. If no sub-expressions are given (or all are NULL) then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "customOperator" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | customOperator |
Data Type | CustomOperator |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The custom operator provides an extension mechanism for defining operations not currently supported by this specification. |
The description of the "random" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | random |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The random operator takes a sub-expression with a multiple or ordered container value and any base-type. The result is a single value randomly selected from the container. The result has the same base-type as the sub-expression but single cardinality. If the sub-expression is NULL then the result is also NULL. |
The description of the "numberIncorrect" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberIncorrect |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberIncorrect expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set, for which at least one of the defined response variables does not match its associated correctResponse. Only items for which all declared response variables have correct responses defined and have been attempted at least once are considered. The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "numberCorrect" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberCorrect |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberCorrect expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set, for which the all defined response variables match their associated correctResponse. Only items for which all declared response variables have correct responses defined are considered. The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "numberPresented" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.19.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberPresented |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberPresented expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set that have been attempted (at least once). In other words, items with which the user has interacted, whether or not they provided a response. The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "numberResponded" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.20.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberResponded |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberResponded expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set that have been attempted (at least once) and for which a response was given. In other words, items for which at least one declared response has a value that differs from its declared default (typically NULL). The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "numberSelected" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.21.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberSelected |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberSelected expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set that have been selected for presentation to the candidate, regardless of whether the candidate has attempted them or not. The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "substring" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.22.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | substring |
Data Type | Substring |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The substring operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have an effective base-type of string and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the first expression is a substring of the second expression and 'false' if it isn't. If either sub-expression is NULL then the result of the operator is NULL. |
The description of the "equalRounded" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.23.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | equalRounded |
Data Type | EqualRounded |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The equalRounded operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the two expressions are numerically equal after rounding and 'false' if they are not. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "null" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.24.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | null |
Data Type | Empty (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Null is a simple expression that returns the NULL value - the null value is treated as if it is of any desired baseType. |
The description of the "delete" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.25.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | delete |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The delete operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have the same base-type. The first sub-expression must have single cardinality and the second must be a multiple or ordered container. The result is a new container derived from the second sub-expression with all instances of the first sub-expression removed. For example, when applied to A and {B,A,C,A} the result is the container {B,C}. If either sub-expression is NULL the result of the operator is NULL. The restrictions that apply to the member operator also apply to the delete operator. |
The description of the "match" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.26.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | match |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The match operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have the same base-type and cardinality. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the two expressions represent the same value and 'false' if they do not. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. The match operator must not be confused with broader notions of equality such as numerical equality. To avoid confusion, the match operator should not be used to compare subexpressions with base-types of float and must not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of duration. |
The description of the "index" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.27.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | index |
Data Type | Index |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The index operator takes a sub-expression with an ordered container value and any base-type. The result is the nth value of the container. The result has the same base-type as the sub-expression but single cardinality. The first value of a container has index 1, the second 2 and so on. 'n' must be a positive integer. If 'n' exceeds the number of values in the container (or the sub-expression is NULL) then the result of the index operator is NULL. If 'n' is an identifier, it is the value of 'n' at runtime that is used. |
The description of the "power" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.28.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | power |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The power operator takes 2 sub-expression which both have single cardinality and numerical base-types. The result is a single float that corresponds to the first expression raised to the power of the second. If either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. If the resulting value is outside the value set defined by float (not including positive and negative infinity) then the operator shall result in NULL. |
The description of the "equal" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.29.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | equal |
Data Type | Equal |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The equal operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have single cardinality and have a numerical base-type. The result is a single boolean with a value of true if the two expressions are numerically equal and false if they are not. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "contains" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.30.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | contains |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The contains operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have the same base-type and cardinality - either multiple or ordered. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the container given by the first sub-expression contains the value given by the second sub-expression and 'false' if it does not. Note that the contains operator works differently depending on the cardinality of the two sub-expressions. For unordered containers the values are compared without regard for ordering, for example, [A,B,C] contains [C,A]. Note that [A,B,C] does not contain [B,B] but that [A,B,B,C] does. For ordered containers the second sub-expression must be a strict sub-sequence within the first. In other words, [A,B,C] does not contain [C,A] but it does contain [B,C]. If either sub-expression is NULL then the result of the operator is NULL. Like the member operator, the contains operator should not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of float and must not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of duration. |
The description of the "containerSize" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.31.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | containerSize |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The containerSize operator takes a sub-expression with any base-type and either multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is an integer giving the number of values in the sub-expression, in other words, the size of the container. If the sub-expression is NULL the result is 0. This operator can be used for determining how many choices were selected in a multiple-response choiceInteraction, for example. |
The description of the "correct" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.32.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | correct |
Data Type | Correct |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression looks up the declaration of a response variable and returns the associated correctResponse or NULL if no correct value was declared. When used in outcomes processing item identifier prefixing (see variable) may be used to obtain the correct response from an individual item. |
The description of the "default" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.33.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | default |
Data Type | Default |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression looks up the declaration of an itemVariable and returns the associated defaultValue or NULL if no default value was declared. When used in outcomes processing item identifier prefixing (see variable) may be used to obtain the default value from an individual item. |
The description of the "anyN" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.34.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | anyN |
Data Type | AnyN |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The anyN operator takes one or more sub-expressions each with a base-type of boolean and single cardinality. The result is a single boolean which is 'true' if at least min of the sub-expressions are 'true' and at most max of the sub-expressions are 'true'. If more than n - min sub-expressions are 'false' (where n is the total number of sub-expressions) or more than max sub-expressions are 'true' then the result is 'false'. If one or more sub-expressions are NULL then it is possible that neither of these conditions is satisfied, in which case the operator results in NULL. For example, if min is 3 and max is 4 and the sub-expressions have values {true,true,false,NULL} then the operator results in NULL whereas {true,false,false,NULL} results in false and {true,true,true,NULL} results in 'true'. The result NULL indicates that the correct value for the operator cannot be determined. |
The description of the "integerDivide" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.35.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | integerDivide |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The integer divide operator takes 2 sub-expressions which both have single cardinality and base-type integer. The result is the single integer that corresponds to the first expression (x) divided by the second expression (y) rounded down to the greatest integer (i) such that i LTE (x/y). If y is 0, or if either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "integerModulus" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.36.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | integerModulus |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The integer modulus operator takes 2 sub-expressions which both have single cardinality and base-type integer. The result is the single integer that corresponds to the remainder when the first expression (x) is divided by the second expression (y). If z is the result of the corresponding integerDivide operator then the result is x-z*y. If y is 0, or if either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "isNull" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.37.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | isNull |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The isNull operator takes a sub-expression with any base-type and cardinality. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the sub-expression is NULL and 'false' otherwise. Note that empty containers and empty strings are both treated as NULL. |
The description of the "member" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.38.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | member |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The member operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have the same base-type. The first sub-expression must have single cardinality and the second must be a multiple or ordered container. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the value given by the first sub-expression is in the container defined by the second sub-expression. If either sub-expression is NULL then the result of the operator is NULL. The member operator should not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of float because of the poorly defined comparison of values. It must not be used on sub-expressions with a base-type of duration. |
The description of the "product" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.39.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | product |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The product operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer that corresponds to the product of the numerical values of the sub-expressions. If any of the sub-expressions are NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "round" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.40.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | round |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The round operator takes a single sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a numerical base-type. The result is a value of base-type integer formed by rounding the value of the sub-expression. The result is the integer n for all input values in the range [n-0.5,n+0.5). In other words, 6.8 and 6.5 both round up to 7, 6.49 rounds down to 6 and -6.5 rounds up to -6. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. If the sub-expression is NaN, then the result is NULL. If the sub-expression is INF, then the result is INF. If the sub-expression is -INF, then the result is -INF. |
The description of the "truncate" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.41.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | truncate |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The truncate operator takes a single sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a numerical base-type. The result is a value of base-type integer formed by truncating the value of the sub-expression towards zero. For example, the value 6.8 becomes 6 and the value -6.8 becomes -6. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. If the sub-expression is NaN, then the result is NULL. If the sub-expression is INF, then the result is INF. If the sub-expression is -INF, then the result is -INF. |
The description of the "fieldValue" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.42.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | fieldValue |
Data Type | FieldValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The field-value operator takes a sub-expression with a record container value. The result is the value of the field with the specified fieldIdentifier. If there is no field with that identifier then the result of the operator is NULL. |
The description of the "randomInteger" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.43.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | randomInteger |
Data Type | RandomInteger |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Selects a random integer from the specified range [min,max] satisfying min + step * n for some integer n. For example, with min=2, max=11 and step=3 the values {2,5,8,11} are possible. |
The description of the "randomFloat" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.44.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | randomFloat |
Data Type | RandomFloat |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Selects a random float from the specified range [min,max]. |
The description of the "variable" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.45.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | variable |
Data Type | Variable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression looks up the value of an itemVariable that has been declared in a corresponding variableDeclaration or is one of the built-in variables. The result has the base-type and cardinality declared for the variable subject to the type promotion of weighted outcomes. During outcomes processing, values taken from an individual item session can be looked up by prefixing the name of the item variable with the identifier assigned to the item in the assessmentItemRef, separated by a period character. For example, to obtain the value of the SCORE variable in the item referred to as Q01 you would use a variable instance with identifier Q01.SCORE. In adaptive tests that contain items that are allowed to be replaced (i.e. that have the withReplacement attribute set to "true"), the same item can be instantiated more than once. In order to access the outcome variable values of each instantiation, a number that denotes the instance's place in the sequence of the item's instantiation is inserted between the item variable identifier and the item variable, separated by a period character. For example, to obtain the value of the SCORE variable in the item referred to as Q01 in its second instantiation you would use a variable instance, prefixed by the instantiation sequence number, prefixed by an identifier Q01.2.SCORE. When looking up the value of a response variable it always takes the value assigned to it by the candidate's last submission. Unsubmitted responses are not available during expression evaluation. The value of an item variable taken from an item instantiated multiple times from the same assessmentItemRef (through the use of selection withReplacement) is taken from the last instance submitted if submission is simultaneous, otherwise it is undefined. |
The description of the "outcomeMinimum" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.46.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeMinimum |
Data Type | OutcomeMinMax |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, simultaneously looks up the normalMinimum value of an outcome variable in a sub-set of the items referred to in a test. Only variables with single cardinality are considered. Items with no declared minimum are ignored. The result has cardinality multiple and base-type float. |
The description of the "outcomeMaximum" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.47.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeMaximum |
Data Type | OutcomeMinMax |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, simultaneously looks up the normalMaximum value of an outcome variable in a sub-set of the items referred to in a test. Only variables with single cardinality are considered. If any of the items within the given subset have no declared maximum the result is NULL, otherwise the result has cardinality multiple and base-type float. |
The description of the "testVariables" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.48.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | testVariables |
Data Type | TestVariables |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, simultaneously looks up the value of an itemVariable in a sub-set of the items referred to in a test. Only variables with single cardinality are considered, all NULL values are ignored. The result has cardinality multiple and base-type as specified below. |
The description of the "integerToFloat" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.49.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | integerToFloat |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The integer to float conversion operator takes a single sub-expression which must have single cardinality and base-type integer. The result is a value of base type float with the same numeric value. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "inside" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.50.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inside |
Data Type | Inside |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The inside operator takes a single sub-expression which must have a baseType of point. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the given point is inside the area defined by shape and coords. If the sub-expression is a container the result is 'true' if any of the points are inside the area. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "baseValue" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.51.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | baseValue |
Data Type | BaseValue |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The simplest expression returns a single value from the set defined by the given baseType. |
The description of the "patternMatch" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.52.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | patternMatch |
Data Type | PatternMatch |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The patternMatch operator takes a sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a base-type of string. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the sub-expression matches the regular expression given by pattern and 'false' if it does not. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "mapResponsePoint" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.53.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mapResponsePoint |
Data Type | MapResponse |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The mapResponsePoint expression looks up the value of a response variable that must be of base-type point, and transforms it using the associated areaMapping. The transformation is similar to mapResponse except that the points are tested against each area in turn. When mapping containers each area can be mapped once only. For example, if the candidate identified two points that both fall in the same area then the mappedValue is still added to the calculated total just once. |
The description of the "mapResponse" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.54.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mapResponse |
Data Type | MapResponse |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression looks up the value of a response variable and then transforms it using the associated mapping, which must have been declared. The result is a single float. If the response variable has single cardinality then the value returned is simply the mapped target value from the map. If the response variable has multiple or ordered cardinality then the value returned is the sum of the mapped target values. This expression cannot be applied to variables of record cardinality. For example, if a mapping associates the identifiers {A,B,C,D} with the values {0,1,0.5,0} respectively then mapResponse will map the single value 'C' to the numeric value 0.5 and the set of values {C,B} to the value 1.5. If a container contains multiple instances of the same value then that value is counted once only. To continue the example above {B,B,C} would still map to 1.5 and not 2.5. |
The description of the "stringMatch" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.55.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | stringMatch |
Data Type | StringMatch |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The stringMatch operator takes two sub-expressions which must have single and a base-type of string. The result is a single boolean with a value of 'true' if the two strings match according to the comparison rules and 'false' if they don't. If either sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "repeat" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.56.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | repeat |
Data Type | Repeat |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The repeat operator takes 0 or more sub-expressions, all of which must have either single or ordered cardinality and the same baseType. The result is an ordered container having the same baseType as its sub-expressions. The container is filled sequentially by evaluating each sub-expression in turn and adding the resulting single values to the container, iterating this process numberRepeats times in total. If numberRepeats refers to a variable whose value is less than 1, the value of the whole expression is NULL. Any sub-expressions evaluating to NULL are ignored. If all sub-expressions are NULL then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "roundTo" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.57.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | roundTo |
Data Type | RoundTo |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The roundTo operator takes one sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a numerical base-type. The result is a single float with the value nearest to that of the expression's value such that when converted to a decimal string it represents the expression rounded by the specified rounding method to the specified precision. If the sub-expression is NULL, then the result is NULL. If the sub-expression is INF, then the result is INF. If the sub-expression is -INF, then the result is -INF. If the argument is NaN, then the result is NULL. When rounding to n significant figures, the deciding digit is the (n+1)th digit counting from the first non-zero digit from the left in the number. If the deciding digit is 5 or greater, the nth digit is increased by 1 and all digits to its right are discarded; if the deciding digit is less than 5, all digits to the right of the nth digit are discarded. When rounding to n decimal places, the deciding digit is the (n+1)th digit counting to the right from the decimal point. If the deciding digit is 5 or greater, the nth digit is increased by 1 and all digits to its right are discarded; if the deciding digit is less than 5, all digits to the right of the nth digit are discarded. |
The description of the "lcm" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.58.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | lcm |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The lcm operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have base-type integer and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single integer equal in value to the lowest common multiple (lcm) of the argument values. If any argument is zero, the result is 0, lcm(0,n)=0; authors should beware of this in calculations which require division by the lcm of random values. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "gcd" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.59.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gcd |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The gcd operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have base-type integer and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single integer equal in value to the greatest common divisor (gcd) of the argument values. If all the arguments are zero, the result is 0, gcd(0,0)=0; authors should beware of this in calculations which require division by the gcd of random values. If some, but not all, of the arguments are zero, the result is the gcd of the non-zero arguments, gcd(0,n)=n if n not equal to 0. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "min" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.60.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | min |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The min operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float, or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer, equal in value to the smallest of the argument values, i.e. the result is the argument closest to negative infinity. If the arguments have the same value, the result is that same value. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "max" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.61.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | max |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The max operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float, or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer, equal in value to the greatest of the argument values, i.e. the result is the argument closest to positive infinity. If the arguments have the same value, the result is that same value. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "mathConstant" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.62.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mathConstant |
Data Type | MathConstant |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The result is a mathematical constant returned as a single float, e.g. Pi and e. |
The description of the "statsOperator" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.63.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | statsOperator |
Data Type | StatsOperator |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The statsOperator operator takes 1 sub-expression which is a container of multiple or ordered cardinality and has a numerical base-type. The result is a single float. If the sub-expression or any value contained therein is NULL, the result is NULL. If any value contained in the sub-expression is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "mathOperator" attribute for the "ExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.7.64.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mathOperator |
Data Type | MathOperator |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The mathOperator operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have single cardinality and have numerical base-types. The trigonometric functions, sin, cos and tan, take one argument in radians, which evaluates to a single float. Other functions take one numerical argument. Further functions might take more than one numerical argument, e.g. atan2 (two argument arc tan). The result is a single float, except for the functions signum, floor and ceil, which return a single integer. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions falls outside the natural domain of the function called by mathOperator, e.g. log(0) or asin(2), then the result is NULL. See Subsection 2.12 for the set of associated rules. |
The data model for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is shown in Figure 6.8 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.8
Figure 6.8 - FeedandTempBlockStatic class definitions.
The description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.8.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowContentModel |
Data Type | FlowContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of complex HTML markup based upon flow content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.8.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.8.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.8.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.8.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateBlock |
Data Type | TemplateBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of template block content in the recursive structure. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.8.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | TemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of template inline content in the recursive structure. |
The description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.8.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackBlock |
Data Type | TemplateBlockFeedbackBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of feedback block content in the recursive structure. |
The description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.8.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackInline |
Data Type | FeedbackInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of feedback inline content in the recursive structure. |
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FeedandTempBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.8.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of data defined as a printed variable. |
The data model for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class is shown in Figure 6.9 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.9
Figure 6.9 - FeedbackBlockStatic class definitions.
The description of the "blockGroup" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.9.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockGroup |
Data Type | BlockGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of block content, based upon QTI interactions, from the abstract class BlockGroup. |
The description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.9.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineContentModel |
Data Type | InlineContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attrbute that enables the insertion of inline content as defined by HTML. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.9.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | TemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of template inline structures i.e. to identify template-based information. |
The description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.9.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackInline |
Data Type | FeedbackInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of feedback inline structures i.e. to identify feedback-based information. |
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FeedbackBlockStatic" class is given in Table 6.9.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of data defined as a printed variable. |
The data model for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.10 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.10
Figure 6.10 - FeedbackFlowStaticGroup class definitions.
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.10.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of data defined as a printed variable. |
The description of the "hottext" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.10.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hottext |
Data Type | HotText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Defines a hottext area that is used within the content of an hottextInteraction to provide the individual choices. It must not contain any nested interactions or other hottext areas. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.10.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | TemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of template inline structures i.e. to identify template-based information. |
The description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.10.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateBlock |
Data Type | TemplateBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of template block structures i.e. to identify template-based information. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.10.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of MathML 2 markup. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.10.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of MathML 3 markup. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.10.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of arbitrary content (the form depends on the binding approach). |
The description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "FeedbackFlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.10.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowContentModel |
Data Type | FlowContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of complex HTML markup based upon flow content. |
The data model for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.11 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.11
Figure 6.11 - FeedbackInlineGroup class definitions.
The description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.11.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineContentModel |
Data Type | InlineContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of inline content as defined by HTML. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.11.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of MathML 2 markup. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.11.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of MathML 3 markup. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.11.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of arbitrary content (the form depends on the binding approach). |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.11.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | TemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of template inline structures i.e. to identify template-based information. |
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FeedbackInlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.11.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of data defined as a printed variable. |
The data model for the "FlowContentModel" class is shown in Figure 6.12 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.12
Figure 6.12 - FlowContentModel class definitions.
The description of the "pre" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | pre |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'pre' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h1" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h1 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h1' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h2" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h2 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h2' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h3" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h3 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h3' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h4" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h4 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h4' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h5" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h5 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h5' tag for block content. |
The description of the "h6" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | h6 |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'h6' tag for block content. |
The description of the "p" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | p |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'p' tag for block content. |
The description of the "address" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | address |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'address' tag for block content. |
The description of the "dl" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | dl |
Data Type | DL |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'dl' tag for block content. |
The description of the "ol" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ol |
Data Type | OUL |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'ol' tag for block content. |
The description of the "ul" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ul |
Data Type | OUL |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'ul' tag for block content. |
The description of the "br" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | br |
Data Type | BR |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'br' tag for block content. |
The description of the "hr" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hr |
Data Type | HR |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'hr' tag for block content. |
The description of the "img" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | img |
Data Type | Img |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'img' tag for block content. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'object' tag for block content. |
The description of the "blockquote" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockquote |
Data Type | BlockQuote |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'blockquote' tag for block content. |
The description of the "em" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | em |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'em' tag for block content. |
The description of the "a" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.19.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | a |
Data Type | A |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'a' tag for block content. |
The description of the "code" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.20.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | code |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'code' tag for block content. |
The description of the "span" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.21.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | span |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'span' tag for block content. |
The description of the "sub" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.22.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sub |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'sub' tag for block content. |
The description of the "acronym" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.23.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | acronym |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'acronym' tag for block content. |
The description of the "big" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.24.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | big |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'big' tag for block content. |
The description of the "tt" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.25.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | tt |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'tt' tag for block content. |
The description of the "kbd" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.26.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | kbd |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'kbd' tag for block content. |
The description of the "q" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.27.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | q |
Data Type | Q |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'q' tag for block content. |
The description of the "i" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.28.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | i |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'i' tag for block content. |
The description of the "dfn" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.29.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | dfn |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'dfn' tag for block content. |
The description of the "abbr" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.30.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | abbr |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'abbr' tag for block content. |
The description of the "strong" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.31.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | strong |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'strong' tag for block content. |
The description of the "sup" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.32.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sup |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'sup' tag for block content. |
The description of the "var" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.33.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | var |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'var' tag for block content. |
The description of the "small" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.34.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | small |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'small' tag for block content. |
The description of the "samp" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.35.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | samp |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'samp' tag for block content. |
The description of the "b" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.36.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | b |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'b' tag for block content. |
The description of the "cite" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.37.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | cite |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'cite' tag for block content. |
The description of the "table" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.38.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | table |
Data Type | Table |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'table' tag for block content. |
The description of the "div" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.39.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | div |
Data Type | Div |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'div' tag for block content. |
The description of the "bdo" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.40.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | bdo |
Data Type | BDO |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML 'bdo' tag for block content. |
The description of the "bdi" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.41.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | bdi |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'bdi' tag for block content. |
The description of the "figure" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.42.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | figure |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'figure' tag for block content. |
The description of the "audio" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.43.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | audio |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'audio' tag for block content. |
The description of the "video" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.44.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | video |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'video' tag for block content. |
The description of the "article" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.45.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | article |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'article' tag for block content. |
The description of the "aside" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.46.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | aside |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'aside' tag for block content. |
The description of the "footer" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.47.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | footer |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'footer' tag for block content. |
The description of the "header" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.48.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | header |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'header' tag for block content. |
The description of the "label" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.49.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | label |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'label' tag to be used. |
The description of the "nav" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.50.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | nav |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'nav' tag for block content. |
The description of the "section" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.51.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | section |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the use of the HTML5 'section' tag for block content. |
The description of the "ruby" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.52.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ruby |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'ruby' tag to be used. |
The description of the "ssmlGroup" attribute for the "FlowContentModel" class is given in Table 6.12.53.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ssmlGroup |
Data Type | SSMLGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the SSML tags to be used. |
The data model for the "FlowGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.13 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.13
Figure 6.13 - FlowGroup class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | FlowGroup |
Class Type | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | This class is not derived from another class. |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children |
The set of children attributes are:
|
Description | This is an abstract class that is used to define HTML flow content including the set of QTI interactions. These tags that can appear inside list items, table cells, etc. which includes block-type and inline-type elements. |
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of data defined as a printed variable. |
The description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackBlock |
Data Type | FeedbackBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | To enable the inclusion of the feedback block content. |
The description of the "hottext" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hottext |
Data Type | HotText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Defines a hottext area that is used within the content. It must not contain any nested interactions or other hottext areas. |
The description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackInline |
Data Type | FeedbackInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | To enable the inclusion of the feedback inline content. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | TemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of template inline structures i.e. to identify template-based information. |
The description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateBlock |
Data Type | TemplateBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of template block structures i.e. to identify template-based information. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the option for the MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the option for the MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the option for the inclusion of content fragments. In the case of XML-based bindings this makes use of the XInclude standard. |
The description of the "textEntryInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | textEntryInteraction |
Data Type | TextEntryInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the textEntry interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "inlineChoiceInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineChoiceInteraction |
Data Type | InlineChoiceInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the inlineChoice interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "endAttemptInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | endAttemptInteraction |
Data Type | EndAttemptInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the endAttempt interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "customInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | customInteraction |
Data Type | CustomInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the custom interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "drawingInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | drawingInteraction |
Data Type | DrawingInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the drawing interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "gapMatchInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gapMatchInteraction |
Data Type | GapMatchInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the gapMatch interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "matchInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | matchInteraction |
Data Type | MatchInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the match interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "graphicGapMatchInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | graphicGapMatchInteraction |
Data Type | GraphicGapMatchInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the graphicGapMatch interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "hotspotInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hotspotInteraction |
Data Type | HotspotInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the hotspot interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "graphicOrderInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.19.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | graphicOrderInteraction |
Data Type | GraphicOrderInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the graphicOrder interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "selectPointInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.20.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | selectPointInteraction |
Data Type | SelectPointInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the selectPoint interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "graphicAssociateInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.21.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | graphicAssociateInteraction |
Data Type | GraphicAssociateInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the graphicAssociate interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "sliderInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.22.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sliderInteraction |
Data Type | SliderInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the slider interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "choiceInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.23.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | choiceInteraction |
Data Type | ChoiceInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the choice interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "mediaInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.24.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mediaInteraction |
Data Type | MediaInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the media interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "hottextInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.25.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hottextInteraction |
Data Type | HotTextInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the hottext interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "orderInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.26.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | orderInteraction |
Data Type | OrderInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the order interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "extendedTextInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.27.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | extendedTextInteraction |
Data Type | ExtendedTextInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the extendedText interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "uploadInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.28.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | uploadInteraction |
Data Type | UploadInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the upload interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "associateInteraction" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.29.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | associateInteraction |
Data Type | AssociateInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Enables the inclusion of the associate interaction feature from QTI. |
The description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "FlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.13.30.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowContentModel |
Data Type | FlowContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract child. It is used to denote the permitted flow content i.e. the permitted set of HTML children. |
The data model for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.14 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.14
Figure 6.14 - FlowStaticGroup class definitions.
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.14.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of data defined as a printed variable. |
The description of the "feedbackBlock" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.14.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackBlock |
Data Type | FeedbackBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | To enable the inclusion of the feedback block content. |
The description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.14.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackInline |
Data Type | FeedbackInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | To enable the inclusion of the feedback inline content. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.14.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | TemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | To enable the inclusion of the template inline content. |
The description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.14.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateBlock |
Data Type | TemplateBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | To enable the inclusion of the template block content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.14.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.14.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.14.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "FlowStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.14.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowContentModel |
Data Type | FlowContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of complex HTML markup based upon flow content. |
The data model for the "GapChoice" class is shown in Figure 6.15 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.15
Figure 6.15 - GapChoice class definitions.
The description of the "gapText" attribute for the "GapChoice" class is given in Table 6.15.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gapText |
Data Type | GapText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Makes the selection for 'gapText' available. |
The description of the "gapImg" attribute for the "GapChoice" class is given in Table 6.15.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gapImg |
Data Type | GapImg |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Makes the selection for 'gapImg' available. |
The data model for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.16 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.16
Figure 6.16 - InlineChoiceGroup class definitions.
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class is given in Table 6.16.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of a printed variable to provided as part of the inline content. |
The description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class is given in Table 6.16.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackInline |
Data Type | FeedbackInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows feedback content to be presented as part of the inline content. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class is given in Table 6.16.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | TemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows template content to be presented as part of the inline content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class is given in Table 6.16.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class is given in Table 6.16.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class is given in Table 6.16.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "InlineChoiceGroup" class is given in Table 6.16.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineContentModel |
Data Type | InlineContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract class that allows any combination of HTML inline content. |
The data model for the "InlineContentModel" class is shown in Figure 6.17 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.17
Figure 6.17 - InlineContentModel class definitions.
The description of the "img" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | img |
Data Type | Img |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'img' tag to be used. |
The description of the "br" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | br |
Data Type | BR |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'br' tag to be used. |
The description of the "object" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | object |
Data Type | Object |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'object' tag to be used. |
The description of the "em" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | em |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'em' tag to be used. |
The description of the "a" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | a |
Data Type | A |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'a' tag to be used. |
The description of the "code" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | code |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'code' tag to be used. |
The description of the "span" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | span |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'span' tag to be used. |
The description of the "sub" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sub |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'sub' tag to be used. |
The description of the "acronym" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | acronym |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'acronym' tag to be used. |
The description of the "big" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | big |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'big' tag to be used. |
The description of the "tt" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | tt |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'tt' tag to be used. |
The description of the "kbd" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | kbd |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'kbd' tag to be used. |
The description of the "q" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | q |
Data Type | Q |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'q' tag to be used. |
The description of the "i" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | i |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'i' tag to be used. |
The description of the "dfn" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | dfn |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'dfn' tag to be used. |
The description of the "abbr" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | abbr |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'abbr' tag to be used. |
The description of the "strong" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | strong |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'strong' tag to be used. |
The description of the "sup" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sup |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'sup' tag to be used. |
The description of the "var" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.19.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | var |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'var' tag to be used. |
The description of the "small" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.20.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | small |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'small' tag to be used. |
The description of the "samp" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.21.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | samp |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'samp' tag to be used. |
The description of the "b" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.22.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | b |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'b' tag to be used. |
The description of the "cite" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.23.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | cite |
Data Type | HTMLText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'cite' tag to be used. |
The description of the "bdo" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.24.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | bdo |
Data Type | BDO |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'bdo' tag to be used. |
The description of the "bdi" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.25.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | bdi |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'bdi' tag to be used. |
The description of the "label" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.26.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | label |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'label' tag to be used. |
The description of the "ruby" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.27.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ruby |
Data Type | HTML5 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the HTML 'ruby' tag to be used. |
The description of the "ssml11Group" attribute for the "InlineContentModel" class is given in Table 6.17.28.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ssml11Group |
Data Type | SSMLGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the SSML tags to be used. |
The data model for the "InlineGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.18 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.18
Figure 6.18 - InlineGroup class definitions.
The description of the "textEntryInteraction" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | textEntryInteraction |
Data Type | TextEntryInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Permits the insertion of a textEntry interaction. |
The description of the "hottext" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hottext |
Data Type | HotText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Permits the insertion of hottext. |
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of a printed variable to provided part of the inline content. |
The description of the "gap" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gap |
Data Type | Gap |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of gap as part of the inline content. |
The description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackInline |
Data Type | FeedbackInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of inline feedback as part of the inline content. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | TemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of inline template as part of the inline content. |
The description of the "inlineChoiceInteraction" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineChoiceInteraction |
Data Type | InlineChoiceInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Permits the insertion of an inlineChoice interaction. |
The description of the "endAttemptInteraction" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | endAttemptInteraction |
Data Type | EndAttemptInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Permits the insertion of a endAttempt interaction. |
The description of the "customInteraction" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | customInteraction |
Data Type | CustomInteraction |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Permits the insertion of a custom interaction. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "InlineGroup" class is given in Table 6.18.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineContentModel |
Data Type | InlineContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract class that allows any combination of HTML inline content. |
The data model for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.19 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.19
Figure 6.19 - InlineStaticGroup class definitions.
The description of the "hottext" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.19.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | hottext |
Data Type | HotText |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of QTI hottext content. |
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.19.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the insertion of a printed variable to provide part of the inline content. |
The description of the "gap" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.19.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gap |
Data Type | Gap |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of QTI 'gap' structures in the content. |
The description of the "feedbackInline" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.19.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | feedbackInline |
Data Type | FeedbackInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows feedback content to be presented as part of the inline content. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.19.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | TemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows template content to be presented as part of the inline content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.19.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.19.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.19.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "InlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.19.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineContentModel |
Data Type | InlineContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract class that allows any combination of HTML inline content. |
The data model for the "ItemBodySelect" class is shown in Figure 6.20 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.20
Figure 6.20 - ItemBodySelect class definitions.
The description of the "rubricBlock" attribute for the "ItemBodySelect" class is given in Table 6.20.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | rubricBlock |
Data Type | RubricBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Provides the choice of the rubric block content for the ItemBody content. |
The description of the "blockGroup" attribute for the "ItemBodySelect" class is given in Table 6.20.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | blockGroup |
Data Type | BlockGroup |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Provides the choice of the HTML block content for the ItemBody content. |
The data model for the "LookupTable" class is shown in Figure 6.21 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.21
Figure 6.21 - LookupTable class definitions.
The description of the "matchTable" attribute for the "LookupTable" class is given in Table 6.21.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | matchTable |
Data Type | MatchTable |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the selection of the 'matchTable' entry. |
The description of the "interpolationTable" attribute for the "LookupTable" class is given in Table 6.21.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | interpolationTable |
Data Type | InterpolationTable |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the selection of the 'interpolationTable' entry. |
The data model for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.22 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.22
Figure 6.22 - NumericExpressionGroup class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | NumericExpressionGroup |
Class Type | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | This class is not derived from another class. |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children |
The set of children attributes are:
|
Description | This is an abstract class that makes the set of QTI numeric expressions/operators available to define the associated response and/or outcome and/or template processing. |
The description of the "sum" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sum |
Data Type | NumericLogic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the 'sum' function on the enclosed set of expressions. The sum operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer that corresponds to the sum of the numerical values of the sub-expressions. If any of the sub-expressions are NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "subtract" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | subtract |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The subtract operator takes 2 sub-expressions which all have single cardinality and numerical base-types. The result is a single float or, if both sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer that corresponds to the first value minus the second. If either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "divide" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | divide |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The divide operator takes 2 sub-expressions which both have single cardinality and numerical base-types. The result is a single float that corresponds to the first expression divided by the second expression. If either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. Item authors should make every effort to ensure that the value of the second expression is never 0, however, if it is zero or the resulting value is outside the value set defined by float (not including positive and negative infinity) then the operator should result in NULL. |
The description of the "multiple" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | multiple |
Data Type | Logic0toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The multiple operator takes 0 or more sub-expressions all of which must have either single or multiple cardinality. Although the sub-expressions may be of any base-type they must all be of the same base-type. The result is a container with multiple cardinality containing the values of the sub-expressions, sub-expressions with multiple cardinality have their individual values added to the result: containers cannot contain other containers. For example, when applied to A, B and {C,D} the multiple operator results in {A,B,C,D}. All sub-expressions with NULL values are ignored. If no sub-expressions are given (or all are NULL) then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "ordered" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | ordered |
Data Type | Logic0toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The ordered operator takes 0 or more sub-expressions all of which must have either single or ordered cardinality. Although the sub-expressions may be of any base-type they must all be of the same base-type. The result is a container with ordered cardinality containing the values of the sub-expressions, sub-expressions with ordered cardinality have their individual values added (in order) to the result: contains cannot contain other containers. For example, when applied to A, B, {C,D} the ordered operator results in {A,B,C,D}. Note that the ordered operator never results in an empty container. All sub-expressions with NULL values are ignored. If no sub-expressions are given (or all are NULL) then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "customOperator" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | customOperator |
Data Type | CustomOperator |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The custom operator provides an extension mechanism for defining operations not currently supported by this specification. |
The description of the "random" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | random |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The random operator takes a sub-expression with a multiple or ordered container value and any base-type. The result is a single value randomly selected from the container. The result has the same base-type as the sub-expression but single cardinality. If the sub-expression is NULL then the result is also NULL. |
The description of the "numberIncorrect" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberIncorrect |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberIncorrect expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set, for which at least one of the defined response variables does not match its associated correctResponse. Only items for which all declared response variables have correct responses defined and have been attempted at least once are considered. The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "numberCorrect" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberCorrect |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberCorrect expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set, for which the all defined response variables match their associated correctResponse. Only items for which all declared response variables have correct responses defined are considered. The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "numberPresented" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberPresented |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberPresented expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set that have been attempted (at least once). In other words, items with which the user has interacted, whether or not they provided a response. The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "numberResponded" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberResponded |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberResponded expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set that have been attempted (at least once) and for which a response was given. In other words, items for which at least one declared response has a value that differs from its declared default (typically NULL). The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "numberSelected" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | numberSelected |
Data Type | Number |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The numberSelected expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, calculates the number of items in a given sub-set that have been selected for presentation to the candidate, regardless of whether the candidate has attempted them or not. The result is an integer with single cardinality. |
The description of the "null" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | null |
Data Type | Empty (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Null is a simple expression that returns the NULL value - the null value is treated as if it is of any desired baseType. |
The description of the "delete" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | delete |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The delete operator takes two sub-expressions which must both have the same base-type. The first sub-expression must have single cardinality and the second must be a multiple or ordered container. The result is a new container derived from the second sub-expression with all instances of the first sub-expression removed. For example, when applied to A and {B,A,C,A} the result is the container {B,C}. If either sub-expression is NULL the result of the operator is NULL. The restrictions that apply to the member operator also apply to the delete operator. |
The description of the "index" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | index |
Data Type | Index |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The index operator takes a sub-expression with an ordered container value and any base-type. The result is the nth value of the container. The result has the same base-type as the sub-expression but single cardinality. The first value of a container has index 1, the second 2 and so on. n must be a positive integer. If n exceeds the number of values in the container (or the sub-expression is NULL) then the result of the index operator is NULL. If 'n' is an identifier, it is the value of 'n' at runtime that is used. |
The description of the "power" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | power |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The power operator takes 2 sub-expression which both have single cardinality and numerical base-types. The result is a single float that corresponds to the first expression raised to the power of the second. If either or the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. If the resulting value is outside the value set defined by float (not including positive and negative infinity) then the operator shall result in NULL. |
The description of the "containerSize" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | containerSize |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The containerSize operator takes a sub-expression with any base-type and either multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is an integer giving the number of values in the sub-expression, in other words, the size of the container. If the sub-expression is NULL the result is 0. This operator can be used for determining how many choices were selected in a multiple-response choiceInteraction, for example. |
The description of the "correct" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.18.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | correct |
Data Type | Correct |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression looks up the declaration of a response variable and returns the associated correctResponse or NULL if no correct value was declared. When used in outcomes processing item identifier prefixing (see variable) may be used to obtain the correct response from an individual item. |
The description of the "default" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.19.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | default |
Data Type | Default |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression looks up the declaration of an itemVariable and returns the associated defaultValue or NULL if no default value was declared. When used in outcomes processing item identifier prefixing (see variable) may be used to obtain the default value from an individual item. |
The description of the "integerDivide" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.20.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | integerDivide |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The integer divide operator takes 2 sub-expressions which both have single cardinality and base-type integer. The result is the single integer that corresponds to the first expression (x) divided by the second expression (y) rounded down to the greatest integer (i) such that i LTE (x/y). If y is 0, or if either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "integerModulus" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.21.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | integerModulus |
Data Type | LogicPair |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The integer modulus operator takes 2 sub-expressions which both have single cardinality and base-type integer. The result is the single integer that corresponds to the remainder when the first expression (x) is divided by the second expression (y). If z is the result of the corresponding integerDivide operator then the result is x-z*y. If y is 0, or if either of the sub-expressions is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "product" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.22.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | product |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The product operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer that corresponds to the product of the numerical values of the sub-expressions. If any of the sub-expressions are NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "round" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.23.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | round |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The round operator takes a single sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a numerical base-type. The result is a value of base-type integer formed by rounding the value of the sub-expression. The result is the integer n for all input values in the range [n-0.5,n+0.5). In other words, 6.8 and 6.5 both round up to 7, 6.49 rounds down to 6 and -6.5 rounds up to -6. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. If the sub-expression is NaN, then the result is NULL. If the sub-expression is INF, then the result is INF. If the sub-expression is -INF, then the result is -INF. |
The description of the "truncate" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.24.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | truncate |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The truncate operator takes a single sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a numerical base-type. The result is a value of base-type integer formed by truncating the value of the sub-expression towards zero. For example, the value 6.8 becomes 6 and the value -6.8 becomes -6. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. If the sub-expression is NaN, then the result is NULL. If the sub-expression is INF, then the result is INF. If the sub-expression is -INF, then the result is -INF. |
The description of the "fieldValue" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.25.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | fieldValue |
Data Type | FieldValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The field-value operator takes a sub-expression with a record container value. The result is the value of the field with the specified fieldIdentifier. If there is no field with that identifier then the result of the operator is NULL. |
The description of the "randomInteger" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.26.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | randomInteger |
Data Type | RandomInteger |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Selects a random integer from the specified range [min,max] satisfying min + step * n for some integer n. For example, with min=2, max=11 and step=3 the values {2,5,8,11} are possible. |
The description of the "variable" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.27.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | variable |
Data Type | Variable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression looks up the value of an itemVariable that has been declared in a corresponding variableDeclaration or is one of the built-in variables. The result has the base-type and cardinality declared for the variable subject to the type promotion of weighted outcomes (see below). During outcomes processing, values taken from an individual item session can be looked up by prefixing the name of the item variable with the identifier assigned to the item in the assessmentItemRef, separated by a period character. For example, to obtain the value of the SCORE variable in the item referred to as Q01 you would use a variable instance with identifier Q01.SCORE. In adaptive tests that contain items that are allowed to be replaced (i.e. that have the withReplacement attribute set to "true"), the same item can be instantiated more than once. In order to access the outcome variable values of each instantiation, a number that denotes the instance's place in the sequence of the item's instantiation is inserted between the item variable identifier and the item variable, separated by a period character. For example, to obtain the value of the SCORE variable in the item referred to as Q01 in its second instantiation you would use a variable instance, prefixed by the instantiation sequence number, prefixed by an identifier Q01.2.SCORE. When looking up the value of a response variable it always takes the value assigned to it by the candidate's last submission. Unsubmitted responses are not available during expression evaluation. The value of an item variable taken from an item instantiated multiple times from the same assessmentItemRef (through the use of selection withReplacement) is taken from the last instance submitted if submission is simultaneous, otherwise it is undefined. |
The description of the "outcomeMinimum" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.28.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeMinimum |
Data Type | OutcomeMinMax |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, simultaneously looks up the normalMinimum value of an outcome variable in a sub-set of the items referred to in a test. Only variables with single cardinality are considered. Items with no declared minimum are ignored. The result has cardinality multiple and base-type float. |
The description of the "outcomeMaximum" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.29.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeMaximum |
Data Type | OutcomeMinMax |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, simultaneously looks up the normalMaximum value of an outcome variable in a sub-set of the items referred to in a test. Only variables with single cardinality are considered. If any of the items within the given subset have no declared maximum the result is NULL, otherwise the result has cardinality multiple and base-type float. |
The description of the "testVariables" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.30.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | testVariables |
Data Type | TestVariables |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression, which can only be used in outcomes processing, simultaneously looks up the value of an itemVariable in a sub-set of the items referred to in a test. Only variables with single cardinality are considered, all NULL values are ignored. The result has cardinality multiple and base-type as specified below. |
The description of the "integerToFloat" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.31.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | integerToFloat |
Data Type | LogicSingle |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The integer to float conversion operator takes a single sub-expression which must have single cardinality and base-type integer. The result is a value of base type float with the same numeric value. If the sub-expression is NULL then the operator results in NULL. |
The description of the "baseValue" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.32.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | baseValue |
Data Type | BaseValue |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The simplest expression returns a single value from the set defined by the given baseType. |
The description of the "mapResponsePoint" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.33.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mapResponsePoint |
Data Type | MapResponse |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The mapResponsePoint expression looks up the value of a response variable that must be of base-type point, and transforms it using the associated areaMapping. The transformation is similar to mapResponse except that the points are tested against each area in turn. When mapping containers each area can be mapped once only. For example, if the candidate identified two points that both fall in the same area then the mappedValue is still added to the calculated total just once. |
The description of the "mapResponse" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.34.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mapResponse |
Data Type | MapResponse |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This expression looks up the value of a response variable and then transforms it using the associated mapping, which must have been declared. The result is a single float. If the response variable has single cardinality then the value returned is simply the mapped target value from the map. If the response variable has multiple or ordered cardinality then the value returned is the sum of the mapped target values. This expression cannot be applied to variables of record cardinality. For example, if a mapping associates the identifiers {A,B,C,D} with the values {0,1,0.5,0} respectively then mapResponse will map the single value 'C' to the numeric value 0.5 and the set of values {C,B} to the value 1.5. If a container contains multiple instances of the same value then that value is counted once only. To continue the example above {B,B,C} would still map to 1.5 and not 2.5. |
The description of the "repeat" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.35.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | repeat |
Data Type | Repeat |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The repeat operator takes 0 or more sub-expressions, all of which must have either single or ordered cardinality and the same baseType. The result is an ordered container having the same baseType as its sub-expressions. The container is filled sequentially by evaluating each sub-expression in turn and adding the resulting single values to the container, iterating this process numberRepeats times in total. If numberRepeats refers to a variable whose value is less than 1, the value of the whole expression is NULL. Any sub-expressions evaluating to NULL are ignored. If all sub-expressions are NULL then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "roundTo" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.36.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | roundTo |
Data Type | RoundTo |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The roundTo operator takes one sub-expression which must have single cardinality and a numerical base-type. The result is a single float with the value nearest to that of the expression's value such that when converted to a decimal string it represents the expression rounded by the specified rounding method to the specified precision. If the sub-expression is NULL, then the result is NULL. If the sub-expression is INF, then the result is INF. If the sub-expression is -INF, then the result is -INF. If the argument is NaN, then the result is NULL. When rounding to n significant figures, the deciding digit is the (n+1)th digit counting from the first non-zero digit from the left in the number. If the deciding digit is 5 or greater, the nth digit is increased by 1 and all digits to its right are discarded; if the deciding digit is less than 5, all digits to the right of the nth digit are discarded. When rounding to n decimal places, the deciding digit is the (n+1)th digit counting to the right from the decimal point. If the deciding digit is 5 or greater, the nth digit is increased by 1 and all digits to its right are discarded; if the deciding digit is less than 5, all digits to the right of the nth digit are discarded. |
The description of the "lcm" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.37.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | lcm |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The lcm operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have base-type integer and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single integer equal in value to the lowest common multiple (lcm) of the argument values. If any argument is zero, the result is 0, lcm(0,n)=0; authors should beware of this in calculations which require division by the lcm of random values. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "gcd" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.38.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | gcd |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The gcd operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have base-type integer and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single integer equal in value to the greatest common divisor (gcd) of the argument values. If all the arguments are zero, the result is 0, gcd(0,0)=0; authors should beware of this in calculations which require division by the gcd of random values. If some, but not all, of the arguments are zero, the result is the gcd of the non-zero arguments, gcd(0,n)=n if n not equal to 0. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "min" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.39.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | min |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The min operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float, or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer, equal in value to the smallest of the argument values, i.e. the result is the argument closest to negative infinity. If the arguments have the same value, the result is that same value. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "max" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.40.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | max |
Data Type | Logic1toMany |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The max operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have numerical base-types and may have single, multiple or ordered cardinality. The result is a single float, or, if all sub-expressions are of integer type, a single integer, equal in value to the greatest of the argument values, i.e. the result is the argument closest to positive infinity. If the arguments have the same value, the result is that same value. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "mathConstant" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.41.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mathConstant |
Data Type | MathConstant |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The result is a mathematical constant returned as a single float, e.g. π and e. |
The description of the "statsOperator" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.42.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | statsOperator |
Data Type | StatsOperator |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The statsOperator operator takes 1 sub-expression which is a container of multiple or ordered cardinality and has a numerical base-type. The result is a single float. If the sub-expression or any value contained therein is NULL, the result is NULL. If any value contained in the sub-expression is not a numerical value, then the result is NULL. |
The description of the "mathOperator" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.43.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mathOperator |
Data Type | MathOperator |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The mathOperator operator takes 1 or more sub-expressions which all have single cardinality and have numerical base-types. The trigonometric functions, sin, cos and tan, take one argument in radians, which evaluates to a single float. Other functions take one numerical argument. Further functions might take more than one numerical argument, e.g. atan2 (two argument arc tan). The result is a single float, except for the functions signum, floor and ceil, which return a single integer. If any of the sub-expressions is NULL, the result is NULL. If any of the sub-expressions falls outside the natural domain of the function called by mathOperator, e.g. log(0) or asin(2), then the result is NULL. See Subsection 2.12 for the set of associated rules. |
The description of the "randomFloat" attribute for the "NumericExpressionGroup" class is given in Table 6.22.44.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | randomFloat |
Data Type | RandomFloat |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Selects a random float from the specified range [min,max]. |
The data model for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.23 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.23
Figure 6.23 - ObjectFlowGroup class definitions.
The description of the "math" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.23.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.23.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.23.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XIcnude' approach. |
The description of the "param" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.23.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | param |
Data Type | Param |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is a parameter that is to be used in the conext of the HTML object i.e. passed to the object. |
The description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "ObjectFlowGroup" class is given in Table 6.23.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowContentModel |
Data Type | FlowContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstarct attribute that enables the insertion of complex HTML markup based upon flow content. |
The data model for the "OutcomeRule" class is shown in Figure 6.24 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.24
Figure 6.24 - OutcomeRule class definitions.
The description of the "lookupOutcomeValue" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class is given in Table 6.24.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | lookupOutcomeValue |
Data Type | LookupOutcomeValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The lookupOutcomeValue rule sets the value of an outcome variable to the value obtained by looking up the value of the associated expression in the lookupTable associated with the outcome's declaration. |
The description of the "outcomeProcessingFragment" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class is given in Table 6.24.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeProcessingFragment |
Data Type | OutcomeProcessingFragment |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | An outcomeProcessingFragment is a simple group of outcome Rules which are grouped together in order to allow them to be managed as a separate resource. It should not be used for any other purpose. |
The description of the "setOutcomeValue" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class is given in Table 6.24.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | setOutcomeValue |
Data Type | SetValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The setOutcomeValue rule sets the value of an outcome variable to the value obtained from the associated expression. An outcome variable can be updated with reference to a previously assigned value, in other words, the outcome variable being set may appear in the expression where it takes the value previously assigned to it. Special care is required when using the numeric base-types because floating point values can not be assigned to integer variables and vice-versa. The truncate, round or integerToFloat operators must be used to achieve numeric type conversion. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class is given in Table 6.24.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of arbitrary content (the form depends on the binding approach). |
The description of the "exitTest" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class is given in Table 6.24.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | exitTest |
Data Type | Empty (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The exit outcome rule terminates outcomes processing immediately (for this invocation). |
The description of the "outcomeCondition" attribute for the "OutcomeRule" class is given in Table 6.24.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | outcomeCondition |
Data Type | OutcomeCondition |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This allows the rule 'If..Then..Else' definition to be entered. |
The data model for the "PromptStaticGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.25 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.25
Figure 6.25 - PromptStaticGroup class definitions.
The description of the "math" attribute for the "PromptStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.25.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "PromptStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.25.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "PromptStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.25.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XIncude' approach. |
The description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "PromptStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.25.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowContentModel |
Data Type | FlowContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of complex HTML markup based upon flow content. |
The data model for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.26 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.26
Figure 6.26 - ResponseRuleGroup class definitions.
The description of the "include" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.26.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of arbitrary content (the form depends on the binding approach). |
The description of the "responseCondition" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.26.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseCondition |
Data Type | ResponseCondition |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This allows the rule 'If..Then..Else' definition to be entered. |
The description of the "responseProcessingFragment" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.26.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | responseProcessingFragment |
Data Type | ResponseProcessingFragment |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | A responseProcessingFragment is a simple group of responseRules which are grouped together in order to allow them to be managed as a separate resource. It should not be used for any other purpose. |
The description of the "setOutcomeValue" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.26.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | setOutcomeValue |
Data Type | SetValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The setOutcomeValue rule sets the value of an outcome variable to the value obtained from the associated expression. An outcome variable can be updated with reference to a previously assigned value, in other words, the outcome variable being set may appear in the expression where it takes the value previously assigned to it. Special care is required when using the numeric base-types because floating point values can not be assigned to integer variables and vice-versa. The truncate, round or integerToFloat operators must be used to achieve numeric type conversion. |
The description of the "exitResponse" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.26.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | exitResponse |
Data Type | Empty (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The exit response rule terminates response processing immediately (for this invocation). |
The description of the "lookupOutcomeValue" attribute for the "ResponseRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.26.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | lookupOutcomeValue |
Data Type | LookupOutcomeValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The lookupOutcomeValue rule sets the value of an outcome variable to the value obtained by looking up the value of the associated expression in the lookupTable associated with the outcome's declaration. |
The data model for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class is shown in Figure 6.27 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.27
Figure 6.27 - RubricBlockContentModel class definitions.
The description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.27.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowContentModel |
Data Type | FlowContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of complex HTML markup based upon flow content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.27.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.27.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.27.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.27.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateBlock |
Data Type | RubricBlockTemplateBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This allows template block content to be inserted into the rubric block structure. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.27.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | RubricBlockTemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This allows template inline content to be inserted into the rubric block structure. |
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "RubricBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.27.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of data defined as a printed variable. |
The data model for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class is shown in Figure 6.28 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.28
Figure 6.28 - RubricTemplateBlockContentModel class definitions.
The description of the "flowContentModel" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.28.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | flowContentModel |
Data Type | FlowContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of complex HTML markup based upon flow content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.28.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.28.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.28.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "templateBlock" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.28.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateBlock |
Data Type | RubricBlockTemplateBlock |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | An abstract attribute that enables the inclusion of template information for use in the rubric block. |
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "RubricTemplateBlockContentModel" class is given in Table 6.28.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of data defined as a printed variable. |
The data model for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.29 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.29
Figure 6.29 - RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup class definitions.
The description of the "inlineContentModel" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.29.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | inlineContentModel |
Data Type | InlineContentModel |
Value Space | Abstract Container [ Selection ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is an abstract attribute that enables the insertion of complex HTML markup based upon inline content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.29.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML2 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 2 content. |
The description of the "math" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.29.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | math |
Data Type | MathML3 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of MathML 3 content. |
The description of the "include" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.29.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This provides the insertion of markup from external files. The form of the inclusion depends upon the binding approach. When using XML this is achieved using the 'XInclude' approach. |
The description of the "templateInline" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.29.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateInline |
Data Type | RubricBlockTemplateInline |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This allows template block content to be inserted into the rubric block structure. |
The description of the "printedVariable" attribute for the "RubricTemplateInlineStaticGroup" class is given in Table 6.29.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | printedVariable |
Data Type | PrintedVariable |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This permits the insertion of data defined as a printed variable. |
The data model for the "SSMLGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.30 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.30
Figure 6.30 - SSMLGroup class definitions.
The description of the "p" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | p |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. A 'p' tag represents a paragraph. |
The description of the "s" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | s |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. A 's' tag represents a sentence. |
The description of the "say-as" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | say-as |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. The 'say-as' tag allows the author to indicate information on the type of text construct contained within the tag and to help specify the level of detail for rendering the contained text. Defining a comprehensive set of text format types is difficult because of the variety of languages that have to be considered and because of the innate flexibility of written languages. SSML only specifies the 'say-as' tag, its characteristics, and their purpose. It does not enumerate the possible values for the characteristics. |
The description of the "phoneme" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | phoneme |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. The phoneme tag provides a phonemic/phonetic pronunciation for the contained text. The phoneme tag may be empty. However, it is recommended that the tag contain human-readable text that can be used for non-spoken rendering of the document. For example, the content may be displayed visually for users with hearing impairments. |
The description of the "sub" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | sub |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. The 'sub' tag is employed to indicate that the text in the alias attribute value replaces the contained text for pronunciation. This allows a document to contain both a spoken and written form. |
The description of the "voice" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | voice |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. The 'voice' tag is a production element that requests a change in speaking voice. |
The description of the "emphasis" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | emphasis |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. The emphasis tag requests that the contained text be spoken with emphasis (also referred to as prominence or stress). The synthesis processor determines how to render emphasis since the nature of emphasis differs between languages, dialects or even voices. |
The description of the "break" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | break |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. The 'break' tag is an empty tag that controls the pausing or other prosodic boundaries between words. The use of the break tag between any pair of words is optional. If the tag is not present between words, the synthesis processor is expected to automatically determine a break based on the linguistic context. In practice, the break tag is most often used to override the typical automatic behavior of a synthesis processor. |
The description of the "prosody" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | prosody |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. The 'prosody' tag permits control of the pitch, speaking rate and volume of the speech output. |
The description of the "mark" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | mark |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. A 'mark' tag is an empty tag that places a marker into the text/tag sequence. |
The description of the "audio" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | audio |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. The 'audio' tag supports the insertion of recorded audio files and the insertion of other audio formats in conjunction with synthesized speech output. The audio tag may be empty. If the audio tag is not empty then the contents should be the marked-up text to be spoken if the audio document is not available. The alternate content may include text, speech markup, desc tags, or other audio tags. |
The description of the "speak" attribute for the "SSMLGroup" class is given in Table 6.30.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | speak |
Data Type | SSMLv1p1 |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is one of the SSML annotation attributes. The 'speak' tag is the root for the markup annotation. |
The data model for the "SectionPart" class is shown in Figure 6.31 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.31
Figure 6.31 - SectionPart class definitions.
The description of the "include" attribute for the "SectionPart" class is given in Table 6.31.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | include |
Data Type | Include |
Value Space | Imported |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of arbitrary content (the form depends on the binding approach). |
The description of the "assessmentItemRef" attribute for the "SectionPart" class is given in Table 6.31.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentItemRef |
Data Type | AssessmentItemRef |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of a reference to an 'assessmentItem' using the 'assessmentItemRef'. |
The description of the "assessmentSection" attribute for the "SectionPart" class is given in Table 6.31.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentSection |
Data Type | AssessmentSection |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of a child 'assessmentSection' using the 'assessmentSection'. |
The description of the "assessmentSectionRef" attribute for the "SectionPart" class is given in Table 6.31.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | assessmentSectionRef |
Data Type | AssessmentSectionRef |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This enables the inclusion of a reference to an 'assessmentSection' using the 'assessmentSectionRef'. |
The data model for the "TableCellGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.32 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.32
Figure 6.32 - TableCellGroup class definitions.
The description of the "td" attribute for the "TableCellGroup" class is given in Table 6.32.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | td |
Data Type | TDH |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Provides the 'td' HTML tag choice as a child of the 'tr' HTML tag. |
The description of the "th" attribute for the "TableCellGroup" class is given in Table 6.32.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | th |
Data Type | TDH |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Provides the 'th' HTML tag choice as a child of the 'tr' HTML tag. |
The data model for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class is shown in Figure 6.33 and the accompanying definition in Table 6.33
Figure 6.33 - TemplateRuleGroup class definitions.
The description of the "setTemplateValue" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.33.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | setTemplateValue |
Data Type | SetValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This sets the value of a template variable to the value obtained from the associated expression. A template variable can be updated with reference to a previously assigned value, in other words, the template variable being set may appear in the expression where it takes the value previously assigned to it. |
The description of the "exitTemplate" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.33.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | exitTemplate |
Data Type | Empty (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The exit template rule terminates template processing immediately. |
The description of the "templateCondition" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.33.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateCondition |
Data Type | TemplateCondition |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This allows the inclusion of the template condition i.e. the clause 'If..Then..Else' construction. |
The description of the "setDefaultValue" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.33.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | setDefaultValue |
Data Type | SetValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The response variable or outcome variable to have its default value set. |
The description of the "setCorrectResponse" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.33.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | setCorrectResponse |
Data Type | SetValue |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The response variable to have its correct value set. |
The description of the "templateConstraint" attribute for the "TemplateRuleGroup" class is given in Table 6.33.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | templateConstraint |
Data Type | TemplateConstraint |
Value Space | Container [ Sequence ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Allows the definition of the template constraints. A templateConstraint contains an expression which must have an effective baseType of boolean and single cardinality. |
All of the derived data classes used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.2.
The data model for the "ARIALevelInteger" class is shown in Figure 7.1 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.1.
Figure 7.1 - ARIALevelInteger class definitions.
The description of the "minInclusive" attribute for the "ARIALevelInteger" class is given in Table 7.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | minInclusive |
Data Type | Integer (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "1". |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Constrains the value to be at least '1'. |
The data model for the "AreaMapEntry" class is shown in Figure 7.2 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.2.
Figure 7.2 - AreaMapEntry class definitions.
The description of the "shape" characteristic for the "AreaMapEntry" class is given in Table 7.2.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | shape |
Data Type | Shape |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { circle | default | ellipse | poly | rect } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The shape of the area. |
The description of the "coords" characteristic for the "AreaMapEntry" class is given in Table 7.2.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | coords |
Data Type | Coords |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The size and position of the area, interpreted in conjunction with the shape. |
The description of the "mappedValue" characteristic for the "AreaMapEntry" class is given in Table 7.2.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | mappedValue |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The mapped value. |
The data model for the "AssessmentSectionRef" class is shown in Figure 7.3 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.3.
Figure 7.3 - AssessmentSectionRef class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentSectionRef" class is given in Table 7.3.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The unique identifier for the section reference. The identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 00]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The description of the "href" characteristic for the "AssessmentSectionRef" class is given in Table 7.3.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | href |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The uri is used to refer to the assessmentSection document file e.g. elsewhere in the same content package. There is no requirement that this be unique. A test may refer to the same item multiple times within a test. Note however that each reference must have a unique identifier. |
The data model for the "AssessmentStimulusRef" class is shown in Figure 7.4 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.4.
Figure 7.4 - AssessmentStimulusRef class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulusRef" class is given in Table 7.4.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The unique identifier for the stimulus reference. The identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 00]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The description of the "href" characteristic for the "AssessmentStimulusRef" class is given in Table 7.4.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | href |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The uri used to refer to the stimulus file (e.g. elsewhere in the same content package). There is no requirement that this be unique. Several items may refer to the same stimulus. Note however that each reference must have a unique identifier. |
The data model for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is shown in Figure 7.5 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.5.
Figure 7.5 - BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty class definitions.
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The unique identifier assigned to the HTML tag. This must be unique otherwise features such as the APIP accessibilty text cannot be supplied as an alternative. |
The description of the "class" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | class |
Data Type | StringList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Every HTML tag may have a class characteristic specified. If specified, it must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens representing the various classes to which the element belongs. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic specifies the primary language for the element's contents and for any of the element's characteristics that contain text. Its value must be a valid [RFC 3066] language tag, or the empty string. Setting the attribute to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The label characteristic provides authoring systems with a mechanism for labelling elements of the content model with application specific data. If an item uses labels then values for the associated toolName and toolVersion attributes must also be provided. |
The description of the "base" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | base |
Data Type | Base (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional URI used to change the base for resolving relative URI for the scope of this object. Particular care needs to be taken when resolving relative URI included as part of an Item Fragment. See Item and Test Fragments for more information. |
The description of the "dir" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dir |
Data Type | DIR |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { ltr | rtl | auto } Default = "auto". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Specifies the element's text directionality. |
The description of the "role" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | role |
Data Type | ARIARoleValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { article | columnheader | definition | directory | document | group | heading | img | list | listitem | math | note | presentation | region | row | rowgroup | rowheader | separator | toolbar | button | checkbox | gridcell | link | log | option | radio | slider | spinbutton | status | tab | tabpanel | textbox | timer | listbox | radiogroup | tablist | complementary | contentinfo } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the ARIA role. Roles are defined and described by their characteristics. Characteristics define the structural function of a role, such as what a role is, concepts behind it, and what instances the role can or must contain. |
The description of the "aria-controls" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-controls |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. This identifies the element (or elements) whose contents or presence are controlled by the current element. |
The description of the "aria-describedby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-describedby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the element (or elements) that describes the object. |
The description of the "aria-flowsto" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-flowsto |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the next element (or elements) in an alternate reading order of content which, at the user's discretion, allows assistive technology to override the general default of reading in document source order. |
The description of the "aria-label" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines a string value that labels the current element. See related aria-labelledby. The purpose of aria-label is the same as that of aria-labelledby. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. |
The description of the "aria-labelledby" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-labelledby |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Identifies the tag (or tags) that labels the current element. See related aria-label and aria-describedby. The purpose of aria-labelledby is the same as that of aria-label. It provides the user with a recognizable name of the object. The most common accessibility API mapping for a label is the accessible name property. If the label text is visible on screen, authors SHOULD use aria-labelledby and SHOULD NOT use aria-label. Use aria-label only if the interface is such that it is not possible to have a visible label on the screen. As required by the text alternative computation, user agents give precedence to aria-labelledby over aria-label when computing the accessible name property. The aria-labelledby attribute is similar to aria-describedby in that both reference other elements to calculate a text alternative, but a label should be concise, where a description is intended to provide more verbose information. |
The description of the "aria-level" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-level |
Data Type | ARIALevelInteger |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Defines the hierarchical level of an element within a structure. This can be applied inside trees to tree items, to headings inside a document, to nested grids, nested tablists and to other structural items that may appear inside a container or participate in an ownership hierarchy. The value for aria-level is an integer greater than or equal to 1. |
The description of the "aria-live" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.14.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-live |
Data Type | ARIALiveValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { off | polite | assertive } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates that an element will be updated, and describes the types of updates the user agents, assistive technologies, and user can expect from the live region. The values of this attribute are expressed in degrees of importance. When regions are specified as polite, assistive technologies will notify users of updates but generally do not interrupt the current task, and updates take low priority. When regions are specified as assertive, assistive technologies will immediately notify the user, and could potentially clear the speech queue of previous updates. |
The description of the "aria-orientation" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-orientation |
Data Type | ARIAOrientationValue |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { vertical | horizontal } Default = "horizontal". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. Indicates whether the element and orientation is horizontal or vertical. |
The description of the "aria-owns" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.16.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | aria-owns |
Data Type | ElementIDList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): IDREF (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is a part of the ARIA annotation. See related aria-controls. The value of the aria-owns attribute is a space-separated list of IDREFS that reference one or more elements in the document by ID. |
The description of the "dataExtension" characteristic for the "BaseSequenceXBaseEmpty" class is given in Table 7.5.17.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | dataExtension |
Data Type | DataHTML5Extension |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0.. unbounded] |
Description | This is the HTML5 extension characteristic. A custom data characteristic is a characteristic in no namespace whose name starts with the string 'data-', has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. |
The data model for the "BaseValue" class is shown in Figure 7.6 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.6.
Figure 7.6 - BaseValue class definitions.
The description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "BaseValue" class is given in Table 7.6.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | baseType |
Data Type | BaseType |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { boolean | directedPair | duration | file | float | identifier | integer | pair | point | string | uri } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The base type of the of the value. |
The data model for the "Coords" class is shown in Figure 7.7 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.7.
Figure 7.7 - Coords class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | Coords |
Class Type | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | The set of classes from which this class is derived: |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children | The set of children attributes are: |
Description | The coords type provides the coordinates that determine the size and location of an area defined by a corresponding shape. The coordinates themselves are an ordered list of lengths (as defined in [XHTML, 10]). The interpretation of each length value is dependent on the value of the associated shape as follows. (a) rect: left-x, top-y, right-x, bottom-y; (b) circle: center-x, center-y, radius. Note. When the radius value is a percentage value, user agents should calculate the final radius value based on the associated object's width and height. The radius should be the smaller value of the two; (c) poly: x1, y1, x2, y2, ..., xN, yN. The first x and y coordinate pair and the last should be the same to close the polygon. When these coordinate values are not the same, user agents should infer an additional coordinate pair to close the polygon; (d) ellipse: center-x, center-y, h-radius, v-radius. Note that the ellipse shape is deprecated as it is not defined by XHTML; (e) default: no coordinates should be given. |
The description of the "pattern" attribute for the "Coords" class is given in Table 7.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | pattern |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "(([0-9]+%?[,]){2}([0-9]+%?))|(([0-9]+%?[,]){3}([0-9]+%?))|(([0-9]+%?[,]){2}(([0-9]+%?[,]){2})+([0-9]+%?[,])([0-9]+%?))". |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the pattern that establishes the permitted values for the coords of: rect=x1,y1,x2,y2; circle=x,y,r; poly=x1,y1...xN,yN. All values are either an integer or a percentage. |
The data model for the "Correct" class is shown in Figure 7.8 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.8.
Figure 7.8 - Correct class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Correct" class is given in Table 7.8.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the associated response variable. The identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 00]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The data model for the "DataHTML5Extension" class is shown in Figure 7.9 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.9.
Figure 7.9 - DataHTML5Extension class definitions.
The description of the "pattern" attribute for the "DataHTML5Extension" class is given in Table 7.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | pattern |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "(data-)[a-z|A-Z|0-9|-|.|_]+". |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This is the pattern that defines the regular expression for the name of the attrubute. It is a the string starting with 'data-', has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. |
The data model for the "Default" class is shown in Figure 7.10 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.10.
Figure 7.10 - Default class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Default" class is given in Table 7.10.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the associated Item variable. The identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 00]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The data model for the "EncVariableString" class is shown in Figure 7.11 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.11.
Figure 7.11 - EncVariableString class definitions.
The description of the "pattern" attribute for the "EncVariableString" class is given in Table 7.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | pattern |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "\{[\i-[:]][\c-[:]]*\}". |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Establishes the constraint that the content must be a string enclosed in curly brackets i.e. {...}. |
The data model for the "Identifier" class is shown in Figure 7.12 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.12.
Figure 7.12 - Identifier class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | Identifier |
Class Type | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are:
|
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | The set of classes from which this class is derived: |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children | There are no children. |
Description | An identifier is simply a logical reference to another object in the item, such as an itemVariable or choice. An identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 00]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The data model for the "InterpolationTableEntry" class is shown in Figure 7.13 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.13.
Figure 7.13 - InterpolationTableEntry class definitions.
The description of the "sourceValue" characteristic for the "InterpolationTableEntry" class is given in Table 7.13.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | sourceValue |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The lower bound for the source value to match this entry. |
The description of the "includeBoundary" characteristic for the "InterpolationTableEntry" class is given in Table 7.13.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | includeBoundary |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "true". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Determines if an exact match of sourceValue matches this entry. If 'true', the default, then an exact match of the value is considered a match of this entry. |
The description of the "targetValue" characteristic for the "InterpolationTableEntry" class is given in Table 7.13.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | targetValue |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The target value that is used to set the outcome when a match is found. |
The data model for the "ItemSessionControl" class is shown in Figure 7.14 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.14.
Figure 7.14 - ItemSessionControl class definitions.
The description of the "maxAttempts" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class is given in Table 7.14.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxAttempts |
Data Type | Int (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | For non-adaptive items, maxAttempts controls the maximum number of attempts allowed in the given test context. Normally this is 1 as the scoring rules for non-adaptive items are the same for each attempt. A value of 0 indicates no limit. If it is unspecified it is treated as 1 for non-adaptive items. For adaptive items, the value of maxAttempts is ignored as the number of attempts is limited by the value of the completionStatus built-in outcome variable. A value of maxAttempts greater than 1, by definition, indicates that any applicable feedback must be shown. This applies to both Modal Feedback and Integrated Feedback where applicable. However, once the maximum number of allowed attempts have been used (or for adaptive items, completionStatus has been set to completed) whether or not feedback is shown is controlled by the showFeedback constraint. |
The description of the "showFeedback" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class is given in Table 7.14.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showFeedback |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This constraint affects the visibility of feedback after the end of the last attempt. If it is 'false' then feedback is not shown. This includes both Modal Feedback and Integrated Feedback even if the candidate has access to the review state. The default is 'false'. |
The description of the "allowReview" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class is given in Table 7.14.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | allowReview |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "true". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This constraint also applies only after the end of the last attempt. If set to 'true' the item session is allowed to enter the review state during which the candidate can review the itemBody along with the responses they gave, but cannot update or resubmit them. If set to 'false' the candidate can not review the itemBody or their responses once they have submitted their last attempt. The default is 'true'. If the review state is allowed, but feedback is not, delivery systems must take extra care not to show integrated feedback that resulted from the last attempt as part of the review process. Feedback can however take the form of hiding material that was previously visible as well as the more usual form of showing material that was previously hidden. To resolve this ambiguity, for non-adaptive items the absence of feedback is defined to be the version of the itemBody displayed to the candidate at the start of each attempt. In other words, with the visibility of any integrated feedback determined by the default values of the outcome variables and not the values of the outcome variables updated by the invocation of response processing. For Adaptive Items the situation is complicated by the iterative nature of response processing which makes it hard to identify the appropriate state in which to place the item for review. To avoid requiring delivery engines to cache the values of the outcome variables the setting of showFeedback should be ignored for adaptive items when allowReview is 'true'. When in the review state, the final values of the outcome variables should be used to determine the visibility of integrated feedback. |
The description of the "showSolution" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class is given in Table 7.14.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | showSolution |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This constraint controls whether or not the system may provide the candidate with a way of entering the solution state. The default is 'false'. |
The description of the "allowComment" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class is given in Table 7.14.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | allowComment |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Some delivery systems support the capture of candidate comments. The comment is not part of the assessed responses but provides feedback from the candidate to the other actors in the assessment process. This constraint controls whether or not the candidate is allowed to provide a comment on the item during the session. |
The description of the "allowSkipping" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class is given in Table 7.14.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | allowSkipping |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "true". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An item is defined to be skipped if the candidate has not provided any response. In other words, all response variables are submitted with their default value or are NULL. This definition is consistent with the numberResponded operator available in outcomeProcessing. If 'false', candidates are not allowed to skip the item, or in other words, they are not allowed to submit the item until they have provided a non-default value for at least one of the response variables. By definition, an item with no response variables cannot be skipped. The value of this attribute is only applicable when the item is in a testPart with individual submission mode. Note that if allowSkipping is 'true' delivery engines must ensure that the candidate can choose to submit no response, for example, through the provision of a "skip" button. |
The description of the "validateResponses" characteristic for the "ItemSessionControl" class is given in Table 7.14.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | validateResponses |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This attribute controls the behaviour of delivery engines when the candidate submits an invalid response. An invalid response is defined to be a response which does not satisfy the constraints imposed by the interaction with which it is associated (see interaction for more information). When validateResponses is turned on (true) then the candidates are not allowed to submit the item until they have provided valid responses for all interactions. When turned off (false) invalid responses may be accepted by the system. The value of this attribute is only applicable when the item is in a testPart with individual submission mode (see Navigation and Submission). |
The data model for the "Length" class is shown in Figure 7.15 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.15.
Figure 7.15 - Length class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | Length |
Class Type | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | The set of classes from which this class is derived: |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children | The set of children attributes are: |
Description | The length datatype is as defined in [XHTML, 10]. |
The description of the "pattern" attribute for the "Length" class is given in Table 7.15.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | pattern |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "[0-9]+%?". |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Defines the constraint on the length such that is must contain only the numbers 0-9. |
The data model for the "MapEntry" class is shown in Figure 7.16 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.16.
Figure 7.16 - MapEntry class definitions.
The description of the "mapKey" characteristic for the "MapEntry" class is given in Table 7.16.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | mapKey |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The source value for the mapEntry. |
The description of the "mappedValue" characteristic for the "MapEntry" class is given in Table 7.16.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | mappedValue |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The mapped value for the MapEntry. |
The description of the "caseSensitive" characteristic for the "MapEntry" class is given in Table 7.16.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | caseSensitive |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Used to control whether or not a mapEntry string is matched case sensitively. The default value is false. |
The data model for the "MapResponse" class is shown in Figure 7.17 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.17.
Figure 7.17 - MapResponse class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "MapResponse" class is given in Table 7.17.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the associated Response variable. The identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 00]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The data model for the "MatchTableEntry" class is shown in Figure 7.18 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.18.
Figure 7.18 - MatchTableEntry class definitions.
The description of the "sourceValue" characteristic for the "MatchTableEntry" class is given in Table 7.18.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | sourceValue |
Data Type | Int (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The lower bound for the source value to match this entry. |
The description of the "targetValue" characteristic for the "MatchTableEntry" class is given in Table 7.18.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | targetValue |
Data Type | BaseType |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { boolean | directedPair | duration | file | float | identifier | integer | pair | point | string | uri } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The target value that is used to set the outcome when a match is found. |
The data model for the "MathConstant" class is shown in Figure 7.19 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.19.
Figure 7.19 - MathConstant class definitions.
The description of the "name" characteristic for the "MathConstant" class is given in Table 7.19.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | name |
Data Type | MathConstantNames |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { pi | e } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The name of the mathematical constant. This is from an enumerated list. |
The data model for the "MimeType" class is shown in Figure 7.20 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.20.
Figure 7.20 - MimeType class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | MimeType |
Class Type | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | The set of classes from which this class is derived: |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children | The set of children attributes are: |
Description | The set of mime types (type and subtype), as defined by [RFC 2045]. |
The description of the "pattern" attribute for the "MimeType" class is given in Table 7.20.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | pattern |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "[\p{IsBasicLatin}-[()<>@,;:\\"/\[\]?=]]+/[\p{IsBasicLatin}-[()<>@,;:\\"/\[\]?=]]+". |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Defines the regular expression for a mimeType value. |
The data model for the "NonNegativeDouble" class is shown in Figure 7.21 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.21.
Figure 7.21 - NonNegativeDouble class definitions.
The description of the "minInclusive" attribute for the "NonNegativeDouble" class is given in Table 7.21.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | minInclusive |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "0.0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Defines the constraint that the minimum value is 0.0. |
The data model for the "Number" class is shown in Figure 7.22 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.22.
Figure 7.22 - Number class definitions.
The description of the "sectionIdentifier" characteristic for the "Number" class is given in Table 7.22.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | sectionIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, only variables from items in the assessmentSection with matching identifier are matched. Items in sub-sections are included in this definition. |
The description of the "includeCategory" characteristic for the "Number" class is given in Table 7.22.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | includeCategory |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, only variables from items with a matching category are included. |
The description of the "excludeCategory" characteristic for the "Number" class is given in Table 7.22.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | excludeCategory |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, only variables from items with no matching category are included. |
The data model for the "OutcomeMinMax" class is shown in Figure 7.23 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.23.
Figure 7.23 - OutcomeMinMax class definitions.
The description of the "sectionIdentifier" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class is given in Table 7.23.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | sectionIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, only variables from items in the assessmentSection with matching identifier are matched. Items in sub-sections are included in this definition. |
The description of the "includeCategory" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class is given in Table 7.23.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | includeCategory |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, only variables from items with a matching category are included. |
The description of the "excludeCategory" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class is given in Table 7.23.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | excludeCategory |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, only variables from items with no matching category are included. |
The description of the "outcomeIdentifier" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class is given in Table 7.23.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | outcomeIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | As per the 'variableIdentifier' attribute of 'testVariables'. |
The description of the "weightIdentifier" characteristic for the "OutcomeMinMax" class is given in Table 7.23.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | weightIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | As per the 'weightIdentifier' characteristic of 'testVariables'. |
The data model for the "Param" class is shown in Figure 7.24 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.24.
Figure 7.24 - Param class definitions.
The description of the "name" characteristic for the "Param" class is given in Table 7.24.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | name |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The name of the parameter, as interpreted by the object. |
The description of the "value" characteristic for the "Param" class is given in Table 7.24.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | value |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The value to pass to the object for the named parameter. This value is subject to template variable expansion. If the value is the name of a template variable that was declared with the paramVariable set to true then the template variable's value is passed to the object as the value for the given parameter. When expanding a template variable as a parameter value, types other than identifiers, strings and uris must be converted to strings. Numeric types are converted to strings using the "%i" or "%G" formats as appropriate (see printedVariable for a discussion of numeric formatting). Values of base-type boolean are expanded to one of the strings "true" or "false". Values of base-type point are expanded to two space-separated integers in the order horizontal coordinate, vertical coordinate, using "%i" format. Values of base-type pair and directedPair are converted to a string consisting of the two identifiers, space separated. Values of base-type duration are converted using "%G" format. Values of base-type file cannot be used in parameter expansion. If the valuetype is REF the template variable must be of base-type uri. |
The description of the "valuetype" characteristic for the "Param" class is given in Table 7.24.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | valuetype |
Data Type | ParamType |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { DATA | REF } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | This specification supports the use of DATA and REF but not OBJECT. |
The description of the "type" characteristic for the "Param" class is given in Table 7.24.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | type |
Data Type | MimeType |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | Used to provide a type, using mimetypes, for values valuetype REF. |
The data model for the "PrintedVariable" class is shown in Figure 7.25 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.25.
Figure 7.25 - PrintedVariable class definitions.
The description of the "id" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | id |
Data Type | UniqueIdentifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The unique identifier assigned to the 'printVariable' tag. This must be unique otherwise features such as the APIP accessibilty text cannot be supplied as an alternative. |
The description of the "class" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | class |
Data Type | StringList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): String (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, it must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens representing the various style classes to which the element belongs. |
The description of the "language" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | language |
Data Type | Language (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This attribute specifies the primary language for the element's contents and for any of the element's attributes that contain text. Its value must be a valid [RFC 3066] language tag, or the empty string. Setting the attribute to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown. |
The description of the "label" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | label |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The label attribute represents information for the element that can be used to identify it or its functionality, such as would be appropriate for a tooltip. The value is text. |
The description of the "baseuri" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | baseuri |
Data Type | Base (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional URI used to change the base for resolving relative URI for the scope of this object. Particular care needs to be taken when resolving relative URI included as part of an Item Fragment (see Item and Test Fragments in Section 2 for more information). |
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The outcome variable or template variable must have been defined. The values of response variables cannot be printed directly as their values are implicitly known to the candidate through the interactions they are bound to; if necessary, their values can be assigned to outcomes during responseProcessing and displayed to the candidate as part of a bodyElement visible only in the appropriate feedback states. |
The description of the "format" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.7.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | format |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The format conversion specifier to use when converting numerical values to strings (see Number Formatting Rules in Subsection 2.3.4 for details). |
The description of the "base" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.8.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | base |
Data Type | IntegerOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Integer (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) Default = "10". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The number base to use when converting integer variables to strings with the 'i' conversion type code. |
The description of the "index" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.9.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | index |
Data Type | IntegerOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Integer (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The index to use when displaying a variable of ordered cardinality. If a variable of ordered cardinality is to be displayed and index is not set, all the values in the container are displayed. |
The description of the "powerForm" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.10.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | powerForm |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If the variable value is a float and powerForm is set to 'false', the variable will be rendered using the 'e' or 'E' format. If the powerform is set to 'true', the form "e+n" is changed to "x 10 to the power n". |
The description of the "field" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.11.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | field |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The field specifier to use when displaying variables of record cardinality. |
The description of the "delimiter" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.12.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | delimiter |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = ";". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The delimiter to use between values when displaying variables of ordered, multiple or record cardinality. ";" is default when delimiter is not declared. Implementations can override this default with personal preferences or locale settings. |
The description of the "mappingIndicator" characteristic for the "PrintedVariable" class is given in Table 7.25.13.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | mappingIndicator |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "=". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The mapping indicator to use between field name and field value when displaying variables of record cardinality. "=" is default when mappingIndicator is not declared. Implementations can override this default with personal preferences or locale settings. |
The data model for the "RandomFloat" class is shown in Figure 7.26 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.26.
Figure 7.26 - RandomFloat class definitions.
The description of the "min" characteristic for the "RandomFloat" class is given in Table 7.26.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | min |
Data Type | FloatOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Double (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The lower bound for the random float generation. |
The description of the "max" characteristic for the "RandomFloat" class is given in Table 7.26.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | max |
Data Type | FloatOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Double (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The upper bound for the random float generation. |
The data model for the "RandomInteger" class is shown in Figure 7.27 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.27.
Figure 7.27 - RandomInteger class definitions.
The description of the "min" characteristic for the "RandomInteger" class is given in Table 7.27.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | min |
Data Type | IntegerOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Integer (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) Default = "0". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The lower bound for the random integer generation. |
The description of the "max" characteristic for the "RandomInteger" class is given in Table 7.27.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | max |
Data Type | IntegerOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Integer (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The upper bound for the random integer generation. |
The description of the "step" characteristic for the "RandomInteger" class is given in Table 7.27.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | step |
Data Type | IntegerOrVariableRef |
Value Space | The union consist of values of data-type(s): Integer (Primitive-type), VariableString (Derived-type) Default = "1". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The step value for the random integer generation. |
The data model for the "StyleSheet" class is shown in Figure 7.28 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.28.
Figure 7.28 - StyleSheet class definitions.
The description of the "href" characteristic for the "StyleSheet" class is given in Table 7.28.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | href |
Data Type | AnyURI (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier or location of the external stylesheet. |
The description of the "type" characteristic for the "StyleSheet" class is given in Table 7.28.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | type |
Data Type | MimeType |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The type of the external stylesheet. |
The description of the "media" characteristic for the "StyleSheet" class is given in Table 7.28.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | media |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional media descriptor that describes the media to which this stylesheet applies. |
The description of the "title" characteristic for the "StyleSheet" class is given in Table 7.28.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | title |
Data Type | NormalizedString (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional title for the stylesheet. |
The data model for the "TestVariables" class is shown in Figure 7.29 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.29.
Figure 7.29 - TestVariables class definitions.
The description of the "sectionIdentifier" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class is given in Table 7.29.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | sectionIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, only variables from items in the assessmentSection with matching identifier are matched. Items in sub-sections are included in this definition. |
The description of the "includeCategory" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class is given in Table 7.29.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | includeCategory |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, only variables from items with a matching category are included. |
The description of the "excludeCategory" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class is given in Table 7.29.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | excludeCategory |
Data Type | IdentifierList |
Value Space | The list consist of values of data-type(s): NCName (Primitive-type) |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, only variables from items with no matching category are included. |
The description of the "variableIdentifier" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class is given in Table 7.29.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | variableIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the variable to look up in each item. If a test brings together items with different variable naming conventions variableMappings may be used to reduce the complexity of outcomes processing and allow a single testVariables expression to be used. Items with no matching variable are ignored. |
The description of the "weightIdentifier" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class is given in Table 7.29.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | weightIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, the defined weight is applied to each variable as described in the definition of weightIdentifier for a single variable. The behaviour of this characterisic is only defined if the baseType attribute is float or omitted . When a weighting is specified the result of the expression always has base-type float. Note that this option is incomptable with baseType integer. This restriction ensures that the value of the baseType attribute remains consistent with the resulting container type. |
The description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "TestVariables" class is given in Table 7.29.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | baseType |
Data Type | BaseType |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { boolean | directedPair | duration | file | float | identifier | integer | pair | point | string | uri } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | If specified, matches only variables declared with this baseType. This also becomes the base-type of the result (subject to type promotion through weighting, as described below). If omitted, variables declared with base-type integer or float are matched. The base-type of the result is integer if all matching values have base-type integer, otherwise it is float and integer values are subject to type promotion. |
The data model for the "TimeLimits" class is shown in Figure 7.30 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.30.
Figure 7.30 - TimeLimits class definitions.
The description of the "minTime" characteristic for the "TimeLimits" class is given in Table 7.30.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | minTime |
Data Type | NonNegativeDouble |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the minimum duration, in seconds, allocated to the test. Minimum times are applicable to assessmentSections and assessmentItems only when linear navigation mode is in effect. |
The description of the "maxTime" characteristic for the "TimeLimits" class is given in Table 7.30.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | maxTime |
Data Type | NonNegativeDouble |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This is the maximum duration, in seconds, allocated to the test. |
The description of the "allowLateSubmission" characteristic for the "TimeLimits" class is given in Table 7.30.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | allowLateSubmission |
Data Type | Boolean (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "false". |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | The allowLateSubmission attribute regulates whether a candidate's response that is beyond the maxTime should still be accepted. |
The data model for the "UniqueIdentifier" class is shown in Figure 7.31 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.31.
Figure 7.31 - UniqueIdentifier class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | UniqueIdentifier |
Class Type | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | The set of classes from which this class is derived: |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children | There are no children. |
Description | A unique identifier is simply an identifier that is unique within the scope of the instance. An identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 00]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The data model for the "UniqueIdentifierRef" class is shown in Figure 7.32 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.32.
Figure 7.32 - UniqueIdentifierRef class definitions.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | UniqueIdentifierRef |
Class Type | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Parents | The set of parent classes are: |
Derived Classes | There are no derived classes. |
Super Classes | The set of classes from which this class is derived: |
Characteristics | There are no characteristics. |
Children | There are no children. |
Description | A reference to an object that has been declared using the 'UniqueIdentifier' data-type. unique identifier is simply an identifier that is unique within the scope of the instance. An identifier is a string of characters that must start with a Letter or an underscore ('_') and contain only Letters, underscores, hyphens ('-'), period ('.', a.k.a. full-stop), Digits, CombiningChars and Extenders. Identifiers containing the period character are reserved for use in prefixing, as described in the definition of variable. The character classes Letter, Digit, CombiningChar and Extender are defined in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second Edition) [XML, 00]. Note particularly that identifiers may not contain the colon (':') character. Identifiers should have no more than 32 characters for compatibility with version 1. They are always compared case-sensitively. |
The data model for the "Value" class is shown in Figure 7.33 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.33.
Figure 7.33 - Value class definitions.
The description of the "fieldIdentifier" characteristic for the "Value" class is given in Table 7.33.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | fieldIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characterisic is only used for specifying the field identifier for a value that forms part of a record. |
The description of the "baseType" characteristic for the "Value" class is given in Table 7.33.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | baseType |
Data Type | BaseType |
Value Space | Enumerated value set of: { boolean | directedPair | duration | file | float | identifier | integer | pair | point | string | uri } |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | This characteristic is only used for specifying the base-type of a value that forms part of a record. |
The data model for the "Variable" class is shown in Figure 7.34 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.34.
Figure 7.34 - Variable class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Variable" class is given in Table 7.34.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The identifier of the itemVariable that has been declared in a corresponding variableDeclaration or of the built-in variables. |
The description of the "weightIdentifier" characteristic for the "Variable" class is given in Table 7.34.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | weightIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [0..1] |
Description | An optional weighting to be applied to the value of the variable. Weights are defined only in the test context (and hence only in outcomes processing) and only when the item identifier prefixing technique (see above) is being used to look up the value of an item variable. The weight identifier refers to a weight definition in the corresponding assessmentItemRef. If no matching definition is found the weight is assumed to be 1.0. Weights only apply to item variables with base types integer and float. If the item variable is of any other type the weight is ignored. All weights are treated as having base type float and the resulting value is obtained by multiplying the variable's value by the associated weight. When applying a weight to the value of a variable with base type integer the value is subject to type promotion and the result of the expression has base type float. |
The data model for the "VariableMapping" class is shown in Figure 7.35 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.35.
Figure 7.35 - VariableMapping class definitions.
The description of the "sourceIdentifier" characteristic for the "VariableMapping" class is given in Table 7.35.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | sourceIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The outcome variables declared with the name sourceIdentifier in the corresponding item to be treated as if they were declared with the name targetIdentifier during outcomeProcessing. |
The description of the "targetIdentifier" characteristic for the "VariableMapping" class is given in Table 7.35.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | targetIdentifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | The outcome variables declared with the name sourceIdentifier in the corresponding item to be treated as if they were declared with the name targetIdentifier during outcomeProcessing. |
The data model for the "VariableString" class is shown in Figure 7.36 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.36.
Figure 7.36 - VariableString class definitions.
The description of the "pattern" attribute for the "VariableString" class is given in Table 7.36.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name | pattern |
Data Type | String (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. Default = "[\i-[:]][\c-[:]]*". |
Scope | Local ("-") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Establishes the constraint that the content must be a valid string. |
The data model for the "Weight" class is shown in Figure 7.37 and the accompanying definition in Table 7.37.
Figure 7.37 - Weight class definitions.
The description of the "identifier" characteristic for the "Weight" class is given in Table 7.37.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | identifier |
Data Type | Identifier |
Value Space | Container [ DerivedType ] |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | An item can have any number of weights, each one is given an identifier that is used to refer to the weight in outcomes processing (see the variable and testVariables definitions). |
The description of the "value" characteristic for the "Weight" class is given in Table 7.37.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Characteristic Name | value |
Data Type | Double (Primitive-type) |
Value Space | See Appendix A1.3. |
Scope | Global ("+") |
Multiplicity | [1] |
Description | Weights are floating point values. Weights can be applied to outcome variables of base type float or integer. The weight is applied at the time the variable's value is evaluated during outcomes processing. The result is always treated as having base type float even if the variable itself was declared as being of base type integer. |
All of the enumerated vocabularies used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.4.
The permitted set of values for the aria-level ARIA annotations.The data model for the "ARIALiveValue" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.1 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.1.
Figure 8.1 - ARIALiveValue class definitions.
The set of permitted values that indicate the orientation of the associated element.The data model for the "ARIAOrientationValue" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.2 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.2.
Figure 8.2 - ARIAOrientationValue class definitions.
The permitted set of values for the ARIA roles that have been identified as applicable to QTI XML markup.The data model for the "ARIARoleValue" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.3 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.3.
Figure 8.3 - ARIARoleValue class definitions.
Provides the permitted set of values for the 'align' attribute in the HTML markup i.e. how the associated object is horizontally aligned on the page.The data model for the "Align" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.4 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.4.
Figure 8.4 - Align class definitions.
A base-type is simply a description of a set of atomic values (atomic to this specification). Note that several of the baseTypes used to define the runtime data model have identical definitions to those of the basic data types used to define the values for attributes in the specification itself. The use of an enumeration to define the set of baseTypes used in the runtime model, as opposed to the use of classes with similar names, is designed to help distinguish between these two distinct levels of modelling.The data model for the "BaseType" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.5 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.5.
Figure 8.5 - BaseType class definitions.
Term | Definition |
---|---|
boolean | The set of boolean values is the same as the set of values defined by the boolean primitveType. |
directedPair | A directedPair value represents a pair of identifiers corresponding to a directed association between two objects. The two identifiers correspond to the source and destination objects. |
duration | A duration value specifies a distance (in time) between two time points. In other words, a time period as defined by [ISO 8601], but represented as a single float that records time in seconds. Durations may have a fractional part. Durations are represented using the xsd:double datatype rather than xsd:dateTime for convenience and backward compatibility. |
file | A file value is any sequence of octets (bytes) qualified by a content-type and an optional filename given to the file (for example, by the candidate when uploading it as part of an interaction). The content type of the file is one of the MIME types defined by [RFC 2045]. |
float | The set of float values is the same as the set of values defined by the float primitiveType. |
identifier | The set of identifier values is the same as the set of values defined by the identifier class. |
integer | The set of integer values is the same as the set of values defined by the integer primitiveType. |
pair | A pair value represents a pair of identifiers corresponding to an association between two objects. The association is undirected so (A,B) and (B,A) are equivalent. |
point | A point value represents an integer tuple corresponding to a graphic point. The two integers correspond to the horizontal (x-axis) and vertical (y-axis) positions respectively. The up/down and left/right senses of the axes are context dependent. |
string | The set of string values is the same as the set of values defined by the string primitiveType. |
uri | A URI value is a Uniform Resource Identifier as defined by [URI, 98]. |
The permitted set of values for the Cross Origin Resource Sharing ARIA settings.The data model for the "CORSSettings" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.6 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.6.
Figure 8.6 - CORSSettings class definitions.
Contains the permitted set of cardinality values. The cardinality is used in the context of the associated variable.The data model for the "Cardinality" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.7 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.7.
Figure 8.7 - Cardinality class definitions.
To define the direction of the text layout as part of the Bi-direction (bidi) element in HTML.The data model for the "DIR" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.8 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.8.
Figure 8.8 - DIR class definitions.
Identifies the set of modes for the exernal scoring of the Item.The data model for the "ExternalScored" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.9 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.9.
Figure 8.9 - ExternalScored class definitions.
The set of mathematical constants available to the mathematical expressions.The data model for the "MathConstantNames" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.10 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.10.
Figure 8.10 - MathConstantNames class definitions.
Term | Definition |
---|---|
e | The mathematical constant 'e'. |
pi | The mathematical constant Pi. |
The set of permitted names for the mathOperator expression.The data model for the "MathOperatorName" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.11 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.11.
Figure 8.11 - MathOperatorName class definitions.
The navigation mode determines the general paths that the candidate may take throught the test.The data model for the "NavigationMode" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.12 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.12.
Figure 8.12 - NavigationMode class definitions.
The orientation attribute provides a hint to rendering systems that the associated structures have an inherent vertical or horizontal interpretation.The data model for the "Orientation" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.13 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.13.
Figure 8.13 - Orientation class definitions.
The type of parameters that may be associated with the HTML object.The data model for the "ParamType" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.14 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.14.
Figure 8.14 - ParamType class definitions.
Term | Definition |
---|---|
DATA | The parameter is a data value. |
REF | The parameter is a reference URI to a file. |
Definition of the rounding modes to be used on numeric calculations.The data model for the "RoundingMode" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.15 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.15.
Figure 8.15 - RoundingMode class definitions.
Term | Definition |
---|---|
decimalPlaces | Use a number of decimal places. |
significantFigures | The number of significant decimal places. |
The permitted set of values for the shape of the associated region. A value of a shape is always accompanied by coordinates (see coords and an associated image which provides a context for interpreting them).The data model for the "Shape" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.16 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.16.
Figure 8.16 - Shape class definitions.
The set of values for whether or not the associated object should be displayed or hidden.The data model for the "ShowHide" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.17 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.17.
Figure 8.17 - ShowHide class definitions.
The set of permitted names for the statsOperator expression.The data model for the "StatsOperatorName" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.18 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.18.
Figure 8.18 - StatsOperatorName class definitions.
The submission mode determines when the candidate's responses are submitted for response processing.The data model for the "SubmissionMode" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.19 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.19.
Figure 8.19 - SubmissionMode class definitions.
The set of permitted values for the scope of a Table Cell.The data model for the "TableCellScope" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.20 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.20.
Figure 8.20 - TableCellScope class definitions.
The permitted set of values for defining the time at which the test feedback to the candidate.The data model for the "TestFeedbackAccess" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.21 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.21.
Figure 8.21 - TestFeedbackAccess class definitions.
The set of permitted values to control the format of the text entered by the candidate.The data model for the "TextFormat" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.22 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.22.
Figure 8.22 - TextFormat class definitions.
Term | Definition |
---|---|
plain | Indicates that the text to be entered by the candidate is plain text. This format is suitable for short unstructured responses. Delivery engines should preserve white-space characters in candidate input except where a response consists only of white-space characters, in which case it should be treated as an empty string (NULL). |
preformatted | Indicates that the text to be entered by the candidate is pre-formatted and should be rendered in a way consistent with the definition of pre in [XHTML, 10]. Delivery engines must preserve white-space characters except where a response consists only of white-space characters, in which case it should be treated as an empty string (NULL). |
xhtml | Indicates that the text to be entered by the candidate is structured text. The value of the response variable is text marked up in XHTML. The delivery engine should present an interface suitable for capturing structured text, this might be plain typed text interpreted with a set of simple text markup conventions such as those used in wiki page editors or a complete WYSIWYG editor. |
The tolerance mode determines whether the comparison is done exactly, using an absolute range or a relative range.The data model for the "ToleranceMode" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.23 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.23.
Figure 8.23 - ToleranceMode class definitions.
Provides the permitted set of values for the 'valign' attribute in the HTML markup i.e. how the associated object is vertically aligned on the page.The data model for the "Valign" enumerated class is shown in Figure 8.24 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 8.24.
Figure 8.24 - Valign class definitions.
The set of list classes used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.2.
The data model for the "ElementIDList" class is shown in Figure 9.1.1 and the accompanying definition in Table 9.1.1.
Figure 9.1.1 - ElementIDList class definitions.
The data model for the "IdentifierList" class is shown in Figure 9.1.2 and the accompanying definition in Table 9.1.2.
Figure 9.1.2 - IdentifierList class definitions.
The data model for the "IntegerList" class is shown in Figure 9.1.3 and the accompanying definition in Table 9.1.3.
Figure 9.1.3 - IntegerList class definitions.
The data model for the "StringList" class is shown in Figure 9.1.4 and the accompanying definition in Table 9.1.4.
Figure 9.1.4 - StringList class definitions.
The data model for the "ToleranceList" class is shown in Figure 9.1.5 and the accompanying definition in Table 9.1.5.
Figure 9.1.5 - ToleranceList class definitions.
All of the enumerated list used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.4.
The intended audience for the associated object can be set with the view attribute. If no view is specified the outcome is treated as relevant to all views. Objects may have content that is of no interest to the candidate at all, but are merely used to hold intermediate values or other information useful during the item or test session. Where more than one class of user should be able to view the content the view attribute should contain a comma delimited list. The data model for the "View" enumerated list class is shown in Figure 9.2.1 and the accompanying vocabulary definition in Table 9.2.1.
Figure 9.2.1 - View class definitions.
The set of union classes used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.2.
The data model for the "FloatOrVariableRef" class is shown in Figure 9.3.1 and the accompanying definition in Table 9.3.1.
Figure 9.3.1 - FloatOrVariableRef class definitions.
The data model for the "IntOrIdentifier" class is shown in Figure 9.3.2 and the accompanying definition in Table 9.3.2.
Figure 9.3.2 - IntOrIdentifier class definitions.
The data model for the "IntegerOrVariableRef" class is shown in Figure 9.3.3 and the accompanying definition in Table 9.3.3.
Figure 9.3.3 - IntegerOrVariableRef class definitions.
The data model for the "StringOrVariableRef" class is shown in Figure 9.3.4 and the accompanying definition in Table 9.3.4.
Figure 9.3.4 - StringOrVariableRef class definitions.
The set of imported classes (the classes that are referenced in this Information Model but defined in another separate Information Model) used within this Information Model are described in this Section. The syntax and semantics for this representation is described in Appendix A1.6.
The details for the "APIPAccessibility" class are shown in Table 9.4.1.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Import Class Name | APIPAccessibility |
Parent Classes | The set of parent classes, and the associated children, that use this imported class are:
|
Description | This is the set of QTI accessibility extensions that were developed as part of the APIP [APIP, 14] specification. These features allow the description and association of the alternative accessibility content to the QTI components. |
The details for the "HTML5" class are shown in Table 9.4.2.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Import Class Name | HTML5 |
Parent Classes | The set of parent classes, and the associated children, that use this imported class are: |
Description | This identifies the subset of HTML5 that has been defined for use with QTIv2.2. These features were added as part of the QTIv2.2 revision to QTIv2.1. Further details on this QTI HTML5 functionality is supplied in [QTI, 15c] and [HTML5, 14]. The HTML5 tags use within QTI are: 'article', 'aside', 'audio', 'bdi', 'figure', 'footer', 'header', 'label', 'nav', 'ruby' (plus collection of child elements), 'section', 'source', 'track' and 'video'. |
The details for the "Include" class are shown in Table 9.4.3.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Import Class Name | Include |
Parent Classes | The set of parent classes, and the associated children, that use this imported class are:
|
Description | This denotes the XInclude specification. This is used to enable XML fragments to be included within the content layout. |
The details for the "MathML2" class are shown in Table 9.4.4.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Import Class Name | MathML2 |
Parent Classes | The set of parent classes, and the associated children, that use this imported class are:
|
Description | This denotes the MathML 2 specification [MathML2, 03]. This is used to enable mathematical expressions to be defined using a standardised markup language. This refers to MathML version 2.0. |
The details for the "MathML3" class are shown in Table 9.4.5.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Import Class Name | MathML3 |
Parent Classes | The set of parent classes, and the associated children, that use this imported class are:
|
Description | This denotes the MathML 3 specification [MathML3, 14]. This is used to enable mathematical expressions to be defined using a standardised markup language. This refers to MathML version 3.0. |
The details for the "SSMLv1p1" class are shown in Table 9.4.6.
Descriptor | Definition |
---|---|
Import Class Name | SSMLv1p1 |
Parent Classes | The set of parent classes, and the associated children, that use this imported class are: |
Description | This denotes the Speech Synthesis Markup Language (SSML) standard [SSML, 10]. This allows all of the mark-up feaures to be for annotating the text content appropriately. This refers to SSMLv1.1. SSML is part of a larger set of markup specifications for voice browsers developed through the open processes of the W3C. It is designed to provide a rich, XML-based markup language for assisting the generation of synthetic speech in Web and other applications. The essential role of the markup language is to give authors of synthesizable content a standard way to control aspects of speech output such as pronunciation, volume, pitch, rate, etc. across different synthesis-capable platforms. |
This specification permits extensions at a very limited number of places within the data model. Extensions are permited at:
Extensions at any other point in the data model may cause unpredictable behavior.
Extension of the 'Selection' class is used to enable the implementation of Item/Section selection algorithms and techniques. The form of the extension is dependent on the binding technology. Extension is permitted for the child contents and the characteristics of the class.
Extension of the 'Ordering' class is used to enable the implementation of Item/Section ordering algorithms and techniques for the delivery of the selected Sections/Items. The form of the extension is dependent on the binding technology. Extension is permitted for the child contents and the characteristics of the class.
The 'CustomInteraction' class is used to provide a mechanism for the inclusion of Item interactions that otherwise cannot be supported using the available set of interactions. The form of the extension is dependent on the binding technology. Extension is permitted for the child contents and the characteristics of the class.
The 'CustomInteraction' extension mechanism should be used along with the Portable Custom Interaction specification [PCI, 14]. The PCI specification defines how the custom interactions should be defined so that there are standard ways in which data can be passed to, and received from, the custom interaction. This turns an interaction into service with a defined API.
The 'CustomOperator' class provides a mechanism for defining new QTI expression functions to support response and outcomes processing. The form of the extension is dependent on the binding technology. Extension is permitted for the child contents and the characteristics of the class.
It has been suggested that customOperator might be used to help link processing rules defined by this specification to instances of web-service based processing engines. For example, a web-service which offered automated marking of free text responses. Implementors experimenting with this approach are encouraged to share information about their solutions to help determine the best way to achieve this type of processing.
New approaches in the processing of HTML, introduced in HTML5 [HTML5, 14] allow new attributes to be added to all tags provided they start with the pattern 'data-'. This capability is replicated in QTI but extended to also cover the QTI interactions. The controlled extension of new characteristics is permitted on the following classes:
This specification may be profiled: for example, the IMS Accessible Portable Item Protocol (APIP) v1.0 specification includes a profile of QTI Metadata (as well as several profiles of other IMS specifications). A profile must be a formal subset of the base specification. This ensures that, with the exception of namespace/schema location changes, any instance which is compliant to the profile MUST also be compliant to the base specification. This means that a profile must only increase the constraints on the properties of the data model. For example, an element with a multiplicity of [0..1] can have this changed to [1..1] but NOT [0..*]. Proprietary extensions are ONLY permitted as defined by the base specification.
It is strongly recommended that a profile of this specification is undertaken either by, or with the close support, of IMS Global. However, no matter who is responsible for creating the profile artefacts (documents, XSDs, etc.), it is strongly recommended that the IMS specification tools are used. This will ensure that the artefacts are consistent with the base specifications and that useful support documentation is automatically produced e.g. creation of a document that summarises the differences between the base specification and the profile. Organizations wishing to produce a profile of this specification should contact Lisa Mattson (IMS Global Chief Operations Officer) at: lmattson@imsglobal.org.
Table A1.1 provides the key to the descriptions of data model diagrams.
Feature | Definition and Usage |
---|---|
Data Model Package | Each data model description is enclosed in a UML Package that has the stereotype of « dataModel » under which is the name of the data model diagram being described. Only one logical data model can be described. |
DerivedType Class | This is a class that is identified by the stereotype « DerivedType » under which is the name of the data-type. A derived class is one that is derived either from another derived class or a PrimitiveType class. |
Enumeration Class | This is a class that is identified by the stereotype « Enumeration » under which is the name of the enumeration data-type. The enumeration class consists of the list of tokens that are the permitted values of the assigned attribute. |
Enumerated List Class | This is a class that is identified by the stereotype « EnumeratedList » under which is the name of the enumerated list data-type. The enumeration list class consists of the list of tokens that are the permitted values of the assigned attribute. A list of tokens is permitted using comma separation. |
PrimitiveType Class | This is a class that is identified by the stereotype « PrimitveType » under which is the name of the primitive data-type. A PrimitiveType is one of the many base data-types on which a data model can be built (see Appendix A1.3 for the set of primitive types that are available). |
Selection Class | This is a class that is identified by the stereotype « Selection » under which is the name of the data-type. The selection means that only one of the listed attributes make occur in an instance. If this is an abstract class then multiple iterations of the instance may occur and the multiplicity of the attribute defines the constraints on the number of times the attribute can occur in the full instance. If the stereotype and associated name of the class are in italics this denotes the class is abstract. |
Sequence Class | This is a class that is identified by the stereotype « Sequence » under which is the name of the data-type. The sequence means that the listed attributes must occur only in the order of the attributes listed on the class. The associated multiplicity defines the number of times the attribute may occur consecutively in the instance. If the stereotype and associated name of the class are in italics this denotes the class is abstract. |
Unordered Class | This is a class that is identified by the stereotype « Unordered » under which is the name of the data-type. The unordering means that the listed attributes may occur in any order but the associated multiplicity for the attribute must be followed (when binding to XML this requires the use of Schematron rules to enforce the multiplicity). If the stereotype and associated name of the class are in italics this denotes the class is abstract. |
List Class | This is a class that is identified by the stereotype « List » under which is the name of the data-type. A list class is one in which the associated instance will consist of a list of objects that conform to the permitted data-types of the list (the superclasses for the list class). The terms in the list are separated by a space. |
Union Class | This is a class that is identified by the stereotype « Union » under which is the name of the data-type. A union class is one in which the associated instance will consist of a objects that conform to the any of the permitted data-types of the union (the superclasses for the union class). |
Characteristic Description | Many classes contain a set of characteristics (the set of characteristics are listed under the stereotype « Characteristics »). Each characteristic description consists of the scope, name, data-type and multiplicity (see Appendix A1.3 for a more complete description). Note that when bound to XSD/XML, a characteristic is mapped to an XML attribute. |
Attribute Description | Many classes contain a set of attributes (the set of attributes are listed under the stereotype « Attributes »). Each attribute description consists of the scope, name, data-type and multiplicity (see Appendix A1.3 for a more complete description). Note when bound to XSD/XML, an attribute is mapped to an XML element. |
Composition Arrow | This is an arrow with a filled diamond head to indicate that the child class is a composite structure of the parent class i.e. the child class only exists within the context of the parent class. This association allows complex structures to be constructed with common subcomponents. |
Generalization Arrow | This is an arrow with a white arrow head to indicate the class/superclass relationship. The arrow points in the direction of generality i.e. from the class to the super class. |
Table A1.2 provides the key to the descriptions of the data class tables.
Category | Definition |
---|---|
Class Name | The name given to the class being described. |
Class Type | The nature of the class. This is described as a "Container [...]" or "Abstract Container [...]". The value of "..." being (see Appendix A1.1 for the meaning of these values):
|
Parents | This is the list of classes that contain the class being described as either the type of a child characteristic or attribute. In the case of a Root Class the entry is also labelled as "Root Class". |
Derived Classes | The set of classes that are derived from this class (there may be none). The entries are linked to the corresponding class descriptions. |
Super Classes | The set of super classes from which the class being described is derived (there may be none). The entries are linked to the corresponding class descriptions. |
Characteristics | Lists the set of characteristics for this class. The list of characteristics includes those that are inherited. Each characteristic is linked to the corresponding characteristic description table. |
Children | Lists the set of attributes for this class (the only other permitted associations are generalizations). The list of children includes those attributes that are inherited. Each child entry is linked to the corresponding attribute description table. The nature of the relationship between the children is defined by the stereotype of the parent class i.e. the class type. If the child is in italics this denotes a reference to an abstract class and that an instance would NOT contain a child of that name but would be replaced by a complex set of children as defined by the associated abstract class. |
Description | Contains descriptions relating to the class and its properties and relationships. |
Table A1.3 provides the key to the descriptions of the data attributes/characteristics for the data classes.
Category | Definition |
---|---|
Attribute Name or Characteristic Name | The name given to the attribute or characteristic being described. If the name is in italics this denotes an abstract attribute or characteristic. |
Data Type | This is the data-type of the attribute or characteristic (if this is in italics it denotes an abstract class). The data-type can take many forms:
|
Value Space | The range of valid values for this attribute/characteristic (including any default value). If the value space is unspecified, it is not known or is not important. This value space must be defined in terms of the associated data-type. |
Scope | This is the scope of the attribute/characteristic with permitted values of:
|
Multiplicity | A property of an attribute/characteristic indicating the number of times it may be used or appear in a given class instance. The values of this property are expressed as a range or shorthand for a range using the notation:
|
Description | Contains descriptions relating to the attribute/characteristic and its values space. |
Table A1.4 provides the key to the descriptions of the enumerated vocabulary classes. These are vocabularies that will be contained within the binding form itself
Category | Definition |
---|---|
Term | The vocabulary token itself i.e. the vocabulary entry. |
Definition | The meaning of the term and how it should be used. |
Table A1.5 provides the key to the descriptions of the external vocabulary classes. These are vocabularies that will be contained in some independent format e.g. using the IMS VDEX.
Category | Definition |
---|---|
Term | The vocabulary token itself i.e. the vocabulary entry. |
Definition | The meaning of the term and how it should be used. This consists of the "Caption" and "Description" of the vocabulary term. The caption is used to provide a human readable label for the term. |
Table A1.6 provides the key to the descriptions of the import classes.
Category | Definition |
---|---|
Import Class Name | The name of the class. |
Parent Classes | The list of parent classes, and the associated children, that use this imported class. Each class and attribute name has a link to its corresponding tabular description in the information model. |
Description | The description of how the class is used within the data model. |
Title: | IMS Question and Test Interoperability (QTI): Assessment, Section and Item Information Model v2.2 |
Editors: | Colin Smythe, IMS Global (UK) Mark McKell, IMS Global (USA) Wilbert Kraan, JISC (UK) |
Co-chairs: | Wilbert Kraan, JISC (UK) Tom Hoffmann, ETS (USA) |
Version: | Final 1.0 |
Version Date: | 1st September, 2015 |
Status: | IMS Final Release |
Summary: | This is the definition of the data model to be used to support the exchange of Assessments (Tests) and Items (Questions). This data model defines the object model for the exchange of a Test, Section, Item, Stimulus, Outcome and Response Processing Template. This version has several new features including: i) the exchange of common content stimulus; ii) several HTML5 elements; iii) ARIA, BIDI and Ruby. The data model is described using the IMS profile of UML to support the IMS model driven specification engineering method. |
Revision Information: | This document supercedes IMS QTI Assessment, Section and Item (ASI) Information Model v2.1. |
Purpose: | This document is made available for adoption by the public community at large. |
Document Location: | IMS Public Website (Standards Download): www.imsglobal.org/question |
The following individuals contributed to the development of this document:
Michael Aumock | Pacific Metrics (USA) |
Jerome Bogaerts | O.A.T. (Luxemburgh) |
Marty Christensen | ACT (USA) |
Jason Craft | Pearson (USA) |
Gary Driscoll | ETS (USA) |
Gaye Fedorachak | ACT (USA) |
Greg Gaspard | Pearson (USA) |
Mark Hakkinen | ETS (USA) |
Regina Hoag | ETS (USA) |
Tom Hoffmann | ETS (USA) |
Rob Howard | NWEA (USA) |
Wilbert Kraan | JISC (UK) |
Justin Marks | NWEA (USA) |
Phil McClelland | Desire2Learn (Canada) |
Mark McKell | IMS Global (USA) |
Sue Milne | JISC/CETIS (UK) |
Makoto Murata | JEPA (Japan) |
Becka Nethers | NWEA (USA) |
Padraig O'hiceadha | HMH (UK) |
Jason Pelletier | Measured Progress (USA) |
Craig Perry | ACT (USA) |
Kevin Ptak | Data Recognition Corp (USA) |
Michelle Richard | Pearson (USA) |
Madeleine Rothberg | WGBH NCAM (USA) |
Sharon Secretan | Pearson (USA) |
Farhat Siddiqui | ETS (USA) |
Colin Smythe | IMS Global (UK) |
Joseph St. George | Measured Progress (USA) |
Jeremiah Tanner | DRC (USA) |
Wyatt VanderStucken | ETS (USA) |
Yvonne Winklemann | BPS (Germany) |
Version No. | Release Date | Comments |
---|---|---|
Final 1.0 | 1st September, 2015 | The initial final release of the QTIv2.2 specification. |
IMS Global Learning Consortium, Inc. ("IMS Global") is publishing the information contained in this document ("Specification") for purposes of scientific, experimental, and scholarly collaboration only.
IMS Global makes no warranty or representation regarding the accuracy or completeness of the Specification.
This material is provided on an "As Is" and "As Available" basis.
The Specification is at all times subject to change and revision without notice.
It is your sole responsibility to evaluate the usefulness, accuracy, and completeness of the Specification as it relates to you.
IMS Global would appreciate receiving your comments and suggestions.
Please contact IMS Global through our website at http://www.imsglobal.org.
Please refer to Document Name: IMS Question and Test Interoperability (QTI): Assessment, Section and Item Information Model v2.2
Date: 1st September, 2015